Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAbout_2025-02-19-Supporting Documents - Enclave Lot 24_v1 (1)Page 1 of DIVISION: 07 00 00 THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION Section: 07 21 00 Thermal Insulation REPORT HOLDER: HUNTSMAN BUILDING SOLUTIONS LLC EVALUATION SUBJECT: CLASSIC, CLASSIC ULTRA, CLASSIC ULTRA SELECT AND CLASSIC PLUS 1.0EVALUATION SCOPE 1.1 Compliance with the following codes: 2021, 2018, 2015, 2012 and 2009 International Building Code®(IBC) 2021, 2018, 2015, 2012 and 2009 International Residential Code®(IRC) 2021, 2018, 2015, 2012 and 2009 International Energy Conservation Code®(IECC) 2013 Abu Dhabi International Building Code (ADIBC) The ADIBC is based on the 2009 IBC. 2009 IBC code sections referenced in this report are the same sections in the ADIBC. Properties evaluated: Surface burning characteristics Physical properties Thermal performance (R-values) Attic and crawl space installation Fire resistance-rated construction Air permeability Exterior walls of Types I IV construction 1.2 Evaluation to the following green standard: 2008 ICC 700 National Green Building Standard (ICC 700-2008) Attributes verified: See Section 2.0. 2.0USES Classic, Classic Ultra, Classic Ultra Select, and Classic Plus are used to provide thermal insulation in buildings and to seal areas such as plumbing and conduit penetrations against air infiltration. The insulations are for use in wall cavities and floor assemblies; and in attic and crawl space installations as described in Section 4.4. The Classic, Classic Ultra and Classic Ultra Select insulations are for use in Type V construction under the IBC and dwellings under the IRC; fire-resistance-rated construction when installed in accordance with Section 4.5; and in Types I through IV construction when installed in accordance with Section 4.6. ICC-ES Evaluation Report ESR-1826 Reissued February 2024 Subject to renewal February 2025 ICC-ES Evaluation Reports are not to be construed as representing aesthetics or any other attributes not specifically addressed, nor are they to be construed as an endorsement of the subject of the report or a recommendation for its use. There is no warranty by ICC Evaluation Service, LLC, express or implied, as to any finding or other matter in this report, or as to any product covered by the report. Copyright © 2024 ICC Evaluation Service, LLC. All rights reserved. ESR-1826 Page 2 of 11 The Classic Plus insulation is for use in nonfire-resistance-rated construction under the IBC and IRC and in Types I through IV construction when installed in accordance with Section 4.6. The attributes of the insulations have been verified as conforming to the provisions of ICC 700-2008 Section 703.2.1.1.1(c) as an air impermeable insulation. Note that decisions on compliance for those areas rest with the user of this report. The user is advised of the project-specific provisions that may be contingent upon meeting specific conditions, and the verification of those conditions is outside the scope of this report. These codes or standards often provide supplemental information as guidance. 3.0 DESCRIPTION 3.1 General: 3.1.1 Classic, Classic Ultra and Classic Ultra Select: Classic, Classic Ultra, and Classic Ultra Select are low-density, open-cell, polyurethane foam plastic insulations and air barrier systems that are 100 percent water-blown with an installed nominal density of 0.5 pcf (8 kg/m3). The insulations are two-component, spray- applied products. The two components of the insulation are polymeric isocyanate (A-Component, also known as Base Seal®) and proprietary resin (B-Component, Classic, Classic Ultra or Classic Ultra Select Resin). When stored at temperatures between 50°F (10°C) and 100°F (38°C), the components have a shelf life of six months. 3.1.2 Classic Plus: The Classic Plus foam plastic insulation is two-component, low density, open cell, spray- applied, foam plastic with a nominal density of 0.7 pcf (11 kg/m3). The polyurethane foam is produced by combining a polymeric isocyanate (A component) and proprietary resin, Classic Plus (B component). When stored at temperatures between 50°F (10°C) and 100°F (38°C), the components have a shelf life of twelve months. 3.2 Surface Burning Characteristics: 3.2.1 Classic, Classic Ultra and Classic Ultra Select: When tested in accordance with ASTM E84/UL 723, at a thickness of 6 inches (152 mm) and a nominal density of 0.5 pcf (8 kg/m3), Classic, Classic Ultra and, Classic Ultra Select have a flame spread index of 25 or less and a smoke-developed index of 450 or less. There is no thickness limit when installed behind a code-prescribed 15-minute thermal barrier, except as noted in Section 4.3.1.2 and Table 2. 3.2.2 Classic Plus: When tested in accordance with ASTM E84/UL 723, at a thickness of 4 inches (152 mm) and a nominal density of 0.7 pcf (11 kg/m3), Classic Plus has a flame spread index of 25 or less and a smoke- developed index of 450 or less. There is no thickness limit when installed behind a code-prescribed 15-minute thermal barrier, except as noted in Section 4.3.1.2 and Table 2. 3.3 Thermal Resistance: Classic, Classic Ultra, Classic Ultra Select and Classic Plus have thermal resistance (R-values) at a mean temperature of 75 F (24 C) as shown in Table 1. 3.4 Air Permeability: Huntsman Building Solutions LLC spray-applied foam plastic insulations are considered air-impermeable insulation in accordance with 2021 and 2018 IBC Section 1202.3 (2015 IBC Section 1203.3) and 2021, 2018, 2015 and 2012 IRC Sections R202 and R806.5 (2009 IRC Sections R202 and R806.4), at the following thicknesses: Classic, Classic Ultra and Classic Ultra Select: Minimum, 3 inches (76 mm) based on testing in accordance with ASTM E2178. Classic Plus: Minimum, 2 inches (51 mm) based on testing in accordance with ASTM E2178. 3.5 Intumescent Coatings: 3.5.1 No Burn Plus XD: No Burn Plus XD intumescent coating is a latex-based coating supplied in 1-gallon (4L) and 5-gallon (19L) pails and 55-gallon (208 L) drums. The coating material has a shelf life of 12 months when stored in factory-sealed containers at temperatures between 40°F (4.4°C) and 90°F (32.2°C). 3.5.2 DC 315 Coating: DC 315 coating (ESR-3702), manufactured by International Fireproof Technology, International Inc. / Paint To Protect Inc., is a water-based intumescent coating supplied in 5-gallon (19L) pails and 55-gallon (208L) drums. The coating material has a shelf life of 12 months when stored in factory-sealed containers at temperatures between 50ºF (10ºC) and 80ºF (27ºC). ESR-1826 Page 3 of 11 3.5.3 Fireshell® F10E Coating: Fireshell® F10E coating, manufactured by TPR2 Corporation (ESR-3997), is a water-based intumescent coating supplied in 5-gallon (19L) pails and 55-gallon (208L) drums. The coating material has a shelf life of 12 months when stored in factory-sealed containers at temperatures between 45ºF (7.2ºC) and 95ºF (35ºC). 4.0 INSTALLATION 4.1 General: these instructions and this evaluation report must be available on the jobsite at all times during installation. 4.2 Application: 4.2.1 General: Classic, Classic Ultra, Classic Ultra Select and Classic Plus foam plastic insulations must be applied on the jobsite using two-component, 1-to-1 ratio, spray equipment specified by Huntsman Building Solutions LLC The foam plastic must not be sprayed onto a substrate that is wet, or covered with frost or ice, loose scales, rust, oil or grease. The foam plastic insulation must not be used in electrical outlet or junction boxes or in contact with rain or water, and must be protected from the weather during and after application. Where the insulation is used as air-impermeable insulation, such as in unvented attic spaces regulated by 2021 and 2018 IBC Section 1202.3 (2015 IBC Section 1203.3) or 2021, 2018, 2015 and 2012 IRC Section R806.5 (2009 IRC Section R806.4), the insulation must be installed at a minimum thicknesses noted in Section 3.4. The insulation can be installed in one pass to the maximum thickness. Where multiple passes are required, the cure time between passes is negligible. 4.2.2 Classic, Classic Ultra and Classic Ultra Select: The insulation must be used in areas where the maximum service temperature is no greater than 180°F (82°C). The insulation must be applied when the temperature is at or above 14°F (-10°C) and be protected from the weather during and after application. 4.2.3 Classic Plus: The insulation may be used in areas where the maximum service temperature is no greater than 180°F (82°C). The insulation must be applied when the temperature is at or above 14°F (-10°C) and be protected from the weather during and after application. 4.3 Thermal Barrier: 4.3.1 Classic, Classic Ultra, Classic Ultra Select and Classic Plus: 4.3.1.1 Application with a Prescriptive Thermal Barrier: Classic, Classic Ultra, Classic Ultra Select and Classic Plus foam plastic insulations must be separated from the interior of the building by an approved thermal barrier, such as 1/2-inch (12.7 mm) gypsum wallboard installed using mechanical fasteners in accordance with the applicable code, or an equivalent 15-minute thermal barrier complying with the applicable code. When installation is within an attic or crawl space as described in Section 4.4, a thermal barrier is not required between the foam plastic and the attic or crawl space, but is required between the foam plastic insulation and the interior of the building. There is no thickness limit when installed behind a code-prescribed 15-minute thermal barrier, except as noted in Section 4.3.1.2 and Table 2. 4.3.1.2 Application without a Prescriptive Thermal Barrier or Ignition Barrier: The prescriptive 15-minute thermal barrier or ignition barrier may be omitted when installation is in accordance with the following requirements: 4.3.1.2.1 The insulation must be covered on all surfaces with a fire protective coating at the minimum thickness set forth in Table 2. 4.3.1.2.2 The maximum installed thickness of the insulation must not exceed the thicknesses set forth in Table 2. 4.3.1.2.3 instructions and this report. 4.4 Attics and Crawl Spaces: 4.4.1 Classic, Classic Ultra and Classic Ultra Select: 4.4.1.1 Application with a Prescriptive Ignition Barrier: When Classic, Classic Ultra and Classic Ultra Select foam plastic insulations are installed within attics where entry is made only for service of utilities, an ignition barrier must be installed in accordance with IBC Section 2603.4.1.6 and IRC Sections R316.5.3 and R316.5.4, as applicable. The ignition barrier must be consistent with the requirements for the type of ESR-1826 Page 4 of 11 construction required by the applicable code and must be installed in a manner so that the foam plastic insulation is not exposed. The Classic, Classic Ultra or Classic Ultra Select insulation may be installed in unvented attics when the foam plastic is applied at a minimum thickness of 3 inches (76 mm) in accordance with 2021 and 2018 IBC Section 1202.3 (2015 IBC Section 1203.3) or 2021, 2018, 2015 and 2012 IRC Section R806.5 (2009 IRC Section R806.4), as applicable. 4.4.1.2 Application without a Prescriptive Ignition Barrier:Where Classic, Classic Ultra and Classic Ultra Select foam plastic insulations are installed in an attic or crawl space without a prescriptive ignition barrier, in accordance with Sections 4.4.1.2.1, 4.4.1.2.2, 4.4.1.2.3 and 4.4.1.2.4, the following conditions apply: 1. Entry to the attic or crawl space is only for service of utilities and no storage is permitted. 2. There are no interconnected attic, crawl space or basement areas. 3. Air in the attic or crawl space is not circulated to other parts of the building. 4. Combustion air is provided in accordance with IMC Section 701. 5. Attic ventilation is provided when required by 2021 and 2018 IBC Section 1202.2 (2015, 2012 and 2009 IBC Section 1203.2) or IRC Section R806, except when air-impermeable insulation is permitted in unvented attics in accordance with 2021 and 2018 IBC Section 1202.3 (2015 IBC Section 1203.3) or 2021, 2018, 2015 and 2012 IRC Section R806.5 (2009 IRC Section R806.4), as applicable. 6. Under-floor (crawl space) ventilation is provided when required by 2021 and 2018 IBC Section 1202.4 (2015 IBC Section 1203.4 or 2012 and 2009 IBC Section 1203.3) or IRC Section R408.1, as applicable. 7. If hot work is to be performed, all necessary procedures, precautions and limitations must be observed in accordance with OSHA 1926 Subpart J Standard 1926.352 requirements for hot work (welding / cutting) performed in the vicinity of combustible materials. 8. An installation certificate with the following information must be posted at each entrance: - Product name and installation thickness. - Manufacturer name, address and contact information. - Installation contractor name, address and contact information. - instructions and the requirements of the evaluation report. - A notice that the certificate is not to be removed or altered. - A list of limitations for the space including the following: o Entry to the space is only to service utilities, and no storage is permitted. o FIRE SAFETY WARNING: If hot work is to be performed, all necessary procedures, precautions and limitations must be observed in accordance with OSHA 1926 Subpart J Standard 1926.352 requirements for hot work (welding / cutting) performed in the vicinity of combustible materials. 4.4.1.2.1 Attics Classic, Classic Ultra and Classic Ultra Select: In attics, Classic, Classic Ultra and Classic Ultra Select foam plastic insulations may be spray-applied to the underside of the roof sheathing and/or rafters, as described in this section. The thickness of the foam plastic applied to the underside of the roof sheathing must not exceed 14 inches (356 mm). The thickness of the spray foam insulation applied to vertical wall surfaces must not exceed 5.5 inches (140 mm). The insulation must be covered on all surfaces with one of the coatings described in Section 3.5. The coating must be applied over the insulation in accordance with dirt, loose debris and other substances that could interfere with adhesion of the coating. The coating is applied in one coat with low-pressure airless spray equipment. The coating must be applied to a thickness as follows: No Burn Plus XD at a minimum thickness of 6 wet mils (0.15 mm) [4 dry mils (0.1 mm) dry film thickness], applied at a rate of 0.4 gallon (1.5 L) per 100 square feet (9.2 m2). DC 315 at a minimum thickness of 4 wet mils (0.1 mm) [3 dry mils], applied at a rate of 0.3 gallon (1.1 L) per 100 square feet (9.2 m2). The coatings must be applied when ambient and substrate temperature is at least 60 F (16 C) and no more than 95 F (35 C). All other surfaces (including glass) must be protected against damage from the coating. The insulation may be installed in unvented attics when the foam plastic is applied at a minimum thickness of ESR-1826 Page 5 of 11 3.5 inches (89 mm) as described in this section in accordance with 2021 and 2018 IBC Section 1202.3 (2015 IBC Section 1203.3) and 2021, 2018, 2015 and 2012 IRC Section R806.5 (2009 IRC Section R806.4), as applicable. 4.4.1.2.2 Attics Classic Ultra and Classic Ultra Select:When Classic Ultra or Classic Ultra Select is applied in unvented attics conforming to 2021 and 2018 IBC Section 1202.3 (2015 IBC Section 1203.3) and 2021, 2018, 2015 and 2012 IRC Section R806.5 (2009 IRC Section R806.4), the insulation may be applied to the underside of roof sheathing and/or rafters to a minimum thickness of 31/2 inches (90 mm) and may be applied to vertical wall surfaces to a minimum thickness of 31/2 inches (90 mm). Maximum thickness on the underside of roof sheathing or on vertical wall surfaces is 20 inches (508 mm). The insulation may be left exposed to the attic without a prescriptive ignition barrier or an intumescent coating. The attic must have attic access complying with IRC Section R807, horizontally placed in the floor, and opening outward toward the living space. Items penetrating the roof deck or walls, such as skylight wells and vents, must be covered with a minimum of 31/2 inches (90 mm) of the Classic Ultra or Classic Ultra Select insulation. 4.4.1.2.3 Crawl Spaces: In crawl spaces, Classic, Classic Ultra or Classic Ultra Select insulations may be spray-applied to vertical walls and the underside of floors, as described in this section. The thickness of the foam plastic applied to the underside of the floors must not exceed 14 inches (356 mm). The thickness of the spray foam plastic insulation applied to vertical wall surfaces must not exceed 31/2 inches (88.9 mm). The foam plastic does not require an ignition barrier or a coating. 4.4.1.2.4 Use on Attic Floors: When used on attic floors, Classic, Classic Ultra or Classic Ultra Select foam plastic insulations may be installed at a maximum thickness of 111/2 inches (292 mm) between joists in attic floors. The insulation must be separated from the interior of the building by an approved thermal barrier. The coatings specified in Section 4.4.1.2.1 and the ignition barrier in accordance with IBC Section 2603.4.1.6 and IRC Section R316.5.3, may be omitted. 4.4.2 Classic Plus: 4.4.2.1 Application with a Prescriptive Ignition Barrier: When Classic Plus is installed up to a maximum thickness of 4 inches (102 mm) within attics or crawl spaces where entry is made only for service of utilities, an ignition barrier must be installed in accordance with IBC Section 2603.4.1.6 and IRC Sections R316.5.3 and R316.5.4, as applicable. The ignition barrier must be consistent with the requirements for the type of construction required by the applicable code and must be installed in a manner so that the foam plastic insulation is not exposed. Classic Plus may be installed in unvented attics when the foam plastic is applied at a minimum thickness of 2 inches (51 mm) in accordance with 2021 and 2018 IBC Section 1202.3 (2015 IBC Section 1203.3) and 2021, 2018, 2015 and 2012 IRC Section R806.5 (2009 IRC Section R806.4), as applicable. 4.4.2.2 Application without a Prescriptive Ignition Barrier: Where Classic Plus insulation is installed in accordance with Sections 4.4.2.2.1, 4.4.2.2.2, and 4.4.2.2.3, the following conditions apply: 1. Entry to the attic or crawl space is to service utilities, and no storage is permitted. 2. There are no interconnected attic or crawl space areas. 3. Air in the attic or crawl space is not circulated to other parts of the building. 4. Combustion air is provided in accordance with IMC Section 701. 5. Attic ventilation is provided when required by 2021 and 2018 IBC Section 1202.2 (2015, 2012, and 2009 IBC Section 1203.2) or IRC Section R806, except when air-impermeable insulation is permitted in unvented attics in accordance with 2021 and 2018 IBC Section 1202.3 (2015, 2012 and 2009 IBC Section 1203.3) or 2021, 2018, 2015 and 2012 IRC Section R806.5 (2009 IRC Section R806.4), as applicable. 6. Under-floor (crawl space) ventilation is provided when required by 2021 and 2018 IBC Section 1202.4 (2015 IBC Section 1203.4 and 2012 and 2009 IBC Section 1203.3) or IRC Section R408.1, as applicable. 7. If hot work is to be performed, all necessary procedures, precautions and limitations must be observed in accordance with OSHA 1926 Subpart J Standard 1926.352 requirements for hot work (welding / cutting) performed in the vicinity of combustible materials. 8. An installation certificate with the following information must be posted at each entrance: Product name and installation thickness. Manufacturer name, address and contact information. ESR-1826 Page 6 of 11 Installation contractor name, address and contact information. instructions and the requirements of the evaluation report. A notice that the certificate is not to be removed or altered. A list of limitations for the space including the following: o Entry to the space is only to service utilities, and no storage is permitted. o FIRE SAFETY WARNING: If hot work is to be performed, all necessary procedures, precautions and limitations must be observed in accordance with OSHA 1926 Subpart J Standard 1926.352 requirements for hot work (welding / cutting) performed in the vicinity of combustible materials. 4.4.2.2.1 Attics: In attics, Classic Plus insulation may be spray-applied to the underside of the roof sheathing and/or rafters, the underside of wood floors, and vertical surfaces, as described in this section. The thickness of the foam plastic applied to the underside of the top of the space must not exceed 14 inches (356 mm). The thickness of the spray foam plastic insulation applied to vertical wall surfaces must not exceed 8 inches (203 mm). The foam plastic insulation must be covered on all exposed surfaces with DC315 intumescent coating at a minimum thickness of 4 wet mils (0.1 mm) [3 dry mils (0.08 mm)], applied at a rate of 0.25 gallon (0.95 L) per 100 square feet (9.2 m2). The coating must be applied over the Classic Plus insulation in clean, and free of dirt, loose debris and other substances that could interfere with adhesion of the coating. The coating is applied in one coat with low-pressure airless spray equipment. The coating must be applied when ambient and substrate temperature is at least 60°F (16°C) and no more than 95°F (35°C). All other surfaces (including glass) must be protected against damage from the coating. Classic Plus insulation may be installed in unvented attics when the foam plastic is applied at a minimum thickness of 2 inches (51 mm) as described in this section, in accordance with 2021 and 2018 IBC Section 1202.3 (2015 IBC Section 1203.3) and 2021, 2018, 2015 and 2012 IRC Section R806.5 (2009 IRC Section R806.4), as applicable. 4.4.2.2.2 Crawl Spaces: In crawl spaces, Classic Plus insulation may be spray-applied to vertical walls and the underside of floors, as described in this section. The thickness of the foam plastic applied to the underside of the floors must not exceed 14 inches (356 mm). The thickness of the spray foam plastic insulation applied to vertical wall surfaces must not exceed 8 inches (203 mm). The insulation must be covered with DC-315 coating as described in Section 4.4.2.2.1. 4.4.2.2.3 Use on Attic Floors: Classic Plus insulation may be installed at a maximum thickness of 13 inches (330 mm) between joists in attic floors. The insulation must be separated from the interior of the building by an approved thermal barrier. The insulation does not require an ignition barrier or a coating. 4.5 One-hour Fire-resistance-rated Assemblies: 4.5.1 Classic, Classic Ultra and Classic Ultra Select: 4.5.1.1 Assembly 1 (Limited Load-bearing Wood Stud Wall): Minimum nominally 2-by-4 [11/2 by 31/2 inches (38 mm by 89 mm)] southern pine (G = 0.55), No. 2 grade studs spaced 16 inches (406 mm) on center with a base layer of 1/2-inch-thick (12.7 mm) wood fiber sound board installed horizontally on each face with vertical joints located over the studs, attached with 6d box nails, 2 inches (51 mm) long and spaced 24 inches (610 mm) on center along the studs, and a second layer of 5/8-inch-thick (15.9 mm) Type X gypsum wallboard installed vertically on each face, attached with 8d box nails, 21/2 inches (64 mm) long and spaced 7 inches (178 mm) on center along the studs. The stud cavity contains Classic, Classic Ultra or Classic Ultra Select insulation nominally 2 inches (51 mm) thick. Axial loads applied to the wall assembly must be limited to the least of the following: 1,805 pounds (8029 N) per stud. Design stress of 0.78 F c. Design stress of 0.78 F c at a maximum le/d of 33. 4.5.1.2 Assembly 2 (Limited Load-bearing Wood Stud Wall): Minimum nominally 2-by-4 [11/2 by 31/2 inches (38 mm by 89 mm)] southern pine (G = 0.55), No. 2 grade studs spaced 16 inches (406 mm) on center with two layers of 1/2-inch-thick (12.7 mm) Type X gypsum wallboard installed vertically with joints ESR-1826 Page 7 of 11 staggered on each face, attached with 8d box nails, 21/2 inches (64 mm) long and spaced 7 inches (178 mm) on center along the studs for the face layer and 6d cement coated box nails, 2 inches (51 mm) long and spaced 24 inches (610 mm) on center along the studs. The stud cavity contains Classic, Classic Ultra or Classic Ultra Select insulation nominally 2 inches (51 mm) thick. Axial loads applied to the wall assembly must be limited to the least of the following: 1,805 pounds (8029 N) per stud. Design stress of 0.78 F c. Design stress of 0.78 F c at a maximum le/d of 33. 4.5.1.3 Assembly 3 (Floor/Ceiling): Minimum nominally 2-by-10 [11/2 by 91/4 inches (38 mm by 235 mm)] Douglas fir, No. 2 grade wood joists spaced 24 inches (610 mm) on center, with minimum 1-by-3 [3/4 by 21/2 inches (19.1 by 64 mm)] spruce bridging at mid-span. Floor decking must be minimum 1/2-inch-thick (12.7 mm) exterior grade plywood installed perpendicular to joists and fastened with 2-inch-long (51 mm) ring shank nails 6 inches (152 mm) on center at the joints and 12 inches (305 mm) on center at the intermediate joists. Plywood joints must occur over joists. Classic, Classic Ultra or Classic Ultra Select insulation must be applied to the underside of the plywood deck between the joists to a depth of 5 inches (127 mm). Two layers of minimum 5/8-inch-thick (15.9 mm), Type X gypsum wallboard must be attached perpendicular to the joists on the ceiling side of the assembly. The first layer must be attached with 11/4-inch-long (32 mm), Type W drywall screws, spaced 24 inches (610 mm) on center. The second layer must be applied perpendicular to the joists, offset 24 inches (610 mm) from the base layer. The second layer must be attached with 2-inch-long (51 mm), Type S drywall screws spaced 12 inches (305 mm) on center. Additional fasteners must be installed along the butt joints of the second layer, securing the two layers together. These fasteners must be 11/2-inch- long (38 mm), Type G drywall screws placed 2 inches (51 mm) back from each end of the butt joint and spaced 12 inches (305 mm) on center. The wallboard joints on the exposed side must be treated with paper tape embedded in joint compound and topped with an added coat of compound, and the fastener heads must be coated with joint compound in accordance with ASTM C840 or GA-216. 4.5.1.4 Assembly 4 (Non-loadbearing Steel Stud Wall): Nominally 6-inch-deep (152.4 mm), No. 18 gage, galvanized steel studs spaced 16 inches (406.4 mm) on center, are friction-fit into No. 18 gage galvanized steel floor and ceiling track with a layer of 5/8-inch-thick(15.9 mm),Type X gypsum board applied to the interior side with the long edge parallel to steel studs and secured using No. 6, 11/4-inch-long (31.7 mm), self-drilling drywall screws spaced 8 inches (203 mm) on center around the perimeter and 12 inches (305 mm) on center in the field. The gypsum board joints must be treated with vinyl or casein, dry or premixed joint compound applied in two coats to cover all exposed screw heads and gypsum board butt joints, and a minimum 2-inch- wide (51 mm) paper, plastic, or fiberglass tape embedded in the first layer of compound over butt joints of the gypsum board. The stud cavity is filled with Classic, Classic Ultra or Classic Ultra Select insulation up to 6 inches (152 mm) thick. DensGlass® Exterior Sheathing, 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) thick, is installed parallel to steel studs with vertical joints offset a minimum of 16 inches (406 mm) from the vertical joints of the gypsum board and the horizontal joints offset a minimum of 24 inches (610 mm) from the horizontal joints of the gypsum board. The sheathing is attached using No. 6, 11/4-inch-long (31.7 mm), self-drilling drywall screws spaced 8 inches (203 mm) on center around the perimeter and in the field. Hohmann & Barnard DW-10 brick ties, 6 inches (152 mm) long by 11/2-inches (38 mm) wide, are spaced 16 inches (406.4 mm) on center vertically on each steel stud, and secured, using two 15/8-inch-long (41.3 mm) self-drilling screws, through 4-inch (102 mm) red clay brick [31/2 inches (88.9 mm) by 21/4 inches (57.1 mm) by 73/4 inches (197 mm)] laid in a running bond pattern with Type S mortar, leaving a nominally 1-inch (25.4 mm) air gap between the brick and the exterior sheathing. Optional: It is permitted to add code-complying, expanded polystyrene (EPS), extruded polystyrene (XPS), foil-faced, rigid polyurethane board stock or polyurethane spray foam on the exterior of the wall (between the DensGlass® sheathed wall and the brick), while maintaining the 1-inch (25.4 mm) air space. The length of the brick ties must be increased to account for the thickness of the insulation. 4.6 Exterior Walls in Type I, II, III and IV Construction: 4.6.1 General: When used on exterior walls of Types I, II, III or IV construction, the assembly must comply with 2018, 2015, 2012, and 2009 IBC Section 2603.5 and this section, and the Classic, Classic Ultra and Classic Ultra Select insulations must be installed at a maximum thickness described in Table 3. The potential heat of Huntsman Building Solutions insulations tested in accordance with NFPA 259 is as follows: Classic, Classic Ultra and Classic Ultra Select: 494 Btu/ft2 (5.6 MJ/m2) per inch of thickness ESR-1826 Page 8 of 11 4.6.2 Specific Wall Assemblies:Wall assemblies complying with Section 4.6 must be as described in Table 3. 5.0CONDITIONS OF USE: The Classic, Classic Ultra, Classic Ultra Select and Classic Plus spray-applied polyurethane foam plastic insulations described in this report comply with, or are suitable alternatives to what is specified in, those codes listed in Section 1.0 of this report, subject to the following conditions: 5.1 official, must be submitted at the time of permit application. 5.2 this evaluation report and the applicable code. If there is a conflict between the installation instructions and this report, this report governs. 5.3 The insulation must be separated from the interior of the building by an approved 15-minute thermal barrier, except as noted in this report. 5.4 Since the performance of Classic Ultra and Classic Ultra Select, when installed in unvented attics without a code-prescribed ignition barrier or an intumescent coating, is based on fire performance of an unvented attic, the installation must be approved by the code official as conforming with the provisions of Section 4.4.1.2.2 and Conditions 1 to 5 of Section 4.4.1.2. 5.5 When Classic Ultra and Classic Ultra Select insulation is installed under Section 4.4.1.2.2 of this report, a certificate must be placed in the attic stating that the foam plastic insulation has been installed in accordance with Conditions 1 through 5 of Section 4.4.1.2 and the terms of Section 4.4.1.2.2 of ESR-1826; any alterations to the attic or insulation must be consistent with those requirements. 5.6 The insulation must not exceed the thicknesses and densities noted in this report. 5.7 The insulation must be protected from the weather during and after application. 5.8 The insulation must be applied by licensed dealers and installers certified by Huntsman Building Solutions LLC. 5.9 accordance with IRC Section R318.4 or IBC Section 2603.8, as applicable. 5.10 Jobsite certification and labeling of the insulation must comply with 2021, 2018, 2015 IRC Sections N1101.10.1 and N1101.10.1.1 (2012 IRC Sections N1101.12.1 and N1101.12.1.1 or 2009 IRC Sections N1101.4 and N1101.4.1) and 2021, 2018 2015 and 2012 IECC Sections C303.1.1, C303.1.1.1, R303.1.1 and R303.1.1.1 (2009 IECC Sections 303.1.1 and 303.1.1.1), as applicable. 5.11 When installed in accordance with Section 4.4.1.2 or 4.4.2.2 of this report, the associated installation certificate(s) containing the required information referenced in Section 4.4.1.2 and 4.4.2.2 must be installed at each entrance to the crawlspace or attic, as applicable. The certificate(s) must be red in color and constructed of durable materials, such as metal, plastic, or laminated paper. 5.12 When used in unvented attics in accordance with Section 4.4.1.2 and 4.4.2.2 of this report, installation with a vapor diffusion port in accordance with 2021 IBC Section 1202.3, Item 5.2 or 2021 and 2018 IRC Section R806.5, Item 5.2 is outside the scope of this report. 5.13 A vapor retarder must be installed in accordance with the applicable code. 5.14 Classic, Classic Ultra, Classic Ultra Select and Classic Plus foam plastic insulations are manufactured in Mississauga, Ontario, Canada and Arlington, Texas, under a quality control program with inspections by ICC-ES. 6.0EVIDENCE SUBMITTED 6.1 Data in accordance with the ICC-ES Acceptance Criteria for Spray-applied Foam Plastic Insulation (AC377), dated June 2023. 6.2 Reports of tests in accordance with AC377 Appendix X [Classic, Classic Ultra and Classic Ultra Select (Section 4.4.1.2.1) and Classic Plus (Sections 4.4.3.2.1 and 4.4.3.2.3)] and Appendix C [Classic, Classic Ultra and Classic Ultra Select (Section 4.4.1.2.3)]. ICC-ES Acceptance Criteria for Spray-applied Foam Plastic Insulation (AC377), ESR-1826 Page 9 of 11 6.3 Test report on air leakage rate in accordance with ASTM E2178 (Classic, Classic Ultra and Classic Ultra Select and Classic Plus). 6.4 Reports of room corner fire testing in accordance with NFPA 286 (Classic, Classic Ultra, Classic Ultra Select and Classic Plus). 6.5 Test reports in accordance with ASTM E119 (Classic, Classic Ultra and Classic Ultra Select). 6.6 Test report in accordance with NFPA 285, and related engineering analysis (Classic, Classic Ultra and Classic Ultra Select). 6.7 Reports of tests in accordance with NFPA 259 (Classic, Classic Ultra and Classic Ultra Select). 6.8 Reports of fire tests in accordance with ASTM E970 (Classic, Classic Ultra, Classic Ultra Select and Classic Plus). 6.9 For Classic Ultra and Classic Ultra Select, an engineering evaluation, including full-scale fire testing, small- scale testing and fire modeling (Section 4.4.1.2.2). 7.0 IDENTIFICATION 7.1 All packages and containers of Classic, Classic Ultra, Classic Ultra Select and Classic Plus insulations must be labeled with the Huntsman Building Solutions LLC name and address; the product name; component designation (A or B); the flame spread index and the smoke-developed index; the expiration date; the name of the inspection body (ICC-ES); and the evaluation report number (ESR-1826). and address, the product trade name and use instructions. The International Fireproof Technology, Inc. / Paint To Protect Inc. DC 315 coating described in Section shelf life or expiration date, the manufactu (ESR-3702). evaluation report number (ESR-3997). 7.2 HUNTSMAN BUILDING SOLUTIONS LLC 3315 EAST DIVISION STREET ARLINGTON, TEXAS 76011 (817) 640-4900 www.huntsmanbuilding.com ESR-1826 Page 10 of 11 TABLE 1 THERMAL RESISTANCE (R-VALUES) R-VALUE (F ft2 h/Btu) THICKNESS (inches) Classic, Classic Ultra and Classic Ultra Select Classic Plus 1 3.7 4.0 2 7.4 8.0 3 11 12 3.5 13 14 4 14 16 5 18 20 5.5 20 22 6 22 24 7 25 28 7.5 27 30 8 29 32 9 32 36 9.5 34 38 10 36 40 11.5 41 42 13.5 54 14 50 56 For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 F ft2 h/Btu = 0.176 110 K m2/W. 1R-values are calculated based on tested K values at 1- and 3.5-inch thicknesses. 2R-values greater than 10 are rounded to the nearest whole number. TABLE 2 USE OF INSULATION WITHOUT A PRESCRIPTIVE THERMAL BARRIER1 INSULATION TYPE MAXIMUM THICKNESS (in.) (Walls & Vertical Surfaces) MAXIMUM THICKNESS (in.) (Ceilings, Underside of Roof Sheathing/Rafters & Floors) FIRE-PROTECTIVE COATING MINIMUM THICKNESS & TYPE (Applied to all Foam Surfaces)2 MINIMUM THEORETICAL APPLICATION RATE OF FIRE- PROTECTIVE COATING3 TESTS SUBMITTED CLASSIC, CLASSIC ULTRA AND CLASSIC ULTRA SELECT 8½ 14 DC315 14 mils WFT / 9 mils DFT 0.88 gal / 100 ft2 NFPA 286 71/2 111/2 Fireshell F10E 21 mils WFT / 14 mils DFT 1.31 gal / 100 ft2 NFPA 286 CLASSIC PLUS 81/2 14 DC315 14 mils WFT / 9 mils DFT 0.88 gal / 100 ft2 NFPA 286 For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm; 1 mil = 0.0254 mm; 1 gallon = 3.38 L; 1 ft2 = 0.093 m2; NA = not applicable. 1See Section 4.3.1.2. 2See Sections 3.5.2 and 3.5.3. 3As be in accordance with the ESR-1826 Page 11 of 11 TABLE 3 NFPA 285 COMPLYING EXTERIOR WALL ASSEMBLIES1,2 WALL COMPONENT MATERIALS Base Wall System Use either 1, 2 or 3 1 Concrete wall. 2 Concrete masonry wall. 3 Minimum 35/8-inch-deep (92 mm), No. 20 gage, C-shaped steel studs, spaced a maximum of 24 inches on center with lateral bracing every 4 feet (1219 mm) as required by code. Sheathing shall be a described in Exterior Sheathing below. Floorline Firestopping Minimum 4 pcf mineral wool in each stud cavity at each floorline, attached with Z-clips. Thickness must match stud cavity depth. Cavity Insulation Use either 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 1 None. 2 Partial cavity fill with a maximum air space of 2 inches (51 mm) or full cavity depth not exceeding 75/8 inches (194 mm) of Classic, Classic Plus, Classic Ultra or Classic Ultra Select (ESR-1826); MD-R-210 (ESR-3493); MD-C-200 (ESR-3199); or Proseal (ESR-3500). 3 Any insulation qualified as noncombustible in accordance with ASTM E136. 4 Glass fiber batt insulationa. 5 Mineral fiber insulationa. a. Insulation must comply with the applicable requirements of 2018, 2015 or 2012 IBC Section 720.2 (2009 IBC Section 719.2). Exterior Sheathing Only for Base Wall System No.3 Use either 1 or 2 1 Minimum 1/2-inch-thick (12.7 mm), ), glass mat gypsum sheathing complying with ASTM C1177. 2 Sheathing shall be attached with No. 6, 11/4- inch-long (32 mm)self-tapping screws located 8 inches (203 mm) on center along the perimeter and 12 inches 302 mm) on center in the field of wallboard. Joints must be taped and treated with joint compound in accordance with ASTM C840 or GA-216. Exterior Insulation Maximum thickness of 51/2 inches (140 mm) of Proseal Eco (MD-R-210) (ESR-3493) or Proseal (ESR- 3500). Exterior Wall Covering Use either 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 or 7 1 Brick - standard nominally 4-inch-thick (102 mm) clay brick; brick veneer anchors standard types installed a maximum of 24 inches OC vertically on each studb. 2 Stucco - minimum 3/4-inch-thick (19.1 mm), exterior cement plaster and lath with a secondary water-resistive barrier may be installed between the exterior insulation and the lath. 3 Natural stone (limestone, granite, marble, sandstone), minimum 2-inch-thick (51 mm)c. 4 Cast artificial stone, minimum 11/2-inch-thick (38 mm), complying with AC51 and subject of a current ICC-ES evaluation reportc. 5 Terracotta cladding, minimum of 11/4 inch-thick (32 mm)c. 6 Precast concrete panels, minimum of 11/2 inch-thick (32 mm)c. 7 Concrete masonry units (CMU), minimum of 11/2 inch-thick (38 mm)c. b.The maximum air gap between exterior insulation and cladding shall be 2 inches (51 mm). c.Any standard non-open-jointed installation technique such as ship-lap, etc., may be used. 1 When used on exterior walls of Types I, II, III or IV construction, the specific wall assembly must comply with 2018, 2015, 2012, and 2009 IBC Section 2603.5. 2 The exterior wall assemblies described in Table 3 comply with 2018, 2015, 2012 and 2009 IBC Section 2603.5.5. ICC-ES Evaluation Reports are not to be construed as representing aesthetics or any other attributes not specifically addressed, nor are they to be construed as an endorsement of the subject of the report or a recommendation for its use. There is no warranty by ICC Evaluation Service, LLC, express or implied, as to any finding or other matter in this report, or as to any product covered by the report. Copyright © 2023 ICC Evaluation Service, LLC. All rights reserved.Page 1 of 24 www.icc-es.org | (800) 423-6587 | (562) 699-0543 A Subsidiary of the International Code Council ® ICC-ES Evaluation Report Reissued February 2023 ESR-2852 This report is subject to renewal February 2025. DIVISION: 07 00 00—THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION Section: 07 54 19—Polyvinyl-Chloride Roofing REPORT HOLDER: IB ROOF SYSTEMS EVALUATION SUBJECT: IB PVC ROOFING MEMBRANES 1.0 EVALUATION SCOPE Compliance with the following codes: 2021, 2018, 2015, 2012, 2009 and 2006 International Building Code®(IBC) 2021, 2018, 2015, 2012, 2009 and 2006 International Residential Code®(IRC) 2013 Abu Dhabi International Building Code (ADIBC)† †The ADIBC is based on the 2009 IBC. 2009 IBC code sections referenced in this report are the same sections in the ADIBC. For evaluation for compliance with codes adopted by the Los Angeles Department of Building and Safety (LADBS), see ESR-2852 LABC and LARC Supplement. Properties evaluated: Physical properties Fire classification Wind uplift resistance Impact resistance 2.0 USES IB PVC roofing membranes are single-ply membranes used as roof covering in adhered and mechanically fastened Class A or Class B roof assemblies installed on combustible or noncombustible decks. 3.0 DESCRIPTION 3.1 General: IB Membrane Roofing Systems consist of a single-ply polyvinyl chloride (PVC) membrane, insulation (when specified), flashing, and mechanical fasteners or adhesives. 3.2 IB PVC Membranes: 3.2.1 IB PVC Single Ply Membrane:This is a polyester fabric–reinforced PVC membrane. The membrane complies with ASTM D4434, Type III, and is manufactured in nominally 50-, 60- and 80-mil (1.27, 1.52 and 2.03 mm) thicknesses. 3.2.2 IB PVC Single Ply Fleeceback Membrane:This is a polyester fabric–reinforced PVC membrane with a nonwoven polyester fleece backing. The membrane complies with ASTM D4434, Type III, and is manufactured in nominally 50-, 60- and 80-mil (1.27, 1.52 and 2.03 mm) thicknesses. 3.2.3 IB PVC: This is a polyester fabric-reinforced PVC membrane. The membrane complies with ASTM D4434 Type III, and is manufactured in nominally 50-, 60- and 80- mil (1.27, 1.52 and 2.03 mm) thicknesses. 3.2.4 IB PVC Fleeceback: This is a polyester fabric- reinforced PVC membrane with a nonwoven polyester fleece backing. The membrane complies with ASTM D4434, Type III, and is manufactured in nominally 50-, 60- and 80- (1.27, 1.52 and 2.03 mm) thicknesses. 3.3 Insulation: See Tables 1 through 4 for insulations used with specific roofing systems. Foam plastic insulation, when used, must have a flame-spread index of not more than 75 when tested at the maximum thickness intended for use in accordance with ASTM E84 or UL 723. Polyisocyanurate and expanded polystyrene (EPS) foam plastic insulation boards must comply with ASTM C1289 and ASTM C578, respectively. 3.4 Barrier or Coverboard: Barrier or coverboard, when used, must be either of the following: Minimum 1/4-inch-thick (6.4 mm) Georgia-Pacific Gypsum LLC, DensDeck or DensDeck Prime ®Roof Board. Minimum 1/4-inch-thick (6.4 mm) USG Corporation SECUROCK®Gypsum-Fiber Roof Board or SECUROCK®Glass-Mat Roof Board. 3.5 Slip Sheet: Slip sheet, when used, must be IB Fire Sheet 10. ESR-2852 | Most Widely Accepted and Trusted Page 2 of 24 3.6 Fasteners: Fasteners used to mechanically fasten insulation and membranes to the roof deck must be corrosion-resistant and must be one of the fasteners specified in this section or noted in Tables 3 and 4. 3.6.1 IB SD #12 Insulation Fastener: A No. 12 carbon steel screw, with a proprietary, corrosion-resistant epoxy- based coating, used in combination with IB fastening plates to attach roofing insulation to steel and wood substrates. Fastener length must be sufficient to penetrate into the steel or wood deck a minimum of 3/4 inch (19 mm), or through the thickness of the deck, whichever is less. 3.6.2 IB HD #14 Roofing Fastener: A No. 14 carbon steel screw with a proprietary, corrosion-resistant epoxy-based coating, used in combination with IB fastening plates to attach roofing insulation and single-ply membrane to steel and wood substrates. Fastener length must be sufficient to penetrate into the steel or wood deck a minimum of 3/4 inch (19 mm), or through the thickness of the deck, whichever is less. 3.6.3 IB CD-10 Roofing Fastener: A nonthreaded, hammer-driven roofing fastener, with a proprietary corrosion-resistant epoxy-based coating, used with IB fastening plates to attach roofing insulation and single-ply membrane to structural concrete substrates. Fastener length must be sufficient to penetrate into the concrete deck a minimum of 1 inch (25.4 mm). 3.6.4 IB 3-inch Round Metal Insulation Plate: A 3-inch- diameter (76 mm) galvalume plate used in combination with IB fasteners to secure insulation to the roof deck. 3.6.5 IB 2-inch Barbed Seam Plate: A 2-inch-diameter (51 mm) galvanized steel plate to secure single-ply membrane to the roof deck. 3.6.6 IB 23/8-inch Barbed Seam Plate: A 23/8-inch- diameter (60 mm), 0.040-inch-thick (1.02 mm) steel disc, having an AZ55 galvalume coating, a 0.230-inch-diameter (5.84 mm) center hole and six pointed barbs projecting 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) downward. 3.6.7 IB XHD #15 Roofing Fastener: A carbon steel screw having a buttress thread design, double-edged self- drilling points, a 7/16-inch-diameter (11 .1 mm) truss head, a major thread diameter of 0.265 inch (6.73 mm), a minor thread diameter of 0.158 inch (4.01 mm) and a black proprietary coating. 3.6.8 IB 3-inch isoweld® Plate: A 3-inch-diameter (76 mm) 0.018-inch-thick (0.46 mm), galvalume steel plate with PVC coating for use in combination with isoweld systems. 3.6.9 Dekfast 21/2-inch HS Membrane Plate: A 21/2-inch- diameter (64 mm), 0.038-inch-thick (0.96 mm) steel disc having an AZ50 galvalume coating, a 0.261-inch-diameter (6.63 mm) center hole and six pointed barbs projecting 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) downward from the underside between two raised circular stampings. 3.6.10 Dekfast DF-#12-PH3: A No. 12 carbon steel screw, having a double-edge self-drilling points, a 7/16-inch- diameter (11.1 mm) truss head, a major thread diameter of 0.222 inch (5.63 mm), a minor thread diameter of 0.131 inch (3.33 mm) and a black proprietary coating. 3.6.11 Dekfast DF-#14-PH3: A No. 14 carbon steel screw, having double-edge self-drilling points, a 7/16-inch-diameter (11.1 mm) truss head, a major thread diameter of 0.238 inch (6.1 mm), a shank diameter of 0.180 inch (4.57 mm) and a black proprietary coating. 3.6.12 Dekfast DF-#15-PH3 Fastener: A No. 15 carbon steel screw, having double-edged self-drilling points, a 7/16-inch-diameter (11.1 mm) truss head, a major thread diameter of 0.257 inch (6.53 mm), a minor thread diameter of 0.167 inch (4 .24 mm) and a black proprietary coating. 3.6.13 Dekfast PLT-R-3: A 3-inch-diameter (76 mm), 0.018-inch-thick (0.46 mm), galvalume plate used in combination with Dekfast fasteners. 3.6.14 SFS isoweld®FI-P-6.8 PVC: A 3-inch-diameter (76 mm), 0.018-inch-thick (0.46 mm), galvalume steel plate with PVC coating for use in combination with Dekfast isoweld®systems. 3.6.15 OMG Polymer Batten Strip: A nominally 0.05-inch thick (1 draft.27 mm), 1-inch-wide (25.4 mm) modified polymer batten bar with 0.25-inch-diameter (6.35 mm) holes spaced 3 inches (76 mm) on center. Batten strips are available in 250-foot (76 m) coils. 3.6.16 OMG Metal Batten Strip: An 18 gauge [0.050 inch (1.27 mm)], 1-inch-wide (25.4 mm), 10-foot-long (3 m), galvalume batten strip with 0.25-inch-diameter (6.35 mm) holes spaced 6 inches (152 mm) or 12 inches (305 mm) on center. 3.6.17 OMG XHD (Extra Heavy Duty) Seam Plate: A 23/8-inch-diameter (60 mm), 0.040-inch-thick (1.02 mm) steel disc, having an AZ55 galvalume coating, a 0.230-inch- diameter (5.84 mm) center hole and six pointed barbs projecting 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) downward. 3.6.18 OMG 3” Galvalume Steel Plate: A 3-inch-diameter (76 mm), 0.018-inch-thick (0.46 mm), galvalume plate used in combination with OMG fasteners. 3.6.19 OMG XHD Roofing Fastener: A carbon steel screw having a buttress thread design, double-edged self-drilling points, a 7/16-inch-diameter (11.1 mm) truss head, a major thread diameter of 0.265 inch (6.73 mm), a minor thread diameter of 0.158 inch (4.01 mm) and a black proprietary coating. 3.6.20 OMG #12 Standard Roofgrip: A No. 12 carbon steel screw, having double edge self-drilling points, a 0.435-inch- diameter (11.1 mm) truss head, a major thread diameter of 0.22 inch (5.6 mm), a shank diameter of 0.16 inch (4.1 mm) with a CR-10 coating. 3.6.21 OMG #15 Roofgrip: A No. 15 carbon steel screw, having double-edged self-drilling points, a 0.435-inch- diameter (11.1 mm) truss head, a major thread diameter of 0.265-inch (6.73 mm), a shank diameter of 0.202 inch (5.13 mm) with a CR-10 coating. 3.7 Adhesives: Adhesives must be one of the adhesives described in this section or noted in Tables 3 and 4. 3.7.1 IBond Insulation Adhesive: A polyurethane adhesive designed for bonding insulations to substrates. The adhesive is applied to the substrate and the underside of the insulation and has a coverage rate of 300 ft2 per gallon (7.38 m2 per L). The adhesive is available in a 1-gallon (3.78 L) container. 3.7.2 IB Water Borne Adhesive: A water-based adhesive designed for bonding IB PVC membranes to substrates. The adhesive is applied only to the substrate with a coverage range between 300 to 525 ft2 (27.9 to 48.8 m2) per 3-gallon (11.34 L) pail. 3.7.3 IB Vertibond Adhesive: An adhesive designed for bonding IB PVC membranes to substrates. The adhesive is applied to the substrate and to the underside of the ESR-2852 | Most Widely Accepted and Trusted Page 3 of 24 membrane and has a coverage rate of 60 ft2 per gallon (1.5 m2 per L) pail. 3.8 Impact Resistance: The IB PVC Roofing Membranes described in this report meet the requirements for impact resistance in 2021 IBC Section 1504.8, and 2018 and 2015 IBC Section 1504.7 based on testing in accordance with Section 4.6 of FM 4470. 4.0 INSTALLATION 4.1 General: Installation of the IB PVC membranes must comply with the applicable code, the manufacturer’s published installation instructions and this report. The manufacturer’s installation instructions must be available on the jobsite at all times during installation. The slope of the roof on which the membranes are installed must be a minimum of 1/4:12 (2 percent slope) and must not be more than the maximum slope indicated for the particular assembly as listed in Tables 1 and 2. Penetrations and terminations of the roof covering must be flashed and made weather-tight in accordance with the requirements of the membrane manufacturer and the applicable code. 4.2 Fire Classification: 4.2.1 New Construction: Roof covering systems described in Tables 1 and 2, when installed in accordance with this report, are classified as Class A or B roof covering systems in accordance with ASTM E108 or UL 790. 4.2.2 Reroofing: The existing deck must be inspected to verify that the structure to be reroofed is structurally sound and adequate to support and secure the roofing membrane. Prior to installation of new roof coverings, inspection in accordance with 2021 IBC Section 1512, or 2018 and 2015 IBC Section 1511 (2012, 2009 and 2006 IBC Section 1510), and approval from the code official having jurisdiction, is required. Class A, B, or C roof covering systems may be installed over existing classified roof covering systems under the following conditions without additional roof classification tests, provided the resulting classification is the lower of the new and existing roofing classification: New uninsulated systems installed only over existing uninsulated assemblies. New insulated systems installed over existing uninsulated systems only. Since the composition and/or condition of any underlying existing roofing materials may vary widely, roofing recovery, or installing the adhered systems in this report over an existing roof covering, without removing the existing roof covering, is outside the scope of this report. 4.3 Wind Resistance: 4.3.1 New Construction: The allowable wind uplift pressures for the IB membrane roof covering systems described in the report are noted in Tables 3 and 4. Metal edge securement must be listed in accordance with ANSI/SPRI/FM 4435 ES-1 (dated 2003, 2011 or 2017, as applicable), and designed and installed in accordance with 2021 IBC Section 1504.6, (2018, 2015, 2012, 2009 and 2006 IBC Section 1504.5) and IBC Chapter 16. As an alternative, the edge securement for mechanically attached membranes may be IB 2 to 4-inch Drip Edge PVC Clad Metal System with a 2.5 inch cleat, IB 2 to 4-inch Gravel Stop PVC Clad Metal System with a 2.5-inch cleat, IB 5 to 7-inch Drip Edge PVC Clad Metal System with a 2.5-inch cleat or IB 5 to 7-inch Gravel Stop PVC Clad Metal System with a 2.5-inch cleat. When tested in accordance with Test RE-2 of ANSI/SPRI ES-1. the maximum allowable wind uplift at the roof edge is 275 psf (13 167 N/m2) for 2 to 4-inch Drip Edge PVC Clad Metal System and 2 to 4-inch Gravel Stop PVC Clad Metal System; and 185 psf (8 857.4 N/m2) for IB 5 to 7-inch Drip Edge PVC Clad Metal System and IB 5 to 7-inch Drip Edge PVC Metal System. 4.3.2 Reroofing: Roof covering systems employing mechanical fasteners must be qualified to the satisfaction of the code official as to the adequacy of fasteners penetrating through existing roof coverings into structural substrates. Since the composition and/or condition of any particular underlying existing roofing material may vary widely, reroofing with adhered systems is outside the scope of this report. 5.0 CONDITIONS OF USE The IB PVC membranes described in this report comply with, or are suitable alternatives to what is specified in, those codes listed in Section 1.0 of this report, subject to the following conditions: 5.1 Installation of the membranes must comply with the applicable code, the manufacturer’s published installation instructions and this report. If there are any conflicts between the manufacturer’s installation instructions and this report, this report governs. 5.2 The membranes must be installed by authorized applicators approved by IB Roof Systems. 5.3 Foam plastic must be separated from the interior of the building by an approved thermal barrier in accordance with IBC Section 2603.4.1.5 or IRC Section R316.4, as applicable. 5.4 Foam plastic insulation, when used, must bear the label of an approved testing and listing agency indicating that the foam plastic has a flame-spread index of not more than 75 when tested at the maximum thickness intended for use in accordance with ASTM E84 or UL 723. 5.5 Above-deck thermal insulation board must comply with the applicable standard listed in IBC Table 1508.2 or IRC Table R906.2, as applicable. 5.6 Wind uplift pressure on any roof area, including edge and corner zones, must not exceed the allowable wind pressure for the roof covering installed in that particular area. Refer to Tables 3 and 4. 5.7 The allowable wind uplift pressures listed in Tables 3 and 4 are for the roof covering only. The deck and framing to which the roof covering is attached must be designed for the applicable components and cladding wind loads in accordance with the applicable code. 5.8 When application is over an existing roof, documentation of the wind uplift resistance of the composite roof construction must be submitted to the code official. 5.9 IB PVC Single Ply and IB PVC Single Ply Fleeceback membranes are manufactured at Cambridge, Ontario, Canada, under a quality control program with inspections by ICC-ES. 5.10 IB PVC and IB PVC Fleeceback membranes are manufactured at Mountain Top, Pennsylvania, under a quality control program with inspections by ICC-ES. ESR-2852 | Most Widely Accepted and Trusted Page 4 of 24 6.0 EVIDENCE SUBMITTED Data in accordance with the ICC-ES Acceptance Criteria for Membrane Roof Covering Systems (AC75), dated July 2010 (editorially revised April 2021). 7.0 IDENTIFICATION Product labeling shall include, the name of the report holder or listee, and the ICC-ES mark of conformity. The listing or evaluation report number (ICC-ES ESR-2852) may be used in lieu of the mark of conformity. 7.1 Each roll of roofing membrane has a label bearing the IB Roof Systems name and address, the product name, and the evaluation report number (ESR-2852). Fasteners are identified by the company name and by the size. Foam plastic insulation must be identified with the manufacturer's name, the surface burning characteristics, and, where applicable, with wording that indicates compliance with IBC Section 2603.4.1.5. 7.2 The report holder’s contact information is the following: IB ROOF SYSTEMS 506 EAST DALLAS ROAD, SUITE 300 GRAPEVINE, TEXAS 76051 (800) 426-1626 www.ibroof.com TABLE 1 FIRE CLASSIFICATION ASSEMBLIES—ADHERED ROOFING SYSTEMS SYSTEM NO. ROOF CLASS SUBSTRATE2 MAX. ROOF SLOPE INSULATION1,3 BARRIER OR COVER BOARD4 MEMBRANE4 TYPE ADHESIVE4,5 1 A Noncombustible 1:12 Min. 1-inch-thick to max. 4-inch- thick, Firestone Bldg. Products “ISO 95+GL” or Johns Manville “ENRGY 3” ---IB PVC Single- Ply IB Water Borne Adhesive 2 A Noncombustible 11/2:12 Min. 1-inch-thick to max. 4-inch- thick, IB Roof “IB Energy Board II”, Atlas Roofing “ACFoam-II” or “ACFoam-III” ---IB PVC Single- Ply IB Water Borne Adhesive 3 A Noncombustible 1:12 Min. 2-inch-thick to max. 4-inch- thick, IB Roof “IB Energy Board II”, Atlas Roofing “ACFoam-II”, Johns Manville “ENRGY 3”, Rmax “Multi- Max FA-3”or Dow Chemical Co. “HY-THERM AP”, mechanically fastened to deck --- IB PVC Single- Ply or IB PVC Single-Ply Fleeceback IB Water Borne Adhesive or IB Vertibond Adhesive 4 A Noncombustible 1:12 Min. 2-inch-thick to max. 4-inch- thick, IB Roof “IB Energy Board II”, Atlas Roofing “ACFoam-II”, Johns Manville “ENRGY 3”, Rmax “Multi- Max FA-3”or Dow Chemical Co. “HY-THERM AP”, 1/4-inch-thick Georgia Pacific “DensDeck”, mechanically fastened through insulation to deck IB PVC Single- Ply or IB PVC Single-Ply Fleeceback IB Water Borne Adhesive or IB Vertibond Adhesive 5 A Noncombustible 1:12 --- --- IB PVC Single- Ply or IB PVC Single-Ply Fleeceback IB Water Borne Adhesive or IB Vertibond Adhesive 6 A Combustible Unlimited Min. 1-inch-thick to max. 4-inch- thick, Atlas Roofing “ACFoam-II”, or IB Roof “IB Energy Board II” 1/4-inch-thick Georgia Pacific “DensDeck” or USG “SECUROCK Gypsum-Fiber Roof Board”, mechanically fastened through insulation to deck IB PVC Fleeceback ICP CR-20 7 A Noncombustible 1:12 Min. 1-inch thick to max. 4-inch- thick, Atlas Roofing “ACFoam-II”, or IB Roof “IB Energy Board II” 1/4-inch-thick Georgia Pacific “DensDeck” or USG “SECUROCK Gypsum-Fiber Roof Board”, mechanically fastened through insulation to deck IB PVC Fleeceback ICP CR-20 1All foam plastic insulation must be UL-classified foam plastic for roofing systems, and must be limited to the maximum thickness noted in Section 5.4 of this report. 2Steel deck must be minimum No. 22 gage galvanized steel [0.030 inch (0.76 mm)]. Concrete must have a minimum compressive strength (fc) of 2500 psi. 3Polyisocyanurate insulation must comply with ASTM C1289. Expanded polystyrene (EPS) and extruded polystyrene (XPS) insulation must comply with ASTM C578. 4Barrier or cover boards, membranes and adhesives must be UL-classified for roofing systems. 5IB Water Borne Adhesive to be applied at a rate of 100-175 ft2 per gallon (300–525 ft2 per 3-gallon pail). 6IB Vertibond Adhesive to be applied at a rate of 60 ft2 per gallon. ESR-2852 | Most Widely Accepted and Trusted Page 5 of 24 TABLE 2 FIRE CLASSIFICATION ASSEMBLIES—MECHANICALLY FASTENED ROOFING SYSTEMS SYSTEM NO. ROOF CLASS SUBSTRATE2 MAX. ROOF SLOPE BARRIER BOARD/ INSULATION1,3 SLIP SHEET 4 MEMBRANE TYPE4 1 A Noncombustible 3:12 Min. 1-inch-thick to max. 4-inch-thick, Any UL-classified polyisocyanurate insulation, mechanically fastened to deck. --- IB PVC Single-Ply 2 A Noncombustible 2:12 Min. 1-inch-thick to max. 4-inch-thick, Johns Manville “ENRGY 3”, Rmax “Multi-Max FA-3” or Firestone Bldg. Products” ISO 95+GL” --- IB PVC Single-Ply 3 A Noncombustible 2 1/2:12 Min. 1-inch-thick to max. 4-inch thick, IB Roof “IB Energy Board II” “IB Energy Board III”, Atlas Roofing “ACFoam-II” or “ACFoam-III” --- IB PVC Single-Ply 4 A Noncombustible 2:12 Min. 2-inch-thick to max. 4-inch-thick, IB Roof “IB Energy Board II” “IB Energy Board III”, Atlas Roofing “ACFoam-II”, Rmax “Multi-Max FA-3”or Dow Chemical Co. “HY-THERM AP”, mechanically fastened per FM preliminary fastening requirements --- IB PVC Single-Ply 5 B Noncombustible 2:12 Min. 2-inch-thick to max. 4-inch-thick, Johns Manville “ENRGY 3”, mechanically fastened per FM preliminary fastening requirements5 --- IB PVC Single-Ply 6 A Noncombustible 2:12 Min. 1-inch-thick to max. 4-inch-thick, IB Roof “IB Energy Board II” “IB Energy Board III”, Atlas Roofing “ACFoam-II” or Johns Manville “ENRGY 3”, or min. 1.3-inch-thick to max. 4-inch-thick, IB Roof “IB Energy Board II” “IB Energy Board III”, Atlas Roofing “ACFoam-III”, mechanically fastened per FM preliminary fastening requirements5 --- IB PVC Single-Ply 7 A Combustible Unlimited ---Four layers of “IB Fire Sheet FR-10” IB PVC Single-Ply or IB PVC 8 A Noncombustible 2:12 --- Three layers of IB Fire Sheet FR-10” IB PVC Single Ply or IB PVC 9 A Combustible 3/4:12 --- Two layers of IB Fire Sheet FR-10 IP PVC Single Ply 10 A Combustible Unlimited 1/4-inch-thick Georgia Pacific “DensDeck” or USG “SECUROCK Gypsum-Fiber Roof Board” --- IB PVC Single Ply 11 A Combustible 2:12 (Optional) Min.1-inch-thick to max. 4-inch- thick, Atlas Roofing “ACFoam-II”, or IB Roof “IB Energy Board II” Three layers of IB Fire Sheet FR-10 IB PVC Single Ply or IB PVC 12 A Combustible 3:12 (Optional) Min.1-inch-thick to max. 4-inch- thick, Atlas Roofing “ACFoam-II”, or IB Roof “IB Energy Board II” Three layers of IB Fire Sheet FR-10 IB PVC Single Ply or IB PVC 1All foam plastic insulation must be UL-classified foam plastic for roofing systems, and must be limited to the maximum thickness noted in Section 5.4 of this report. 2Wood deck must be minimum 15/32-inch-thick (11.9 mm) plywood. Steel deck must be minimum No. 22 gage galvanized steel [0.030 inch (0.76 mm)]. Concrete must have a minimum compressive strength (fc) of 2500 psi. 3Polyisocyanurate insulation must comply with ASTM C1289. Expanded polystyrene (EPS) and extruded polystyrene (XPS) insulation must comply with ASTM C578. 4Slip sheets, membranes and adhesives must be UL-classified for roofing systems. 5FM preliminary fastening requirements to consist of IB SD #12 Insulation fastener (for steel substrate) or IB CD-10 Roofing fastener (for concrete substrate) with IB 3-inch Round Metal Insulation Plate at 1 fastener per 8 ft2. ESR-2852 | Most Widely Accepted and Trusted Page 6 of 24 TABLE 3—WIND RESISTANCE—ADHERED ROOFING SYSTEMS SYSTEM NO. DECK3 INSULATION BASE LAYER OR BARRIER BOARD INSULATION TOP LAYER OR COVER BOARD MEMBRANE ALLOWABLE WIND UPLIFT PRESSURE (psf)Type1,2 Attachment1,4 Type1 Attachment1,4 Type Attachment1 W-1 Wood (Optional) Any polyisocyanurate insulation or barrier board --- Min. 11/2-inch-thick Rmax “Multi-Max FA- 3”, IB Roof “IB Energy Board II” Atlas Roofing Corp. “ACFoam II” or 1/2-inch-thick SECUROCK Gypsum- Fiber Roof Board IB SD #12 Insulation Fastener with IB 3-inch Galvalume Insulation Plate at 1.6 ft2 per fastener IB PVC Single- Ply or IB PVC Single-Ply Fleeceback IB Water Borne Adhesive at 280 ft2/gal or IB Veribond Adhesive at 60 ft2/gal 45 W-2 Wood Min. 1/4-inch-thick DensDeck Mechanically fastened per FM preliminary fastening requirements5 Min. 2-inch-thick Rmax “Multi-Max FA- 3”, IB Roof “IB Energy Board II” Atlas Roofing Corp. “ACFoam II”, Johns Manville “ENRGY 3-inch or Dow Chemical “HY-THERM AP” IB SD #12, IB HD #14 Roofing Fasteners with IB 3-inch Round Insulation plates or OMG #12 Standard or #14 Heavy-duty Fastener, with OMG 3-inch Galvalume Insulation Plate at 2 ft2 per fastener IB PVC Single- Ply, IB PVC Single-Ply Fleeceback or IB PVC Fleeceback IB Water Borne Adhesive at 250 ft2/gal or IB Vertibond Adhesive at 60 ft2/gal 45 W-3 Wood Min. 2-inch-thick Rmax “Multi-Max FA-3”, IB Roof “IB Energy Board II”, Atlas Roofing Corp. “ACFoam II”, Johns Manville “ENRGY 3” or Dow Chemical “HY- THERM AP” Mechanically fastened per FM preliminary fastening requirements5 Min. 1/4-inch-thick DensDeck IB SD #12, IB HD #14 Roofing Fasteners with IB 3-inch Round Insulation plates or OMG #12 Standard or #14 Heavy-duty Fastener, with OMG 3-inch Galvalume Insulation Plate at 2 ft2 per fastener IB PVC Single- Ply, IB PVC Single-Ply Fleeceback or IB PVC Fleeceback IB Water Borne Adhesive at 250 ft2/gal or IB Vertibond Adhesive at 60 ft2/gal 45 W-4 Min. 15/32-inch thick Plywood Thermal Barrier: ½ -inch-thick DensDeck Prime, SECUROCK Gypsum-Fiber Roof Board mechanically attached to the wood deck followed by a primed Vapor Barrier. Primed with Elastocol Stick or Elastocol Stick Zero at a rate of 0.5 gal/sq. Thermal Barrier fastened with Dekfast DF-#12- PH3, Dekfast DF- #14-PH3, Dekfast DF-#15-PH3 with Dekfast PLT-R-3 plates or IB SD #12, IB HD #14 or IB XHD #15 Roofing Fasteners with IB 3-inch Round Insulation plates or OMG #12 Standard Roofgrip, #14 Roofgrip, #15 Roofgrip, OMG XHD Fasteners with OMG 3” Galvalume Steel Plates at a fastener density of 1 per 1.6 ft2 Min. 1/4-inch-thick DensDeck Prime, SECUROCK Gypsum- Fiber Roof Board, ACFoam-HD Coverboard OMG OlyBond 500, Millennium One Step Foamable Adhesive or IB Rapid Set Insulation Adhesive IB PVC Single Ply IB Water Borne Adhesive at 1 gal/125 – 175 ft2 or IB Vertibond Adhesive at 1 gal/50 – 70 ft2 45 Vapor Barrier: Sopravap’r, self- adhered to the Thermal Barrier followed by a min. 1-inch-thick ACFoam-II, IB EnergyBoard II, ACFoam-III, IB EnergyBoard III, H-Shield, H- Shield CG Insulation adhered with OMG OlyBond 500, Millennium One Step Foamable Adhesive or IB Rapid Set Insulation Adhesive IB PVC Single Ply Fleeceback or IB PVC Fleeceback IB Water Borne Adhesive at 1 gal/100 – 160 ft2 or IB Vertibond Adhesive at 1 gal/45 – 60 ft2 ESR-2852 | Most Widely Accepted and Trusted Page 7 of 24 TABLE 3—WIND RESISTANCE—ADHERED ROOFING SYSTEMS (Continued) SYSTEM NO. DECK3 INSULATION BASE LAYER OR BARRIER BOARD INSULATION TOP LAYER OR COVER BOARD MEMBRANE ALLOWABLE WIND UPLIFT PRESSURE (psf)Type1,2 Attachment1,4 Type1 Attachment1,4 Type Attachment1 W-5 Min. 15/32-inch thick Plywood Min. 2.0-inch-thick H-Shield, ACFoam-II, IB EnergyBoard II, ACFoam-III, IB EnergyBoard III, H-Shield CG Dekfast DF-#12- PH3, Dekfast DF- #14-PH3, Dekfast DF-#15-PH3 with Dekfast PLT-R-3 plates or IB SD #12, IB HD #14, IB XHD #15 Roofing Fasteners with IB 3-inch Round Insulation plates or OMG #12 Standard Roofgrip, #14 Roofgrip, #15 Roofgrip, OMG XHD Fasteners with OMG 3” Galvalume Steel Plates at a fastener density of 1 per 1.6 ft2 Min. 1/4-inch-thick DensDeck Prime, SECUROCK Gypsum- Fiber Roof Board, ACFoam-HD Coverboard OMG OlyBond 500, Millennium One Step Foamable Adhesive or IB Rapid Set Insulation Adhesive IB PVC Single Ply IB Water Borne Adhesive at 1 gal/125 – 175 ft2 or IB Vertibond Adhesive at 1 gal/50 – 70 ft 45.0 IB PVC Single Ply Fleeceback or IB PVC Fleeceback IB Water Borne Adhesive at 1 gal/100 – 160 ft2 or IB Vertibond Adhesive at 1 gal/45 – 60 ft2 W-6 Min. 15/32-inch thick Plywood Min. 11/2-inch- thick ACFoam-III, IB EnergyBoard III, H-Shield, H- Shield CG Dekfast DF-#12- PH3, Dekfast DF- #14-PH3, Dekfast DF-#15-PH3 with Dekfast PLT-R-3 plates or IB SD #12, IB HD #14, IB XHD #15 Roofing Fasteners with IB 3-inch Round Insulation plates or OMG #12 Standard Roofgrip, #14 Roofgrip, #15 Roofgrip, OMG XHD Fasteners with OMG 3” Galvalume Steel Plates at a fastener density of 1 per 1.6 ft2 Min. 1/4-inch-thick SECUROCK Gypsum- Fiber Roof Board OMG OlyBond 500, Millennium One Step Foamable Adhesive or IB Rapid Set Insulation Adhesive IB PVC Single Ply IB Water Borne Adhesive at 1 gal/125 – 175 ft2 or IB Vertibond Adhesive at 1 gal/50 – 70 ft 2 45.0 IB PVC Single Ply Fleeceback or IB PVC Fleeceback IB Water Borne Adhesive at 1 gal/100 – 160 ft2 or IB Vertibond Adhesive at 1 gal/45 – 60 ft2 W-7 Min. 15/32-inch thick Plywood (Optional) Min. 11/2-inch- thick ACFoam-II, IB EnergyBoard II, ACFoam-III, EnergyBoard III, H-Shield, H-Shield CG Loose Laid Min. 11/2-inch-thick ACFoam-II, IB EnergyBoard II, ACFoam-III, EnergyBoard III, H- Shield, H-Shield CG or Min. 1/2-inch-thick ACFoam-HD Coverboard or Min. 1/2-inch-thick DensDeck Prime, SECUROCK Gypsum- Fiber Roof Board or Min. 11/2- inch-thick InsulFoam HD Composite Dekfast DF-#12- PH3, Dekfast DF- #14-PH3, Dekfast DF-#15-PH3 with Dekfast PLT-R-3 plates or IB SD #12, IB HD #14, IB XHD #15 Roofing Fasteners with IB 3-inch Round Insulation plates or OMG #12 Standard Roofgrip, #14 Roofgrip, #15 Roofgrip, OMG XHD Fasteners with OMG 3” Galvalume Steel Plates at a fastener density of 1 per 1.6ft2 IB PVC Single Ply IB Water Borne Adhesive at 1 gal/125 – 175 ft2 or IB Vertibond Adhesive at 1 gal/50 – 70 ft 2 45.0 IB PVC Single Ply Fleeceback or IB PVC Fleeceback IB Water Borne Adhesive at 1 gal/100 – 160 ft2 or IB Vertibond Adhesive at 1 gal/45 – 60 ft2 W-8 Wood Min. 11/2-inch- thick Rmax “Multi- Max FA-3”, IB Roof “IB Energy Board II” Atlas Roofing Corp. “ACFoam II”, 1/4- inch-thick DensDeck or 1/2-inch-thick SECUROCK Gypsum-Fiber Roof Board ICP Adhesives CR-20 (Optional) Min. 11/2-inch-thick Rmax “Multi-Max FA- 3, IB Roof “IB Energy Board II”, Atlas Roofing Corp. “ACFoam II”, 1/4-inch-thick DensDeck or 1/2-inch-thick SECUROCK Gypsum- Fiber Roof Board ICP Adhesives CR-20 IB PVC Single-Ply or IB PVC Single-Ply Fleeceback or IB PVC Fleeceback IB Water Borne Adhesive at 280 ft2/gal 52 ESR-2852 | Most Widely Accepted and Trusted Page 8 of 24 TABLE 3—WIND RESISTANCE—ADHERED ROOFING SYSTEMS (Continued) SYSTEM NO. DECK3 INSULATION BASE LAYER OR BARRIER BOARD INSULATION TOP LAYER OR COVER BOARD MEMBRANE ALLOWABLE WIND UPLIFT PRESSURE (psf)Type1,2 Attachment1,4 Type1 Attachment1,4 Type Attachment1 S-1 Min. 22 ga., Type B, Grade 33 Steel Min. 2.0-inch- thick H-Shield, ACFoam-II, IB EnergyBoard II, ACFoam-III, IB EnergyBoard III, H-Shield CG Dekfast DF-#12- PH3, Dekfast DF- #14-PH3, Dekfast DF-#15-PH3 with Dekfast PLT-R-3 plates or IB SD #12, IB HD #14 or IB XHD #15 Roofing Fasteners with IB 3-inch Round Metal Insulation Plates or OMG #12 Standard Roofgrip, #14 Roofgrip, #15 Roofgrip, OMG XHD Fasteners with OMG 3” Galvalume Steel Plates at a fastener density of 1 per 2.9 ft2 Min. 1/4-inch-thick DensDeck Prime, SECUROCK Gypsum- Fiber Roof Board, ACFoam-HD Coverboard OMG OlyBond 500, Millennium One Step Foamable Adhesive or IB Rapid Set Insulation Adhesive IB PVC Single Ply IB Water Borne Adhesive at 1 gal/125 – 175 ft2 or IB Vertibond Adhesive at 1 gal/50 – 70 ft 2 45.0 IB PVC Single Ply Fleeceback or IB PVC Fleeceback IB Water Borne Adhesive at 1 gal/100 – 160 ft2 or IB Vertibond Adhesive at 1 gal/45 – 60 ft2 S-2 Min. 22 ga., Type B, Grade 33 Steel Min. 11/2-inch- thick ACFoam-III, IB EnergyBoard III, H-Shield, H- Shield CG Dekfast DF-#12- PH3, Dekfast DF- #14-PH3, Dekfast DF-#15-PH3, with Dekfast PLT-R-3 plates or IB SD #12, IB HD #14, IB XHD #15 Roofing Fasteners with IB 3-inch Round Metal Insulation Plates or OMG #12 Standard Roofgrip, #14 Roofgrip, #15 Roofgrip, OMG XHD Fasteners with OMG 3” Galvalume Steel Plates at a fastener density of 1 per 2 ft2 Min. 1/4-inch-thick SECUROCK Gypsum- Fiber Roof Board OMG OlyBond 500, Millennium One Step Foamable Adhesive or IB Rapid Set Insulation Adhesive IB PVC Single Ply IB Water Borne Adhesive at 1 gal/125 – 175 ft2 or IB Vertibond Adhesive at 1 gal/50 – 70 ft 2 45.0 IB PVC Single Ply Fleeceback or IB PVC Fleeceback IB Water Borne Adhesive at 1 gal/100 – 160 ft2 or IB Vertibond Adhesive at 1 gal/45 – 60 ft2 S-3 Min. 22 ga., Type B, Grade 33 Steel Min. 1/2-inch- thick DensDeck Prime, SECUROCK Gypsum-Fiber Roof Board NOTE: Shall be primed with Elastocol Stick or Elastocol Stick Zero at a rate of 0.5 gal/sq, and followed by Sopravap’r, self- adhered Dekfast DF-#12- PH3, Dekfast DF- #14-PH3, Dekfast DF-#15-PH3 with Dekfast PLT-R-3 plates or IB SD #12, IB HD #14 or IB XHD #15 Roofing Fasteners with IB 3-inch Round Metal Insulation Plates or OMG #12 Standard Roofgrip, #14 Roofgrip, #15 Roofgrip, OMG XHD Fasteners with OMG 3” Galvalume Steel Plates With a fastener density of 1 per 4 ft2 Min. 1.0-inch-thick ACFoam-II, IB EnergyBoard II, ACFoam-III, IB EnergyBoard III, H- Shield, H-Shield CG Followed by min. 1/4- inch-thick DensDeck Prime, SECUROCK Gypsum-Fiber Roof Board, ACFoam-HD Coverboard OMG OlyBond 500, Millennium One Step Foamable Adhesive or IB Rapid Set Insulation Adhesive IB PVC Single Ply IB Water Borne Adhesive at 1 gal/125 – 175 ft2 or IB Vertibond Adhesive at 1 gal/50 – 70 ft 2 45.0 IB PVC Single Ply Fleeceback or IB PVC Fleeceback IB Water Borne Adhesive at 1 gal/100 – 160 ft2 or IB Vertibond Adhesive at 1 gal/45 – 60 ft2 ESR-2852 | Most Widely Accepted and Trusted Page 9 of 24 TABLE 3—WIND RESISTANCE—ADHERED ROOFING SYSTEMS (Continued) SYSTEM NO. DECK3 INSULATION BASE LAYER OR BARRIER BOARD INSULATION TOP LAYER OR COVER BOARD MEMBRANE ALLOWABLE WIND UPLIFT PRESSURE (psf)Type1,2 Attachment1,4 Type1 Attachment1,4 Type Attachment1 S-4 Min. 22 ga., Type B, Grade 33 Steel Min. 1/2-inch- thick DensDeck Prime, SECUROCK Gypsum-Fiber Roof Board NOTE:Shall be primed with Elastocol Stick or Elastocol Stick Zero at a rate of 0.5 gal/sq, and followed by Sopravap’r, self- adhered Dekfast DF-#12- PH3, Dekfast DF- #14-PH3, Dekfast DF-#15-PH3 with Dekfast PLT-R-3 plates or IB SD #12 Insulation Fasteners, IB HD #14 Roofing Fasteners, IB XHD #15 Roofing Fasteners with IB 3- inch Round Metal Insulation Plates or OMG #12 Standard Roofgrip, #14 Roofgrip, #15 Roofgrip, OMG XHD Fasteners with OMG 3” Galvalume Steel Plates With a fastener density of 1 per 4 ft2 Min. 11/2-inch-thick InsulFoam HD Composite OMG OlyBond 500 IB PVC Single Ply IB Water Borne Adhesive at 1 gal/125 – 175 ft2 or IB Vertibond Adhesive at 1 gal/50 – 70 ft 2 45.0 IB PVC Single Ply Fleeceback or IB PVC Fleeceback IB Water Borne Adhesive at 1 gal/100 – 160 ft2 or IB Vertibond Adhesive at 1 gal/45 – 60 ft2 S-5 Min. 22 ga., Type B, Grade 33 Steel (Optional) Min. 1.5-inch- thick ACFoam-II, IB EnergyBoard II, ACFoam-III, EnergyBoard III, H-Shield, H- Shield CG Loose laid Min. 1/2-inch-thick ACFoam-HD Coverboard or Min.1/4-inch-thick DensDeck Prime, SECUROCK Gypsum- Fiber Roof Board or Min. 11/2-inch-thick ACFoam-II, IB EnergyBoard II, ACFoam-III, EnergyBoard III, H- Shield, H-Shield CG Dekfast DF-#12-PH3, Dekfast DF-#14-PH3, Dekfast DF-#15-PH3 with Dekfast PLT-R-3 plates or IB SD #12, IB HD #14 or IB XHD #15 Roofing Fasteners with IB 3-inch Round Metal Insulation Plates or OMG #12 Standard Roofgrip, #14 Roofgrip, #15 Roofgrip, OMG XHD Fasteners with OMG 3” Galvalume Steel Plates With a fastener density of 1 per 2 ft2 IB PVC Single Ply IB Water Borne Adhesive at 1 gal/125 – 175 ft2 or IB Vertibond Adhesive at 1 gal/50 – 70 ft 2 45.0 IB PVC Single Ply Fleeceback or IB PVC Fleeceback IB Water Borne Adhesive at 1 gal/100 – 160 ft2 or IB Vertibond Adhesive at 1 gal/45 – 60 ft2 S-6 Min. 22 ga., Type B, Grade 33 Steel (Optional) Min. 11/2-inch- thick ACFoam-II, IB EnergyBoard II, ACFoam-III, EnergyBoard III, H-Shield, H- Shield CG Loose laid Min. 11/2-inch-thick InsulFoam HD Composite Dekfast DF-#12-PH3, Dekfast DF-#14-PH3, Dekfast DF-#15-PH3 with Dekfast PLT-R-3 plates or IB SD #12, IB HD #14 or IB XHD #15 Roofing Fasteners with IB 3-inch Round Metal Insulation Plates or OMG #12 Standard Roofgrip, #14 Roofgrip, #15 Roofgrip, OMG XHD Fasteners with OMG 3” Galvalume Steel Plates With a fastener density of 1 per 2 ft2 IB PVC Single Ply IB Water Borne Adhesive at 1 gal/125 – 175 ft2 or IB Vertibond Adhesive at 1 gal/50 – 70 ft 2 45.0 IB PVC Single Ply Fleeceback or IB PVC Fleeceback IB Water Borne Adhesive at 1 gal/100 – 160 ft2 or IB Vertibond Adhesive at 1 gal/45 – 60 ft2 ESR-2852 | Most Widely Accepted and Trusted Page 10 of 24 TABLE 3—WIND RESISTANCE—ADHERED ROOFING SYSTEMS (Continued) SYSTEM NO. DECK3 INSULATION BASE LAYER OR BARRIER BOARD INSULATION TOP LAYER OR COVER BOARD MEMBRANE ALLOWABLE WIND UPLIFT PRESSURE (psf)Type1,2 Attachment1,4 Type1 Attachment1,4 Type Attachment1 S-7 Steel Min. 2-inch-thick to max. 4-inch- thick, Rmax “Multi-Max FA-3”, IB Roof “IB Energy Board II”, Atlas Roofing Corp. “ACFoam II”, Johns Manville “ENRGY 3” or Dow Chemical “HY-THERM AP” IB SD #12 or IB HD #14 Roofing Fasteners with IB 3- inch Round Insulation plates or OMG #12 Standard or #14 Heavy-duty Fastener, with OMG 3-inch Galvalume Insulation Plate at 2 ft2 per fastener --- --- IB PVC Single- Ply, IB PVC Single-Ply Fleeceback or IB PVC Fleeceback IB Water Borne Adhesive at 250 ft2/gal or IB Vertibond Adhesive at 60 ft2/gal 45 S-8 Steel Min. 2-inch-thick to max. 4-inch- thick, Rmax “Multi-Max FA-3” IB Roof “IB Energy Board II”, Atlas Roofing Corp. “ACFoam II”, Johns Manville “ENRGY 3” or Dow Chemical “HY-THERM AP” Mechanically fastened per FM preliminary fastening requirements5 Min. 1/4-inch-thick DensDeck IB SD #12 or IB HD #14 Roofing Fasteners with IB 3-inch Round Insulation plates or OMG #12 Standard or #14 Heavy-duty Fastener, with OMG 3-inch Galvalume Insulation Plate at 2 ft2 per fastener IB PVC Single- Ply, IB PVC Single-Ply Fleeceback or IB PVC Fleeceback IB Water Borne Adhesive at 250 ft2/gal or IB Vertibond Adhesive at 60 ft2/gal 45 SC-1 Min. 22 ga Grade 40 Steel or Min. 2,500 psi concrete Min. 2.0-inch- thick Atlas Roofing “ACFoam-III”, IB Roof “IB Energy Board III”, Hunter Panels “H- Shield”, “H-Shield CG” Dekfast DF-#12- PH3, Dekfast DF- #14-PH3, Dekfast DF-#15-PH3 with Dekfast PLT-R-3 plates or IB SD #12, IB HD #14 or IB XHD #15 Roofing Fasteners with IB 3-inch Round Metal Insulation Plates or OMG #12 Standard Roofgrip, #14 Roofgrip, #15 Roofgrip, OMG XHD Fasteners with OMG 3” Galvalume Steel Plates at 1.6 ft2 Min. 1/4-inch-thick USG “SECUROCK Gypsum-Fiber Roof Board” OMG OlyBond 500, Millennium One Step Foamable Adhesive or IB Rapid Set Insulation Adhesive in ¾” ribbons spaced 6” o.c. IB PVC Single Ply IB Water Borne Adhesive at 1 gal/125 – 175 ft2 or IB Vertibond Adhesive at 1 gal/50 – 70 ft 2 75 IB PVC Single Ply Fleeceback or IB PVC Fleeceback IB Water Borne Adhesive at 1 gal/100 – 160 ft2 or IB Vertibond Adhesive at 1 gal/45 – 60 ft2 SC-2 Min. 22 ga. Grade 40 Steel, Min. 2,500 psi concrete or min. 19/32-inch - thick plywood Min. 11/2-inch- thick Atlas Roofing “ACFoam-II”, “ACFoam-III”, IB Roof “IB Energy Board II”, “IB Energy Board III”, Hunter Panels “H- Shield”, “H-Shield CG” or Insulfoam “Insulfoam HD Composite” Dekfast DF-#15 HP-3 Fastener with Dekfast PLT-R-3 plates or OMG XHD, OMG #15 Roofgrip or OMG #14 Roofgrip fasteners with OMG 3” Galvalume Steel Plates or IB XHD #15 Roofing Fasteners with IB 3- inch Round Insulation Plates at 1.33 ft2 --- --- IB PVC or IB PVC Single Ply IB Water Borne Adhesive at 1 gal. per 125- 175 ft2 to substrate or IB Vertibond Adhesive at 1 gal. at 50-70 ft2 to both sides. 75 SC-3 Min. 22 ga. Grade 40 Steel, Min. 2,500 psi concrete or min. 19/32-inch - thick plywood Min. 11/2-inch- thick Atlas Roofing “ACFoam-II”, “ACFoam-III”, IB Roof “IB Energy Board II”, “IB Energy Board III”, Hunter Panels “H- Shield”, “H-Shield CG” or Insulfoam “Insulfoam HD Composite” SFS DF-#15 HP-3 Fastener with Dekfast PLT-R-3 plates or OMG XHD, OMG #15 Roofgrip or OMG #14 Roofgrip fasteners with OMG 3” Galvalume Steel Plates or IB XHD #15 Roofing Fasteners with IB 3- inch Round Insulation Plates at 1.33 ft2 --- --- IB PVC Single Ply Fleeceback or IB PVC Fleeceback IB Water Borne Adhesive at 1 gal. per 100- 160 ft2 to substrate, IB Vertibond Adhesive at 1 gal. at 45-60 ft2 to both sides, or ICP Adhesives CR-20 spatter-applied at 3.75 lb/sq. 75 ESR-2852 | Most Widely Accepted and Trusted Page 11 of 24 TABLE 3—WIND RESISTANCE—ADHERED ROOFING SYSTEMS (Continued) SYSTEM NO. DECK3 INSULATION BASE LAYER OR BARRIER BOARD INSULATION TOP LAYER OR COVER BOARD MEMBRANE ALLOWABLE WIND UPLIFT PRESSURE (psf)Type1,2 Attachment1,4 Type1 Attachment1,4 Type Attachment1 SC-4 Min. 22 ga. Grade 40 Steel, Min. 2,500 psi concrete or Min. 19/32-inch- thick plywood (Optional) Min. 11/2-inch- thick Atlas Roofing “ACFoam-II”, “ACFoam-III”, IB Roof “IB Energy Board II”, “IB Energy Board III”, Hunter Panels “H- Shield”, “H-Shield CG” or Insulfoam “Insulfoam HD Composite” Loose Laid Min. 1/4-inch-thick Georgia Pacific “DensDeck Prime” or USG “SECUROCK Gypsum-Fiber Roof Board” Dekfast DF-#15 HP-3 Fastener with Dekfast PLT-R-3 plates or OMG XHD, OMG #15 Roofgrip or OMG #14 Roofgrip fasteners with OMG 3” Galvalume Steel Plates or IB XHD #15 Roofing Fasteners with IB 3- inch Round Insulation Plates at 1.33 ft2 IB PVC or IB PVC Single Ply IB Water Borne Adhesive at 1 gal. per 125- 175 ft2 to substrate or IB Vertibond Adhesive at 1 gal. at 50-70 ft2 to both sides. 75 SC-5 Min. 22 ga. Grade 40 Steel, Min. 2,500 psi concrete or Min. 19/32-inch- thick plywood (Optional) Min. 11/2-inch-- thick Atlas Roofing “ACFoam-II”, “ACFoam-III”, IB Roof “IB Energy Board II”, “IB Energy Board III”, Hunter Panels “H- Shield”, “H-Shield CG” or Insulfoam “Insulfoam HD Composite” Loose Laid Min. 1/4-inch-thick Georgia Pacific “DensDeck Prime” or USG “SECUROCK Gypsum-Fiber Roof Board” Dekfast DF-#15 HP-3 Fastener with Dekfast PLT-R-3 plates or OMG XHD, OMG #15 Roofgrip or OMG #14 Roofgrip fasteners with OMG 3” Galvalume Steel Plates or IB XHD #15 Roofing Fasteners with IB 3- inch Round Insulation Plates at 1.33 ft2 IB PVC Single Ply Fleeceback or IB PVC Fleeceback IB Water Borne Adhesive at 1 gal. per 100- 160 ft2 to substrate, IB Vertibond Adhesive at 1 gal. at 45-60 ft2 to both sides, or ICP Adhesives CR-20 spatter-applied at 3.75 lb/sq. 75 SC-6 Min. 22 ga., Grade 40 Steel, Min. 2,500 psi concrete Min. 2.0-inch- thick Atlas Roofing “ACFoam-III”, IB Roof “IB Energy Board III”, Hunter Panels “H- Shield”, “H-Shield CG”, Rmax “Multi- Max FA-3” or Insulfoam “Insulfoam HD Composite” Dekfast DF-#15 HP-3 Fastener with Dekfast PLT-R-3 plates or OMG XHD, OMG #15 Roofgrip or OMG #14 Roofgrip fasteners with OMG 3” Galvalume Steel Plates or IB XHD #15 Roofing Fasteners with IB 3-inch Round Insulation Plates at 1.33 ft2 Min. ¼-inch thick Georgia Pacific “DensDeck Prime” or USG “SECUROCK Gypsum-Fiber Roof Board” OMG OlyBond 500 Adhesive, ICP Adhesives CR-20, Millennium One-Step Foamable Adhesive or Millennium PG-1 Pump Grade Adhesive IB PVC or IB PVC Single Ply IB Water Borne Adhesive at 1 gal. per 125- 175 ft2 to substrate or IB Vertibond Adhesive at 1 gal. at 50-70 ft2 to both sides. 97.5 SC-7 Min. 22 ga., Grade 40 Steel, Min. 2,500 psi concrete Min. 2.0-inch- thick Atlas Roofing “ACFoam-III”, IB Roof “IB Energy Board III”, Hunter Panels “H- Shield”, “H-Shield CG”, Rmax “Multi- Max FA-3” or Insulfoam “Insulfoam HD Composite” Dekfast DF-#15 HP-3 Fastener with Dekfast PLT-R-3 plates or OMG XHD, OMG #15 Roofgrip or OMG #14 Roofgrip fasteners with OMG 3” Galvalume Steel Plates or IB XHD #15 Roofing Fasteners with IB 3-inch Round Insulation Plates at 1.33 ft2 Min. ¼-inch thick Georgia Pacific “DensDeck Prime” or USG “SECUROCK Gypsum-Fiber Roof Board” OMG OlyBond 500 Adhesive, ICP Adhesives CR-20, Millennium One-Step Foamable Adhesive or Millennium PG-1 Pump Grade Adhesive IB PVC Single Ply Fleeceback or IB PVC Fleeceback IB Water Borne Adhesive at 1 gal. per 100- 160 ft2 to substrate, IB Vertibond Adhesive at 1 gal. at 45-60 ft2 to both sides, or ICP Adhesives CR-20 spatter-applied at 3.75 lb/sq. 97.5 C-1 Concrete Min. 2-inch-thick to max. 4-inch- thick, InsulFoam IX OMG OlyBond 500 Adhesive Min. 1/4-inch-thick DensDeck or SECUROCK Gypsum-Fiber Roof Board OMG OlyBond 500 Adhesive, ICP Adhesives CR-20, Millennium One-Step Foamable Adhesive or Millennium PG-1 Pump Grade Adhesive IB PVC Single- Ply, IB PVC Single-Ply Fleeceback or IB PVC Fleeceback IB Water Borne Adhesive at 250 ft2/gal 52 C-2 Concrete Min. 11/2-inch- thick to max. 4-inch-thick, Rmax “Multi-Max FA-3” Dow Chemical Insta Stik Quik Set Insulation Adhesive (Optional) Min. 1/4-inch-thick DensDeck or SECUROCK Gypsum-Fiber Roof Board Dow Chemical Insta Stik Quik Set Insulation Adhesive IB PVC Single- Ply, IB PVC Single-Ply Fleeceback or IB PVC Fleeceback IB Water Borne Adhesive at 280 ft2/gal 68 ESR-2852 | Most Widely Accepted and Trusted Page 12 of 24 TABLE 3—WIND RESISTANCE—ADHERED ROOFING SYSTEMS (Continued) SYSTEM NO. DECK3 INSULATION BASE LAYER OR BARRIER BOARD INSULATION TOP LAYER OR COVER BOARD MEMBRANE ALLOWABLE WIND UPLIFT PRESSURE (psf)Type1,2 Attachment1,4 Type1 Attachment1,4 Type Attachment1 C-3 Concrete, primed with ASTM D41 primer with cold applied ASTM D6163 or D6164, Type I, Grade G sheet Min 11/2-inch-thick ACFoam-II, IB EnergyBoard II, ACFoam-III, IB EnergyBoard III, Multi-Max FA-3, H-Shield, ISO 95+ GL ICP Adhesive CR-20 (Optional) Min. 1/4-inch-thick DensDeck, SECUROCK Gypsum-Fiber Roof Board ICP Adhesive CR-20 IB Single-Ply, IB PVC Single Ply Fleeceback or IB PVC Fleeceback IB Water Borne Adhesive at 0.357 gal/sq. 68 IB Single-Ply or IB PVC Single Ply Fleeceback IB Vertibond Adhesive at 0.357 gal/sq. C-4 Concrete (Optional) primed with Soprema’s Elastocol Stick followed by Sopravap’r, self-adhered to the deck (Optional) Min. 1.0-inch- thick H-Shield, ACFoam-II, IB EnergyBoard II, ACFoam-III, IB EnergyBoard III, H-Shield CG OMG OlyBond 500, Millennium One Step Foamable Adhesive or IB Rapid Set Insulation Adhesive Min. 11/2-inch-thick InsulFoam HD Composite OMG OlyBond 500 IB PVC Single Ply IB Water Borne Adhesive at 1 gal/125 – 175 ft2 or with IB Vertibond Adhesive at 1 gal/50 – 70 ft 2 103 IB PVC Single Ply Fleeceback or IB PVC Fleeceback IB Water Borne Adhesive at 1 gal/100 – 160 ft2 or IB Vertibond Adhesive at 1 gal/45 – 60 ft 2 C-5 Concrete, primed with Soprema “Elastocol Stick” and “Sopravap’r” self-adhered Min. 11/2-inch- thick Insulfoam EPS Millennium PG-1 Pump Grade Adhesive Min. 1/4-inch-thick DensDeck Prime (Only with Olybond Adhesive), SECUROCK Gypsum-Fiber Roof Board Insta Stik™ Quik Set Insulation Adhesive, Millennium PG-1 Pump Grade Adhesive or OMG OlyBond Adhesive IB PVC Single- Ply, IB PVC Single Ply Fleeceback or IB PVC Fleeceback IB Water Borne Adhesive at 0.357 gal/sq. 105 IB PVC Single-Ply or IB PVC Single Ply Fleeceback IB Vertibond Adhesive at 0.357 gal/sq. C-6 Concrete Min. 11/2-inch- thick Insulfoam EPS Insta Stik™ Quik Set Insulation Adhesive, Millennium PG-1 Pump Grade Adhesive or OMG OlyBond Adhesive Min. 1/4-inch-thick DensDeck Prime, SECUROCK Gypsum-Fiber Roof Board Insta Stik™ Quik Set Insulation Adhesive, Millennium PG-1 Pump Grade Adhesive or OMG OlyBond Adhesive IB PVC Single- Ply, IB PVC Single Ply Fleeceback or IB PVC Fleeceback IB Water Borne Adhesive at 0.357 gal/sq. 105 IB PVC Single-Ply or IB PVC Single Ply Fleeceback IB Vertibond Adhesive at 0.357 gal/sq. C-7 Concrete, primed with Soprema “Elastocol Stick” and “Sopravap’r” self-adhered Min. 11/2-inch- thick Insulfoam EPS Insta Stik™ Quik Set Insulation Adhesive Min. 1/4-inch-thick DensDeck Prime (Only with Olybond Adhesive), SECUROCK Gypsum-Fiber Roof Board Insta Stik™ Quik Set Insulation Adhesive, Millennium PG-1 Pump Grade Adhesive or OMG OlyBond Adhesive IB PVC Single- Ply, IB PVC Single Ply Fleeceback or IB PVC Fleeceback IB Water Borne Adhesive at 0.357 gal/sq. 113 IB PVC Single-Ply or IB PVC Single Ply Fleeceback IB Vertibond Adhesive at 0.357 gal/sq. C-8 Concrete primed with Soprema’s Elastocol Stick followed by Sopravap’r, self-adhered to the deck (Optional) Min. 1.0-inch- thick H-Shield, ACFoam-II, IB EnergyBoard II, ACFoam-III, IB EnergyBoard III, H-Shield CG OMG OlyBond 500, Millennium One Step Foamable Adhesive or IB Rapid Set Insulation Adhesive Min. 11/2-inch-thick InsulFoam HD Composite OMG OlyBond 500, Millennium One Step Foamable Adhesive or IB Rapid Set Insulation Adhesive IB PVC Single Ply IB Water Borne Adhesive at 1 gal/125 – 175 ft2 or with IB Vertibond Adhesive at 1 gal/50 – 70 ft 2 115 IB PVC Single Ply Fleeceback or IB PVC Fleeceback IB Water Borne Adhesive at 1 gal/100 – 160 ft2 or IB Vertibond Adhesive at 1 gal/45 – 60 ft 2 C-9 Concrete One or more layers, min. 2-inch-thick polystyrene insulation OMG OlyBond 500 Adhesive Min. 1/4-inch-thick DensDeck or SECUROCK Gypsum-Fiber Roof Board OMG OlyBond 500 Adhesive IB PVC Single- Ply, IB PVC Single-Ply Fleeceback or IB PVC Fleeceback IB Water Borne Adhesive at 280 ft2/gal 120 C-10 Concrete Min. 11/2-inch- thick to max. 4-inch-thick, IB Roof “IB Energy Board II”, Atlas Roofing Corp. “ACFoam II” or UL-classified polystyrene insulation Dow Chemical Insta Stik Quik Set Insulation Adhesive (Optional) Min. 1/4-inch-thick DensDeck or SECUROCK Gypsum-Fiber Roof Board Dow Chemical Insta-Stik Roofing Adhesive IB Single-Ply or Single-Ply Fleece Back IB Water Borne Adhesive at 280 ft2/gal 120 ESR-2852 | Most Widely Accepted and Trusted Page 13 of 24 TABLE 3—WIND RESISTANCE—ADHERED ROOFING SYSTEMS (Continued) SYSTEM NO. DECK3 INSULATION BASE LAYER OR BARRIER BOARD INSULATION TOP LAYER OR COVER BOARD MEMBRANE ALLOWABLE WIND UPLIFT PRESSURE (psf)Type1,2 Attachment1,4 Type1 Attachment1,4 Type Attachment1 C-11 Concrete One or more layers, min. 1.5-inch-thick polystyrene insulation IBond Insulation Adhesive at 12 inches o.c. Min. 1/4-inch-thick DensDeck or SECUROCK Gypsum-Fiber Roof Board IBond Insulation Adhesive at 12 inches o.c., perpendicular to bottom layer IB PVC Single- Ply, IB PVC Single-Ply Fleeceback or IB PVC Fleeceback IB Water Borne Adhesive at 280 ft2/gal 142 C-12 Concrete Min. 1.5-inch- thick to max. 4-inch-thick, IB Roof “IB Energy Board II”, Atlas Roofing Corp. “ACFoam II” OMG OlyBond 500 adhesive Min. 1/4-inch-thick DensDeck or SECUROCK Gypsum-Fiber Roof Board OMG OlyBond 500 Adhesive IB PVC Single- Ply, or IB PVC Single-Ply Fleeceback or IB PVC Fleeceback IB Water Borne Adhesive at 280 ft2/gal 150 C-13 Concrete, primed with ASTM D41 primer with torch applied ASTM D6163 or D6222 sheet Min 1.5-inch-thick ACFoam-II, IB EnergyBoard II, ACFoam-III, IB EnergyBoard III, Multi-Max FA-3, H-Shield, ISO 95+ GL ICP Adhesive CR-20 (Optional) Min. 0.25-inch-thick DensDeck, SECUROCK Gypsum-Fiber Roof Board ICP Adhesive CR-20 IB Single-Ply, IB PVC Single Ply Fleeceback or IB PVC Fleeceback IB Water Borne Adhesive at 0.357 gal/sq. 169 C-14 Concrete, primed with ASTM D41 primer with torch applied ASTM D6163 or D6222 sheet Min. 1.5-inch- thick Insulfoam EPS ICP Adhesive CR-20 Min. 0.25-inch-thick DensDeck, SECUROCK Gypsum-Fiber Roof Board ICP Adhesive CR-20 IB PVC Single Ply IB Water Borne Adhesive at 1 gal/125 – 175 ft2 or with IB Vertibond Adhesive at 1 gal/50 – 70 ft 2 169 IB PVC Single Ply Fleeceback or IB PVC Fleeceback IB Water Borne Adhesive at 1 gal/100 – 160 ft2 or IB Vertibond Adhesive at 1 gal/45 – 60 ft 2 C-15 Concrete, primed with ASTM D41 primer with asphalt applied ASTM D6163 or D6164, Type I, Grade G sheet Min. 1.5-inch- thick Insulfoam EPS ICP Adhesive CR-20 Min. 0.25-inch-thick DensDeck, SECUROCK Gypsum-Fiber Roof Board ICP Adhesive CR-20 IB PVC Single Ply IB Water Borne Adhesive at 1 gal/125 – 175 ft2 or with IB Vertibond Adhesive at 1 gal/50 – 70 ft 2 180 IB PVC Single Ply Fleeceback or IB PVC Fleeceback IB Water Borne Adhesive at 1 gal/100 – 160 ft2 or IB Vertibond Adhesive at 1 gal/45 – 60 ft 2 C-16 Concrete, primed with ASTM D41 primer followed by a self- adhering ASTM D6163 or D6164, Type I, Grade G sheet Min. 1.5-inch- thick Insulfoam EPS ICP Adhesive CR- 20 Min. 0.25-inch-thick DensDeck, SECUROCK Gypsum-Fiber Roof Board ICP Adhesive CR-20 IB PVC Single Ply IB Water Borne Adhesive at 1 gal/125 – 175 ft2 or with IB Vertibond Adhesive at 1 gal/50 – 70 ft 2 180 IB PVC Single Ply Fleeceback or IB PVC Fleeceback IB Water Borne Adhesive at 1 gal/100 – 160 ft2 or IB Vertibond Adhesive at 1 gal/45 – 60 ft 2 C-17 Concrete One or more layers, min. 1.5-inch-thick polystyrene insulation Polyfoam Products Tite-Set Insulation Adhesive or 3M CR-20 Min. 1/4-inch-thick DensDeck or SECUROCK Gypsum-Fiber Roof Board Polyfoam Products Tite-Set Insulation Adhesive or 3M CR-20 IB Single-Ply or Single-Ply Fleece Back IB Water Borne Adhesive at 280 ft2/gal 180 ESR-2852 | Most Widely Accepted and Trusted Page 14 of 24 TABLE 3—WIND RESISTANCE—ADHERED ROOFING SYSTEMS (Continued) SYSTEM NO. DECK3 INSULATION BASE LAYER OR BARRIER BOARD INSULATION TOP LAYER OR COVER BOARD MEMBRANE ALLOWABLE WIND UPLIFT PRESSURE (psf)Type1,2 Attachment1,4 Type1 Attachment1,4 Type Attachment1 C-18 Concrete Min. 1.5-inch- thick Insulfoam EPS Millennium PG-1 Pump Grade Adhesive or OMG OlyBond Adhesive Min. 0.25-inch-thick DensDeck Prime (Only with Olybond Adhesive), SECUROCK Gypsum-Fiber Roof Board Insta Stik™ Quik Set Insulation Adhesive, Millennium PG-1 Pump Grade Adhesive, OMG OlyBond Adhesive IB PVC Single- Ply, IB PVC Single Ply Fleeceback or IB PVC Fleeceback IB Water Borne Adhesive at 0.357 gal/sq. 188 IB PVC Single-Ply or IB PVC Single Ply Fleeceback IB Vertibond Adhesive at 0.357 gal/sq. C-19 Concrete One or more layers, min. 1.5-inch-thick polystyrene insulation IBond Insulation Adhesive at 6 inches o.c. Min. 1/4-inch-thick DensDeck or SECUROCK Gypsum-Fiber Roof Board IBond Insulation Adhesive at 6 inches o.c., perpendicular to bottom layer IB PVC Single- Ply, IB PVC Single-Ply Fleeceback or IB PVC Fleeceback IB Water Borne Adhesive at 280 ft2/gal 188 C-20 Concrete One or more layers, min. 1.5-inch-thick, Rmax “Multi-Max FA-3” , IB Roof “IB Energy Board II” or Atlas Roofing Corp. “ACFoam II” Hot asphalt, ICP Adhesive CR-20, or Millennium One- Step Foamable Adhesive --- --- IB PVC Single- Ply, IB PVC Single-Ply Fleeceback or IB PVC Fleeceback IB Water Borne Adhesive at 280 ft2/gal 215 C-21 Concrete Min. 1.5-inch- thick to max. 4-inch-thick, Rmax “Multi-Max FA-3”, IB Roof “IB Energy Board II” or Atlas Roofing Corp. “ACFoam II” Millennium One- Step Foamable Adhesive Min. 1/4-inch-thick DensDeck or SECUROCK Gypsum-Fiber Roof Board Millennium One-Step Foamable Adhesive IB PVC Single- Ply, IB PVC Single-Ply Fleeceback or IB PVC Fleeceback IB Water Borne Adhesive at 280 ft2/gal 232 C-22 Concrete One or more layers, min. 1- inch-thick Atlas Roofing “ACFoam-II”, “ACFoam-III”, IB Roof “IB Energy Board II”, “IB Energy Board III” Hunter Panels “H- Shield”, “H-Shield CG”, Rmax “Multi-Max FA-3”, “UltraMax” ICP Adhesives CR- 20 --- --- IB PVC, IB PVC Single Ply, IB PVC Single Ply Fleeceback or IB PVC Fleeceback IB Vertibond Adhesive at 60 ft2/gal, IB Water Borne Adhesive at 250 ft2/gal or ICP Adhesives CR-20 (fleeceback only) spatter-applied at 3.75 lb/sq. 250 C-23 Concrete One or more layers, min. 1.5-inch-thick, Rmax “Multi-Max FA-3”, IB Roof “IB Energy Board II” or Atlas Roofing Corp. “ACFoam II” Hot asphalt, ICP Adhesives CR-20 Min. 1/4-inch-thick DensDeck or SECUROCK Gypsum-Fiber Roof Board Hot asphalt, Polyfoam Products Tite-Set Insulation Adhesive or 3M CR-20 IB PVC Single- Ply, IB PVC Single-Ply Fleeceback or IB PVC Fleeceback IB Water Borne Adhesive at 280 ft2/gal 255 C-24 Concrete Min. 1.0-inch- thick Thermapink 25 OMG OlyBond 500 Adhesive Min. 0.25-inch-thick DensDeck, DensDeck Prime, SECUROCK Gypsum-Fiber Roof Board OMG OlyBond 500 Adhesive IB PVC Single- Ply, IB PVC Single Ply Fleeceback or IB PVC Fleeceback IB Water Borne Adhesive at 0.357 gal/sq. 255 IB PVC Single-Ply or IB PVC Single Ply Fleeceback IB Vertibond Adhesive at 0.357 gal/sq. C-25 Concrete Min. 1.0-inch- thick Thermapink 25 OMG OlyBond 500 Adhesive Min. 0.25-inch-thick DensDeck, DensDeck Prime, SECUROCK Gypsum-Fiber Roof Board OMG OlyBond 500 Adhesive IB PVC Single Ply IB Water Borne Adhesive at 1 gal/125 – 175 ft2 or with IB Vertibond Adhesive at 1 gal/50 – 70 ft 2 255 IB PVC Single Ply Fleeceback or IB PVC Fleeceback IB Water Borne Adhesive at 1 gal/100 – 160 ft2 or IB Vertibond Adhesive at 1 gal/45 – 60 ft 2 ESR-2852 | Most Widely Accepted and Trusted Page 15 of 24 TABLE 3—WIND RESISTANCE—ADHERED ROOFING SYSTEMS (Continued) SYSTEM NO. DECK3 INSULATION BASE LAYER OR BARRIER BOARD INSULATION TOP LAYER OR COVER BOARD MEMBRANE ALLOWABLE WIND UPLIFT PRESSURE (psf) Type1,2 Attachment1,4 Type1 Attachment1,4 Type Attachment 1 C-26 Concrete, primed with ASTM D41 primer with asphalt applied ASTM D6163 or D6164, Type I, Grade G sheet Min 1.5-inch-thick ACFoam-II, IB EnergyBoard II, ACFoam-III, IB EnergyBoard III, Multi-Max FA-3, H-Shield, ISO 95+ GL ICP Adhesive CR-20 Min. 0.25-inch-thick DensDeck, SECUROCK Gypsum- Fiber Roof Board ICP Adhesive CR-20 IB PVC Single Ply IB Water Borne Adhesive at 1 gal/125 – 175 ft2 or with IB Vertibond Adhesive at 1 gal/50 – 70 ft 2 255 IB PVC Single Ply Fleeceback or IB PVC Fleeceback IB Water Borne Adhesive at 1 gal/100 – 160 ft2 or IB Vertibond Adhesive at 1 gal/45 – 60 ft 2 C-27 Concrete Min. 1.0-inch- thick H-Shield, ACFoam-II, IB EnergyBoard II, ACFoam-III, IB EnergyBoard III, H-Shield CG OMG OlyBond 500, Millennium One Step Foamable Adhesive or IB Rapid Set Insulation Adhesive Min. 0.25-inch-thick DensDeck Prime, SECUROCK Gypsum- Fiber Roof Board, ACFoam-HD Coverboard OMG OlyBond 500, Millennium One Step Foamable Adhesive or IB Rapid Set Insulation Adhesive IB PVC Single Ply IB Water Borne Adhesive at 1 gal/125 – 175 ft2 or IB Vertibond Adhesive at 1 gal/50 – 70 ft 2 258 IB PVC Single Ply Fleeceback or IB PVC Fleeceback IB Water Borne Adhesive at 1 gal/100 – 160 ft2 or IB Vertibond Adhesive at 1 gal/45 – 60 ft 2 C-28 Concrete, primed with ASTM D41 primer with asphalt applied ASTM D6163 or D6164, Type I, Grade G sheet Min 1.5-inch-thick ACFoam-II, IB EnergyBoard II, ACFoam-III, IB EnergyBoard III, Multi-Max FA-3, H-Shield, ISO 95+ GL ICP Adhesive CR-20 N/A N/A IB PVC Single Ply IB Water Borne Adhesive at 1 gal/125 – 175 ft2 or with IB Vertibond Adhesive at 1 gal/50 – 70 ft 2 263 IB PVC Single Ply Fleeceback or IB PVC Fleeceback IB Water Borne Adhesive at 1 gal/100 – 160 ft2 or IB Vertibond Adhesive at 1 gal/45 – 60 ft 2 C-29 Concrete, primed with ASTM D41 primer followed by a self- adhering ASTM D6163 or D6164, Type I, Grade G sheet Min 1.5-inch-thick ACFoam-II, IB EnergyBoard II, ACFoam-III, IB EnergyBoard III, Multi-Max FA-3, H-Shield, ISO 95+ GL ICP Adhesive CR-20 N/A N/A IB PVC Single- Ply, IB PVC Single Ply Fleeceback or IB PVC Fleeceback IB Water Borne Adhesive at 0.357 gal/sq. 263 IB PVC Single-Ply or IB PVC Single Ply Fleeceback IB Vertibond Adhesive at 0.357 gal/sq. C-30 Concrete, primed with ASTM D41 primer Min 1.5-inch-thick ACFoam-II, IB EnergyBoard II, ACFoam-III, IB EnergyBoard III, Multi-Max FA-3, H-Shield, ISO 95+ GL ICP Adhesive CR-20 N/A N/A IB PVC Single- Ply, IB PVC Single Ply Fleeceback or IB PVC Fleeceback IB Water Borne Adhesive at 0.357 gal/sq. 263 IB PVC Single-Ply or IB PVC Single Ply Fleeceback IB Vertibond Adhesive at 0.357 gal/sq. C-31 Concrete, primed with ASTM D41 primer with asphalt applied ASTM D6163 or D6164, Type I, Grade G sheet Min 1.5-inch-thick ACFoam-II, IB EnergyBoard II, ACFoam-III, IB EnergyBoard III, Multi-Max FA-3, H-Shield, ISO 95+ GL ICP Adhesive CR-20 N/A N/A IB PVC Single- Ply, IB PVC Single Ply Fleeceback or IB PVC Fleeceback IB Water Borne Adhesive at 0.357 gal/sq. 263 IB PVC Single-Ply or IB PVC Single Ply Fleeceback IB Vertibond Adhesive at 0.357 gal/sq. ESR-2852 | Most Widely Accepted and Trusted Page 16 of 24 TABLE 3—WIND RESISTANCE—ADHERED ROOFING SYSTEMS (Continued) SYSTEM NO. DECK3 INSULATION BASE LAYER OR BARRIER BOARD INSULATION TOP LAYER OR COVER BOARD MEMBRANE ALLOWABLE WIND UPLIFT PRESSURE (psf) Type1,2 Attachment1,4 Type1 Attachment1,4 Type Attachment 1 C-32 Concrete (Optional) Min. 1.0-inch- thick H-Shield, ACFoam-II, IB EnergyBoard II, ACFoam-III, IB EnergyBoard III, H-Shield CG OMG OlyBond 500, Millennium One Step Foamable Adhesive or IB Rapid Set Insulation Adhesive Min. 0.25-inch-thick SECUROCK Gypsum- Fiber Roof Board OMG OlyBond 500, Millennium One Step Foamable Adhesive or IB Rapid Set Insulation Adhesive IB PVC Single Ply IB Water Borne Adhesive at 1 gal/125 – 175 ft2 or IB Vertibond Adhesive at 1 gal/50 – 70 ft 2 268 IB PVC Single Ply Fleeceback or IB PVC Fleeceback IB Water Borne Adhesive at 1 gal/100 – 160 ft2 or IB Vertibond Adhesive at 1 gal/45 – 60 ft 2 C-33 Concrete One or more layers, min. 1- inch-thick Atlas Roofing “ACFoam-II”, “ACFoam-III”, IB Roof “IB Energy Board II”, “IB Energy Board III”, Hunter Panels “H- Shield”, “H-Shield CG”, Rmax “Multi-Max FA-3”, “UltraMax” ICP Adhesive CR-20 Min. 1/4-inch-thick Georgia Pacific “DensDeck Prime” or USG “SECUROCK Gypsum-Fiber Roof Board” ICP Adhesives CR-20 IB PVC, IB PVC Single Ply, IB PVC Single Ply Fleeceback, IB PVC Fleeceback IB Vertibond Adhesive at 60 ft2/gal, IB Water Borne Adhesive at 250 ft2/gal or ICP Adhesives CR-20 (fleeceback only) spatter-applied at 3.75 lb/sq 273 C-34 Concrete, primed with Elastocol Stick or Elastocol Stick Zero at a rate of 0.5 gal/sq. Sopravap’r, self- adhered to the concrete deck followed by a min. 1.0-inch-thick H- Shield, ACFoam- II, IB EnergyBoard II, ACFoam-III, IB EnergyBoard III, H-Shield CG OMG OlyBond 500, Millennium One Step Foamable Adhesive or IB Rapid Set Insulation Adhesive N/A N/A IB PVC Single Ply IB Water Borne Adhesive at 1 gal/125 – 175 ft2 or IB Vertibond Adhesive at 1 gal/50 – 70 ft 2 290 IB PVC Single Ply Fleeceback or IB PVC Fleeceback IB Water Borne Adhesive at 1 gal/100 – 160 ft2 or IB Vertibond Adhesive at 1 gal/45 – 60 ft 2 C-35 Concrete, primed with Elastocol Stick or Elastocol Stick Zero. Followed by Sopravap’r, self-adhered to deck Min. 1.0-inch- thick H-Shield, ACFoam-II, IB EnergyBoard II, ACFoam-III, IB EnergyBoard III, H-Shield CG OMG OlyBond 500, Millennium One Step Foamable Adhesive or IB Rapid Set Insulation Adhesive Min. 0.25-inch-thick DensDeck Prime, SECUROCK Gypsum- Fiber Roof Board OMG OlyBond 500, Millennium One Step Foamable Adhesive or IB Rapid Set Insulation Adhesive IB PVC Single Ply IB Water Borne Adhesive at 1 gal/125 – 175 ft2 or IB Vertibond Adhesive at 1 gal/50 – 70 ft 2 308 IB PVC Single Ply Fleeceback or IB PVC Fleeceback IB Water Borne Adhesive at 1 gal/100 – 160 ft2 or IB Vertibond Adhesive at 1 gal/45 – 60 ft 2 C-36 Concrete Min. 1.0-inch- thick H-Shield, ACFoam-II, IB EnergyBoard II, ACFoam-III, IB EnergyBoard III, H-Shield CG OMG OlyBond 500, Millennium One Step Foamable Adhesive or IB Rapid Set Insulation Adhesive N/A N/A IB PVC Single Ply IB Water Borne Adhesive at 1 gal/125 – 175 ft2 or IB Vertibond Adhesive at 1 gal/50 – 70 ft 2 328 IB PVC Single Ply Fleeceback or IB PVC Fleeceback IB Water Borne Adhesive at 1 gal/100 – 160 ft2 or IB Vertibond Adhesive at 1 gal/45 – 60 ft 2 C-37 Concrete --- --- --- --- IB PVC Single-Ply Fleeceback IB Water Borne Adhesive at 250 ft2/gal or IB Vertibond Adhesive at 60 ft2/gal 420 C-38 Concrete --- --- --- --- IB PVC Single- Ply, IB PVC Single-Ply Fleeceback or IB PVC Fleeceback IB Water Borne Adhesive at 280 ft2/gal 512 ESR-2852 | Most Widely Accepted and Trusted Page 17 of 24 TABLE 3—WIND RESISTANCE—ADHERED ROOFING SYSTEMS (Continued) SYSTEM NO. DECK3 INSULATION BASE LAYER OR BARRIER BOARD INSULATION TOP LAYER OR COVER BOARD MEMBRANE ALLOWABLE WIND UPLIFT PRESSURE (psf) Type1,2 Attachment1,4 Type1 Attachment1,4 Type Attachment 1 LC-1 Elastizell lightweight concrete, min. 200 psi One or more layers, min. 1.5-inch-thick polystyrene insulation IBond Insulation Adhesive at 12 inches o.c. Min. 1/4-inch-thick DensDeck or SECUROCK Gypsum- Fiber Roof Board IBond Insulation Adhesive at 12 inches o.c., perpendicular to bottom layer IB PVC Single- Ply, IB PVC Single-Ply Fleeceback or IB PVC Fleeceback IB Water Borne Adhesive at 280 ft2/gal 52 LC-2 Elastizell lightweight concrete, min. 200 psi One or more layers, min. 1.5-inch-thick polystyrene insulation ICP Adhesive CR-20 (Optional) Min. 1/4-inch-thick DensDeck or SECUROCK Gypsum- Fiber Roof Board ICP Adhesive CR-20 IB PVC Single- Ply, IB PVC Single-Ply Fleeceback or IB PVC Fleeceback IB Water Borne Adhesive at 280 ft2/gal 128 LC-3 Elastizell lightweight concrete, min. 200 psi One or more layers, min. 1.5-inch-thick polystyrene insulation IBond Insulation Adhesive at 6 inches o.c. Min. 1/4-inch-thick DensDeck or SECUROCK Gypsum- Fiber Roof Board IBond Insulation Adhesive at 6 inches o.c., perpendicular to bottom layer IB PVC Single- Ply, IB PVC Single-Ply Fleeceback or IB PVC Fleeceback IB Water Borne Adhesive at 280 ft2/gal 165 LC-4 Elastizell lightweight concrete, min. 200 psi One or more layers, min. 1.5-inch-thick, Rmax “Multi-Max FA-3”, IB Roof “IB Energy Board II” or Atlas Roofing Corp. “ACFoam II” ICP Adhesives CR-20 (Optional) Min. 1/4-inch-thick DensDeck or SECUROCK Gypsum- Fiber Roof Board ICP Adhesive CR-20 IB PVC Single- Ply, IB PVC Single-Ply Fleeceback or IB PVC Fleeceback IB Water Borne Adhesive at 280 ft2/gal 180 LC-5 Elastizell lightweight concrete, min. 200 psi One or more layers, min. 1.5-inch-thick, Rmax “Multi-Max FA-3”, IB Roof ‘IB Energy Board II”, or Atlas Roofing Corp. “ACFoam II” IBond Insulation Adhesive at 6 inches o.c. or OMG OlyBond 500 Adhesive; subsequent layer perpendicular to bottom layer --- --- IB PVC Single- Ply, IB PVC Single-Ply Fleeceback or IB PVC Fleeceback IB Water Borne Adhesive at 280 ft2/gal 215 LC-6 Elastizell lightweight concrete, min. 200 psi One or more layers, min. 1.5-inch-thick, Rmax “Multi-Max FA-3”, IB Roof ‘IB Energy Board II”, or Atlas Roofing Corp. “ACFoam II” IBond Insulation Adhesive at 6 inches o.c. Min. 1/4-inch-thick DensDeck or SECUROCK Gypsum- Fiber Roof Board IBond Insulation Adhesive at 6 inches o.c., perpendicular to bottom layer IB PVC Single- Ply, IB PVC Single-Ply Fleeceback or IB PVC Fleeceback IB Water Borne Adhesive at 280 ft2/gal 218 LC-7 Elastizell lightweight concrete, min. 200 psi One or more layers, min. 1.5-inch-thick, Rmax “Multi-Max FA-3”, IB Roof ‘IB Energy Board II”, or Atlas Roofing Corp. “ACFoam II” OMG OlyBond 500 Adhesive Min. 1/4-inch-thick DensDeck or SECUROCK Gypsum- Fiber Roof Board OMG OlyBond 500 Adhesive, perpendicular to bottom layer IB PVC Single- Ply, IB PVC Single-Ply Fleeceback or IB PVC Fleeceback IB Water Borne Adhesive at 280 ft2/gal 225 LC-8 Elastizell lightweight concrete, min. 200 psi --- --- --- --- IB PVC Single- Ply, IB PVC Single-Ply Fleeceback or IB PVC Fleeceback IB Water Borne Adhesive at 280 ft2/gal 242 CWF-1 “Tectum 1” cementitious wood fiber One or more layers, min. 1.5-inch-thick, Rmax “Multi-Max FA-3” IB Roof ‘IB Energy Board II”, or Atlas Roofing Corp. “ACFoam II” OMG OlyBond 500 Adhesive (Optional) Min. 1/4-inch-thick DensDeck or SECUROCK Gypsum- Fiber Roof Board OMG OlyBond 500 Adhesive IB PVC Single- Ply, IB PVC Single-Ply Fleeceback or IB PVC Fleeceback IB Water Borne Adhesive at 280 ft2/gal 45 ESR-2852 | Most Widely Accepted and Trusted Page 18 of 24 TABLE 3—WIND RESISTANCE—ADHERED ROOFING SYSTEMS (Continued) SYSTEM NO. DECK3 INSULATION BASE LAYER OR BARRIER BOARD INSULATION TOP LAYER OR COVER BOARD MEMBRANE ALLOWABLE WIND UPLIFT PRESSURE (psf) Type1,2 Attachment1,4 Type1 Attachment1,4 Type Attachment 1 CWF-2 “Tectum 1” cementitious wood fiber One or more layers, min. 1.5-inch-thick, Rmax “Multi-Max FA-3”, IB Roof “IB Energy Board II”, Atlas Roofing Corp. “ACFoam II” or ACFoam III”, Firestone “ISO95+GL”, Hunter Panels “H- Shield” or Johns Manville “ENRGY 3” ICP Adhesives CR-20 (Optional) Min. 1/4-inch-thick DensDeck or SECUROCK Gypsum- Fiber Roof Board ICP Adhesives CR-20 IB PVC Single- Ply, IB PVC Single-Ply Fleeceback or IB PVC Fleeceback IB Water Borne Adhesive at 280 ft2/gal 52 For SI:1 inch = 25.4 mm; 1 ft. = 0.305 m; 1 psf = 47.88 Pa; 1 gal = 3.785 L. 1Insulation, adhesives and fasteners must be FM-approved or Trinity/ERD-approved. 2All foam plastic insulation must be limited to the maximum thickness in accordance with Section 5.4 of this report or the maximum thickness in accordance with this table, whichever is less. 3Wood deck must be minimum 15/32-inch-thick (11.9 mm) plywood. Steel deck must be minimum No. 22 gage galvanized steel [0.030 inch (0.76 mm)]. Concrete must have a minimum compressive strength (fc) of 2500 psi, unless otherwise noted. See Section 5.7 of this report. 4Application rate for the following insulation adhesives are as follows: Hot asphalt – 25 lbs. per 100 ft2 IBond Insulation Adhesive in continuous 1/2-inch beads spaced 6 inches or 12 inches o.c. as noted in tables. IB Rapid Set Insulation Adhesive in continuous 3/4 to 1-inch ribbons spaced 12 inches o.c. Dow Chemical Company Insta-Stick Roofing Adhesive in continuous 3/4 to 1-inch beads spaced 12 inches o.c. H.B. Fuller Millennium One Step Foamable Adhesive in continuous 3/4 to 1-inch ribbons spaced 12 inches o.c. H.B. Fuller Millennium PG-1 Pump Grade Adhesive in continuous 3/4 to 1-inch ribbons spaced 12 inches o.c. OMG OlyBond 500 Adhesive in continuous 3/4 to 1-inch ribbons spaced 12 inches o.c. ICP Adhesives CR-20 in continuous 3 to 31/2-inch ribbons spaced 12 inches o.c. 5FM preliminary fastening requirements to consist of IB SD#12 Insulation Fastener with IB 3-inch Round Metal Galvalume Insulation Plate at 1 fastener per 8 ft2. ESR-2852 | Most Widely Accepted and Trusted Page 19 of 24 TABLE 4—WIND RESISTANCE – WELDED ROOFING SYSTEMS 1,2 SYSTEM NO. DECK3 INSULATION MEMBRANE ALLOWABLE WIND UPLIFT PRESSURE (psf) Type1,2 Attachment1,4 Type Attachment1 W-1 19/32-inch Wood Min. 1-inch-thick to max. 4-inch-thick, Atlas Roofing “ACFoam-II”, “ACFoam-III”, IB Roof “IB Energy Board II”, “IB Energy Board III”, Hunter Panels “H-Shield”, “H-Shield CG”, Rmax “Multi-Max FA-3” or Min. ¼-inch-thick Georgia Pacific “DensDeck” or USG “SECUROCK Gypsum- Fiber Roof Board” IB XHD #15 with IB 3” isoweld Plates or Dekfast DF-#15-PH3 with SFS isoweld® FI-P-6.8- PVC plates at 1 fastener per 4 ft2 IB PVC or IB PVC Single-Ply Membrane is bonded to isoweld® plates with isoweld® bonding tool. 45 W-2 7/16-inch OSB Min. 1-inch-thick to max. 4-inch-thick, Atlas Roofing “ACFoam-II”, “ACFoam-III”, IB Roof “IB Energy Board II”, “IB Energy Board III”, Hunter Panels “H-Shield”, “H-Shield CG”, Rmax “Multi-Max FA-3” or Min. ¼-inch-thick Georgia Pacific “DensDeck” or USG “SECUROCK Gypsum- Fiber Roof Board” IB XHD #15 with IB 3” isoweld Plates or Dekfast DF-#15-PH3 with SFS isoweld® FI-P-6.8- PVC plates are fastened through to deck spaced 12-inch o.c. in rows spaced 48-inch. o.c. IB PVC or IB PVC Single-Ply Membrane is bonded to isoweld® plates with isoweld® bonding tool. 67.5 W-3 7/16-inch OSB Min. 1-inch-thick to max. 4-inch-thick, Atlas Roofing “ACFoam-II”, “ACFoam-III”, IB Roof “IB Energy Board II”, “IB Energy Board III”, Hunter Panels “H-Shield”, “H-Shield CG”, Rmax “Multi-Max FA-3” or Min. ¼-inch-thick Georgia Pacific “DensDeck” or USG “SECUROCK Gypsum- Fiber Roof Board” IB XHD #15 with IB 3” isoweld Plates or Dekfast DF-#15-PH3 with SFS isoweld® FI-P-6.8- PVC plates are fastened through to deck spaced 9-inch o.c. in rows spaced 48-inch. o.c. IB PVC or IB PVC Single-Ply Membrane is bonded to isoweld® plates with isoweld® bonding tool. 97.5 ESR-2852 | Most Widely Accepted and Trusted Page 20 of 24 TABLE 4—WIND RESISTANCE – WELDED ROOFING SYSTEMS1,2 (Continued) SYSTEM NO. DECK3 INSULATION MEMBRANE ALLOWABLE WIND UPLIFT PRESSURE (psf) Type1,2 Attachment1,4 Type Attachment1 SC-1 Grade 80 Steel, Min. 2,500 psi concrete Min. 1.5-inch-thick polyisocyanurate insulation IB SD #12 (steel only), IB HD #14 (concrete only) or IB XHD #15 with IB 3” isoweld Plates or Dekfast DF-#12-PH3 (steel only), Dekfast DF-#14 PH-3 (concrete only) or Dekfast DF- #15 PH-3 with SFS isoweld® FI- P-6.8-PVC plates at 1 fastener per 6 ft2 IB PVC or IB PVC Single-Ply Membrane is bonded to isoweld® plates with isoweld® bonding tool. 38 SC-2 Grade 40 Steel, Min. 2,500 psi concrete Min. 1.5-inch-thick polyisocyanurate insulation IB HD #14 (concrete only) or IB XHD #15 with IB 3” isoweld Plates or Dekfast DF-#14 PH-3 (concrete only), Dekfast DF-#15- PH3 with SFS isoweld® FI-P- 6.8-PVC plates at 1 fastener per 6 ft2 IB PVC or IB PVC Single-Ply Membrane is bonded to isoweld® plates with isoweld® bonding tool. 38 SC-3 Grade 80 Steel, Min. 2,500 psi concrete Min. 1.5-inch-thick polyisocyanurate insulation IB SD #12 (steel only), IB HD #14 (concrete only) or IB XHD #15 with IB 3” isoweld Plates or Dekfast DF-#12-PH3 (steel only), Dekfast DF-#14 PH-3 (concrete only) or Dekfast DF- #15 PH-3 with SFS isoweld® FI- P-6.8-PVC plates at 12-inch in rows spaced 60” IB PVC or IB PVC Single-Ply Membrane is bonded to isoweld® plates with isoweld® bonding tool. 45 SC-4 Grade 40 Steel, Min. 2,500 psi concrete Min. 1.5-inch-thick polyisocyanurate insulation IB HD #14 (concrete only) or IB XHD #15 with IB 3” isoweld Plates or Dekfast DF-#14 PH-3 (concrete only), Dekfast DF-#15- PH3 with SFS isoweld® FI-P- 6.8-PVC plates at 1 fastener per 4 ft2 IB PVC or IB PVC Single-Ply Membrane is bonded to isoweld® plates with isoweld® bonding tool. 53 SC-5 Grade 40 Steel, Min. 2,500 psi concrete Min. 1.5-inch-thick polyisocyanurate insulation IB HD #14 (concrete only) or IB XHD #15 with IB 3” isoweld Plates or Dekfast DF-#14 PH-3 (concrete only), Dekfast DF-#15- PH3 with SFS isoweld® FI-P- 6.8-PVC plates at 1 fastener per 3 ft2 IB PVC or IB PVC Single-Ply Membrane is bonded to isoweld® plates with isoweld® bonding tool. 83 SC-6 Grade 40 Steel, Min. 2,500 psi concrete Min. 1.5-inch-thick polyisocyanurate insulation IB HD #14 (concrete only) or IB XHD #15 with IB 3” isoweld Plates or Dekfast DF-#14 PH-3 (concrete only), Dekfast DF-#15- PH3 with SFS isoweld® FI-P- 6.8-PVC plates at 6-inch in rows spaced 60” IB PVC or IB PVC Single-Ply Membrane is bonded to isoweld® plates with isoweld® bonding tool. 90 For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 , 1 psf=47.88 Pa 1Insulation and fasteners must be FM-approved. Foam plastic insulation must be UL-classified foamed plastic for roofing systems, and must be limited to the maximum thickness in accordance with Section 5.4 of this report or the maximum thickness in accordance with this table, whichever is less. Polyisocyanurate insulation boards must comply with ASTM C1289 Type I or II. 2Steel deck must be minimum No. 22 gage galvanized steel [0.030 inch (0.76 mm)]. Concrete must have a minimum compressive strength (fc) of 2500 psi [minimum of 24 MPa is required under ADIBC Appendix L, Section 5.1.1]. See Section 5.6. ESR-2852 | Most Widely Accepted and Trusted Page 21 of 24 TABLE 5—WIND RESISTANCE – MECHANICALLY FASTENED ROOFING SYSTEMS SYSTEM NO. DECK3 INSULATION MEMBRANE ALLOWABLE WIND UPLIFT PRESSURE (psf) Type1,2 Attachment1 Type Attachment1,4 MW-1 Wood 1.5-inch-thick polyisocyanurate insulation IB SD #12 Insulation Fastener with IB 3-inch Round Metal Insulation Plate at 1 fastener per 8 ft2 IB PVC Single-Ply IB HD #14 Heavy Duty Roofing Fasteners with 2-inch Barbed Seam Plates, 12 inches o.c. along min. 5-inch side laps, in rows 5 ft-7 inches o.c. 30 MW-2 Wood 1.5-inch-thick polyisocyanurate insulation IB SD #12 Insulation Fastener with IB 3-inch Round Metal Insulation Plate at 1 fastener per 5.3 ft2 IB PVC Single-Ply IB HD #14 Heavy Duty Roofing Fasteners with 2-inch Barbed Seam Plates, 6 inches o.c. along min. 5-inch side laps, in rows 5 ft-7 inches o.c. 45 MW-3 19/32-inch Wood Min. 1-inch-thick to max. 4-inch-thick, Atlas Roofing “ACFoam-II”, “ACFoam-III”, IB Roof “IB Energy Board II”, “IB Energy Board III”, Hunter Panels “H-Shield”, “H-Shield CG”, Rmax “Multi-Max FA-3”, Firestone Bldg. Products “ISO 95+GL” or Johns Manville “ENRGY 3” IB SD #12 Insulation Fastener with IB 3-inch Round Metal Insulation Plate at 1 fastener per 8 ft2 IB PVC or IB PVC Single-Ply IB XHD #15 Roofing Fastener with IB 2-3/8” Barbed Seam Plates, Dekfast DF-#15-PH3 with Dekfast Galvalume Steel Round 2-3/8” Barbed Plates, OMG XHD with OMG 2-3/8 XHD Barbed Stress Plates or OMG Metal Batten Strips or Trufast #15 EHD with Trufast 2.4” Barbed Metal Seam Plates 6- inch o.c. along 6.5-inch side laps, in rows 6 ft-4 inches o.c. 45 MW-4 Wood Min. 1-inch-thick polyisocyanurate insulation IB SD #12 Insulation Fastener with IB 3-inch Round Metal Insulation Plate at 1 fastener per 8 ft2 IB PVC Single-Ply IB HD #14 Heavy Duty Roofing Fasteners with 2-inch Barbed Seam Plates, 4 inches o.c. along min. 5-inch side laps, in rows 5 ft-7 inches o.c. 52 MW-5 Wood Min. 1-inch-thick polyisocyanurate insulation IB SD #12 Insulation Fastener with IB 3-inch Round Metal Insulation Plate at 1 fastener per 8 ft2 IB PVC Single-Ply IB HD #14 Heavy Duty Roofing Fasteners with 2-inch Barbed Seam Plates, 3 inches o.c. along min. 5-inch side laps, in rows 5 ft-7 inches o.c. 60 MW-6 19/32-inch Wood Min. 1-inch-thick to max. 4-inch-thick, Atlas Roofing “ACFoam-II”, “ACFoam-III”, IB Roof “IB Energy Board II”, “IB Energy Board III”, Hunter Panels “H-Shield”, “H-Shield CG”, Rmax “Multi-Max FA-3”, Firestone Bldg. Products “ISO 95+GL” or Johns Manville “ENRGY 3” IB SD #12 Insulation Fastener with IB 3-inch Round Metal Insulation Plate at 1 fastener per 8 ft2 IB PVC or IB PVC Single-Ply IB XHD #15 Roofing Fastener with IB 2-3/8” Barbed Seam Plates, Dekfast DF-#15-PH3 with Dekfast Galvalume Steel Round 2-3/8” Barbed Plates, OMG XHD with OMG 2-3/8 XHD Barbed Stress Plates or OMG Metal Batten Strips or Trufast #15 EHD with Trufast 2.4” Barbed Metal Seam Plates 6- inch o.c. along 5-inch side laps, in rows 5 ft-7 inches o.c. 67.5 MW-7 19/32-inch Wood Min. ¼-inch-thick Georgia Pacific “DensDeck Prime” or USG “SECUROCK Gypsum-Fiber Roof Board” IB SD #12 Insulation Fastener with IB 3-inch Round Metal Insulation Plate at 1 fastener per 8 ft2 IB PVC or IB Single- Ply IB XHD #15 Roofing Fastener with IB 2-3/8” Barbed Seam Plates, Dekfast DF-#15-PH3 with Dekfast Galvalume Steel Round 2-3/8” Barbed Plates, OMG XHD with OMG 2-3/8 XHD Barbed Stress Plates or OMG Metal Batten Strips or Trufast #15 EHD with Trufast 2.4” Barbed Metal Seam Plates 6- inch o.c. along 5-inch side laps, in rows 2 ft-7 inches o.c. 127.5 MS-1 Steel Min. 1-inch-thick to max. 4-inch-thick, Rmax “Multi- Max FA-3”, IB Roof “IB Energy Board II”, Atlas Roofing Corp. “ACFoam II”, Dow Chemical Co. “Hy- Therm AP” or Johns Manville “ENRGY 3” IB SD #12 Insulation Fastener with IB 3-inch Round Metal Insulation Plate at 1 fastener per 8 ft2 IB PVC Single-Ply or IB PVC Single-Ply Fleeceback OMG XHD Fasteners with OMG Barbed Seam Plates, 18 inches o.c. along min. 5-inch side laps, in rows 5 ft-61/2 inches o.c. 30 MS-2 Steel Min. 1.3-inch-thick polyisocyanurate insulation IB SD #12 Insulation Fastener with IB 3-inch Round Metal Insulation Plate at 1 fastener per 8 ft2 IB PVC Single-Ply OMG XHD Fasteners with OMG Barbed Seam Plates or Dekfast DF- #15-PH3 Fasteners with Dekfast 21/2 inches HS Membrane Plates, 12 inches o.c. along min. 5-inch side laps, in rows, 5 ft-7 inches o.c. 45 ESR-2852 | Most Widely Accepted and Trusted Page 22 of 24 TABLE 5—WIND RESISTANCE – MECHANICALLY FASTENED ROOFING SYSTEMS (Continued) For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm; 1 ft. = 0.305 m; 1 psf = 47.88 Pa; 1 gal = 3.785 L. 1Insulation and fasteners must be FM-approved. 2All foam plastic insulation must be limited to the maximum thickness in accordance with Section 5.4 of this report or the maximum thickness in accordance with this table, whichever is less. 3Wood deck must be minimum 15/32-inch-thick (11.9 mm) plywood. Steel deck must be minimum No. 22 gage galvanized steel [0.030 inch (0.76 mm)]. Concrete must have a minimum compressive strength (fc) of 2500 psi, unless otherwise noted. See Section 5.7 of this report. 4Fastener row spaces shown are for field of roof only. See Section 4.3.1 for recognized edge securement systems for mechanically fastened roof assemblies. The maximum allowable load for IB 2 to 4-inch ” Drip Edge PVC Clad Metal System is 275 psf (13 167 N/m2). The maximum allowable load for IB 5 to 7-inch Gravel Stop PVC Clad Metal System is 185 psf (8 857.5 N/m2). Distance between the edge of the roof and the first row of fasteners must be determined accordingly. SYSTEM NO. DECK3 INSULATION MEMBRANE ALLOWABLE WIND UPLIFT PRESSURE (psf) Type1,2 Attachment1 Type Attachment1,4 MS-3 Steel Min. 1.5-inch-thick polyisocyanurate insulation IB SD #12 Insulation Fastener with IB 3-inch Round Metal Insulation Plate at 1 fastener per 8 ft2 IB PVC Single-Ply OMG XHD Fasteners with OMG Barbed Seam Plates or Dekfast DF- #15-PH3 Fasteners with Dekfast 21/2 inches HS Membrane Plates, 6 inches o.c. along min. 5-inch side laps, in rows, 5 ft-7 inches o.c. 68 MS-4 Steel Min. 1.5-inch-thick polyisocyanurate insulation IB SD #12 Insulation Fastener with IB 3-inch Round Metal Insulation Plate at 1 fastener per 8 ft2 IB PVC Single-Ply OMG XHD Fasteners, 6 inches o.c. along OMG Polymer Batten Bar, installed 8 ft. o.c. 68 MS-5 Steel Min. 1.5-inch-thick polyisocyanurate insulation IB SD #12 Insulation Fastener with IB 3-inch Round Metal Insulation Plate at 1 fastener per 8 ft2 IB PVC Single-Ply OMG XHD Fasteners, 6 inches o.c. along OMG Metal Batten Bar, installed 8 ft. o.c. 75 MS-6 Min. 22 ga., Grade 33 steel, or min. 2,500 psi concrete Min. 1.5-inch-thick polyisocyanurate insulation Preliminary fastened IB PVC or IB PVC Single Ply IB XHD #15 Roofing Fastener with IB 2-3/8” Barbed Seam Plates or OMG XHD Fasteners with OMG 2- 3/8” XHD Barbed Stressed Plates, 6 inches o.c. along min. 5-inch side laps, in rows, 5 ft-7 inches o.c. 67.5 MS-7 Min. 22 ga. Grade 40 Steel, Min. 2,500 psi concrete Min. ¼-inch-thick Georgia Pacific “DensDeck” or USG “SECUROCK Gypsum-Fiber Roof Board” IB SD #12 Insulation Fastener with IB 3-inch Round Metal Insulation Plate at 1 fastener per 8 ft2 IB PVC or IB PVC Single-Ply IB XHD #15 Roofing Fastener with IB 2-3/8” Barbed Seam Plates, Dekfast DF-#15-PH3 with Dekfast Galvalume Steel Round 2-3/8” Barbed Plates, OMG XHD with OMG 2-3/8 XHD Barbed Stress Plates or OMG Metal Batten Strips or Trufast #15 EHD with Trufast 2.4” Barbed Metal Seam Plates 6- inch o.c. along 5-inch side laps, in rows 2 ft-7 inches o.c. 127.5 MC-1 Concrete Min. 1-inch-thick IB Roof “IB Energy Board II”, Atlas Roofing Corp. “ACFoam II” or Johns Manville “ENRGY 3” or min. 1.3-inch-thick IB Roof “IB Energy Board III”, Atlas Roofing Corp. “ACFoam III” IB CD-10 Roofing Fastener with IB 3-inch Round Metal Insulation Plate at 1 fastener per 8 ft2 IB PVC Single-Ply OMG CD-10 Fasteners with OMG XHD Seam Plates or Dekfast DF- #15-PH3 Fasteners with Dekfast 21/2-inch HS Membrane Plates, 12 inches o.c. along min. 5-inch side laps, in rows, 5 ft-7 inches o.c. 45 MC-2 Concrete Min. 1-inch-thick IB Roof “IB Energy Board II”, Atlas Roofing Corp. “ACFoam II” or Johns Manville “ENRGY 3” or min. 1.3-inch-thick IB Roof “IB Energy Board III”, Atlas Roofing Corp. “ACFoam III IB CD-10 Roofing Fastener with IB 3-inch Round Metal Insulation Plate at 1 fastener per 8 ft2 IB PVC Single-Ply OMG CD-10 Fasteners with OMG XHD Seam Plates or Dekfast DF- #15-PH3 HS Fasteners or with Dekfast 21/2-inch HS Membrane Plates, 6 inches o.c. along min. 5-inch side laps, in rows, 5 ft-7 inches o.c. 60 ICC-ES Evaluation Reports are not to be construed as representing aesthetics or any other attributes not specifically addressed, nor are they to be construed as an endorsement of the subject of the report or a recommendation for its use. There is no warranty by ICC Evaluation Service, LLC, express or implied, as to any finding or other matter in this report, or as to any product covered by the report. Copyright © 2023 ICC Evaluation Service, LLC. All rights reserved.Page 23 of 24 ICC-ES Evaluation Report ESR-2852 LABC and LARC Supplement Reissued February 2023 This report is subject to renewal February 2025. www.icc-es.org | (800) 423-6587 | (562) 699-0543 A Subsidiary of the International Code Council ® DIVISION: 07 00 00—THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION Section: 07 54 19—Polyvinyl-Chloride Roofing REPORT HOLDER: IB ROOF SYSTEMS EVALUATION SUBJECT: IB PVC ROOFING MEMBRANES 1.0 REPORT PURPOSE AND SCOPE Purpose: The purpose of this evaluation report supplement is to indicate that IB PVC roofing membranes, described in ICC-ES evaluation report ESR-2852, has/have also been evaluated for compliance with the codes noted below as adopted by the Los Angeles Department of Building and Safety (LADBS). Applicable code editions: 2020 City of Los Angeles Building Code (LABC) 2020 City of Los Angeles Residential Code (LARC) 2.0 CONCLUSIONS The IB PVC roofing membranes, described in Sections 2.0 through 7.0 of the evaluation report ESR-2852, complies/comply with the LABC Chapter 19,and the LARC, and is/are subject to the conditions of use described in this supplement. 3.0 CONDITIONS OF USE The IB PVC roofing membranes described in this evaluation report supplement must comply with all the following conditions: All applicable sections in the evaluation report ESR-2852. The design, installation, conditions of use and identification of the IB PVC roofing membranes are in accordance with the 2018 International Building Code®(IBC) provisions noted in the evaluation report ESR-2852. The design, installation and inspection are in accordance with additional requirements of LABC Chapters 16 and 17, as applicable. Under the LARC, an engineered design in accordance with LARC Section R301.1.3 must be submitted. This supplement expires concurrently with the evaluation report, reissued February 2023. ICC-ES Evaluation Reports are not to be construed as representing aesthetics or any other attributes not specifically addressed, nor are they to be construed as an endorsement of the subject of the report or a recommendation for its use. There is no warranty by ICC Evaluation Service, LLC, express or implied, as to any finding or other matter in this report, or as to any product covered by the report. Copyright © 2023 ICC Evaluation Service, LLC. All rights reserved.Page 24 of 24 ICC-ES Evaluation Report ESR-2852 CBC and CRC Supplement Reissued February 2023 This report is subject to renewal February 2025. www.icc-es.org | (800) 423-6587 | (562) 699-0543 A Subsidiary of the International Code Council ® DIVISION: 07 00 00—THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION Section: 07 54 19—Polyvinyl-Chloride Roofing REPORT HOLDER: IB ROOF SYSTEMS EVALUATION SUBJECT: IB PVC ROOFING MEMBRANES 1.0 REPORT PURPOSE AND SCOPE Purpose: The purpose of this evaluation report supplement is to indicate that IB PVC roofing membranes, described in ICC-ES evaluation report ESR-2852, has/have also been evaluated for compliance with the code(s)noted below. Applicable code edition(s): 2019 California Building Code (CBC) For evaluation of applicable chapters adopted by the California Office of Statewide Health Planning and Development (OSHPD) AKA: California Department of Health Care Access and Information (HCAI) andthe Division of State Architect (DSA), see Sections 2.1.1 and 2.1.2 below. 2019 California Residential Code (CRC) 2.0 CONCLUSIONS 2.1 CBC: The IB PVC roofing membranes, described in Sections 2.0 through 7.0 of the evaluation report ESR-2852, complies/comply with CBC Chapter 15, provided the design and installation are in accordance with the 2018 International Building Code®(IBC) provisions noted in the evaluation report and the additional requirements of CBC Chapters 15, 16 and 26, as applicable. 2.1.1 OSHPD:The applicable OSHPD Sections and Chapters of the CBC are beyond the scope of this supplement. 2.1.2 DSA:The applicable DSA Sections and Chapters of the CBC are beyond the scope of this supplement. 2.2 CRC: The IB PVC roofing membranes, described in Sections 2.0 through 7.0 of the evaluation report ESR-2852, complies with CRC Chapter 9, provided the design and installation are in accordance with the 2018 International Residential Code®(IRC) provisions noted in the evaluation report and the additional requirements of CRC Chapter 9, as applicable. This supplement expires concurrently with the evaluation report, reissued February 2023. IB Roof Systems, Inc. | www.ibroof.com | technical@ibroof.com | toll free: 800.426.1626 Rev-11.2015 Product Description: IB PVC Single-Ply 60 is a polyester scrim reinforced, compounded pvc resin based sheet with plasticizers, stabilizers, fi llers, pigments and other proprietary materials meeting ASTM D4434, Type III. Rolls are manufactured in a nominal 60 mil thickness and use an anti-wicking scrim for added strength, tear resistance and enhanced moisture resistance. Packaging: Size Sq. Ft. / Weight per roll (approx.) 6’ x 90’ 540 sq. ft. / 217 lbs. 3’ x 90’ 270 sq. ft. / 111 lbs. Features: • Meets and exceeds ASTM D 4434-12, Type III Thermoplastic Membrane • 20-Year Limited Material Warranty • Excellent fl exibility in all climates • Highly refl ective IB PVC Single-Ply can help to reduce heat transfer through the roof into the building’s interior • Thick, heavy duty 28 mil top ply weathering fi lm • Thermally welded seams provide superior seam strength • Exceeds Energy Star™ and California Title 24 requirements for Solar Refl ectance and Emissivity (White, Cool Sand) Use: IB PVC Single-Ply 60 can be installed in new, recover, and re-roof constructions as the primary fi eld membrane and base fl ashing at all roof to wall transitions. It can be mechanically attached or fully adhered to a properly prepared substrate with approved fasteners and membrane plates or approved membrane adhesive. Warranties: IB PVC Single-Ply 60 has a ’20-Year Limited Material Warranty’ and is available for ‘Warranty Plus’ and ‘Total System’ warranties for IB Roof Systems Authorized Applicators. Available Colors: White, Cool Sand, Gray and Tan. Approvals: IB PVC membranes are listed with various component assemblies at UL and Factory Mutual (F.M. Global) for fi re, wind uplift and impact resistance. Visit our website for links to these agencies and listings at: www.ibroof. com. Solar Refl ectance / Thermal Emittance / Calculated SRI Values Membrane Color Solar Refl ectance Thermal Emittance SRI Value Initial SRI Value 3-Year Aged LRV White 0.870 0.88 110 91 94.3 Cool Sand 0.77 0.87 95 78 69.7 Gray 0.163 0.88 13 N/A 18.1 Tan 0.366 0.87 39 N/A 30.2 Property Method Requirement 60 Mil Overall thickness of PVC sheet, min. (in.) ASTM D751 0.045 0.060 nom. Breaking strength, min. (lbf/in.) ASTM D751 200 x 200 371 x 308 Elongation at the break, min. % ASTM D751 15 A x 15A 34 x 29 Retention of properties after heat aging (min. % of original): Breaking strength Elongation ASTM D3045 ASTM D751 ASTM D751 90 90 Pass Pass Tearing strength, min. (lbf) ASTM D751 45.0 58 x 72 Low temperature bend ASTM D2136 -40°F Pass Accelerated weathering test: Cracking (7x magnifi cation) Crazing (7x magnifi cation) ASTM G154 None None None None Linear dimension change, max% ASTM D1204 +/- 0.5 -0.30 MD 0.02 XMD Change in weight after immersion in water, max % ASTM D570 +/- 3.0 1.0 Static puncture resistance ASTM D5602 Pass Pass Dynamic puncture resistance ASTM 5636 Pass Pass AFor reinforcing fabric only, elongation of PVC material shall be 250% MD and 220% XMD The table presents typical properties of IB PVC membranes. Requirements are taken from ASTM D4434-12. Recycle Content Pre Consumer 20% Acrylic Finish Durable Weathering Film Anti-wicking Polyester Scrim Durable Bottom Film Technical Data Sheet IB PVC Single-Ply 60 Technical Data Sheet IB® Fire Sheet 10 IB Roof Systems® IB Roof Systems, Inc. ǀ www.ibroof.com ǀ technical@ibroof.com ǀ Toll-Free: 800.426.1626 ǀ Rev. 01-2021 Product Description: IB Fire Sheet 10 is a fire-resistant separation / slip sheet that enhances a roof assembly’s overall fire performance. FR-10 is constructed using a strong fiber-glass core mat coated with a specially formulated acrylic coating. It can be installed in one or more layers directly over a combustible wood roof deck, as a separation layer over insulation, or as a divorcing layer between a new IB Roof System and the existing insulation or non-insulated roof system. Packaging: IB Fire Sheet 10 is palletized and shrink wrapped 20 per pallet. IB Fire Sheet 10 rolls are 48” wide x 250’ long and weighs 96 lbs. (nominal). Features: • Superior Thermal Barrier Value: Less material cost than gypsum-based roof boards • Approved Separation Layer Between Insulations: Effective barrier between Expanded Polystyrene (EPS) or Extruded Polystyrene (XEPS) insulation and PVC membranes • Superior Coverage: IB Fire Sheet 10 comes in 10 squares (1,000 sq. ft.) Use: Install full width rolls lapping a minimum of 2" on sides and ends from low point of roof. Fasten with IB approved fasteners and 3" round insulation plates sufficiently to hold in place. Where two or more layers are required to meet specific UL assembly requirements, install rolls individually offsetting side and end laps a minimum of 12" from previous courses. Approvals: IB Fire Sheet 10 is listed with various component assemblies at UL and Factory Mutual (F.M. Global) for fire, wind uplift, and impact. Visit our website for links to these agencies and listings at: www.ibroof.com. IB Fire Sheet 10 Fire Sheet Squares/Roll Roll Size Coverage w/ 2” Lap Roll Weight (nom) Rolls/ Pallet IB Fire Sheet 10 10 Squares (1,000 sq. ft.) 4’ x 250’ 9.58 Squares (958 sq. ft.) 96 lbs. 20 Tensile Properties Property ASTM Method FR-10 Machine Direction D828 60 lb./in. Cross Machine Direction D828 27 lb./in. Technical Data Sheet DensDeck® Roof Board IB Roof Systems® IB Roof Systems, Inc. ǀ www.ibroof.com ǀ technical@ibroof.com ǀ Toll-Free: 800.426.1626 ǀ Rev. 01-2021 Product Description: An exceptional fire barrier, thermal barrier, cover board and recovery board used in various roofing systems. The design employs fiberglass mat facers that are mechanically bonded to a high-density gypsum core, providing excellent fire resistance and wind uplift properties. The unique construction provides superior flute spanning that stiffens and provides increased foot traffic resistance to the roof deck. DensDeck® Roof Board has been shown to withstand delamination, deterioration, warping and job-site damage more effectively than substrates such as paper-faced gypsum board, fiberboard, and perlite. DensDeck® Roof Board is highly resistant to the growth of mold when tested, as manufactured, per ASTM D3273. Packaging: DensDeck® Roof Board is available in standard thicknesses of 1/4”, 1/2", and 5/8” x 4’ x 4’ and 4’ x 8’ panels. Features: • UL code ratings available for high slopes and wood decks • FM Approved • Improves resistance to foot traffic and hail damage • Excellent wind uplift ratings • Resistant to deterioration, warping, and jobsite Damage • Covered component under the IB Total Systems Warranty Application: DensDeck® Roof Board can be installed over approved substrates in mechanically attached, induction attached, or ballasted roof assemblies. Refer to IB Specifications and Construction Details for additional installation instructions. Moisture Management: DensDeck® Roof Boards, like other components used in roofing systems, must be protected from exposure to moisture before, during and after installation. Remove the plastic packaging from all DensDeck® Roof Board immediately upon receipt of delivery. Failure to remove the plastic packaging may result in entrapment of condensation or moisture. Approvals: • ASTM C1177 • Florida Product Approval • Miami-Dade County, Product Control Approved • UL 790 Classification • UL 1256 Classification • FM Standard 4450 – 1/4” DensDeck • 5/8" thickness—Meets requirements of Type X per ASTM C1177 and may be used in P series designs as a thermal barrier. Typical Physical Properties* Property 1/4" 1/2" 5/8” Thickness, nominal 1/4" 1/2" 5/8” Pieces per unit for 4’ x 8’ sheet 42 30 30 Weight, nominal, lb. / sq.ft. 1.2 2.0 2.5 1R-value .28 .56 .67 Surfacing Fiberglass Mat Fiberglass Mat Fiberglass Mat 2Flexural Strength, parallel, lbf, min. ≥40 ≥80 ≥100 3Flute Spanability 2-5/8” 5” 8” 4Permeance, Perms >50 >35 >32 Linear Variation with Change in Temp. 8.5 x 10-6 8.5 x 10-6 8.5 x 10-6 5Water Absorption, %, max <10 <10 <10 6Compressive Strength, psi, nominal 900 900 900 Surface Water Absorption, grams, nominal <2.5 <2.5 <2.5 7Flame Spread 0 0 0 7Smoke Development 0 0 0 Bending Radius 5’ 8’ 12’ 1.Tested in accordance with ASTM C518 (heat flow meter). 2.Tested in accordance with ASTM C473 method B. 3.Tested in accordance with ASTM E661. 4.Tested in accordance with ASTM E96 (dry cup method). 5.Tested in accordance with ASTM C1177. 6.Tested in accordance with ASTM C473. 7. Numerical ratings are not intended to reflect performance under actual fire conditions. Flame spread index of ≤ 75 and smoke development. * Physical properties shown are based on data obtained under controlled conditions and are subject to normal manufacturing tolerances. DENSDECK is a registered trademark owned by or licensed to Georgia-Pacific Gypsum LLC. Note: We are enhancing our systems and you may notice duplicate entries/missing/outdated data. During this interim period, please contact our Customer Service at https://www.ul.com/about/locations. COMPANY IB ROOF SYSTEMS 506 E Dallas Rd, Ste 300 Grapevine, TX 76051 United States R15546   Noncombustible roof deck classifications are applicable for use over minimum 15/32-in. thick combustible roof decks when a barrier board of minimum 1/2-in.thick gypsum board, or minimum 7/16-in. thick National Gypsum Co. "DEXcell" Cement Board, or minimum 1/4-in. thick Georgia- Pacific Gypsum LLC "DensDeck ® Roofboard" or "DensDeck Prime® Roofboard" or "DensDeck Prime 2™ Roofboard" or "DensDeck DuraGuard® Roofboard" or Certainteed Gypsum Inc. "GlasRoc", or National Gypsum Co. "DEXcell Glass Mat Roof Board" or National Gypsum Co. "DEXcell FA Glass Mat Roof Board", or United States Gypsum Co. "SECUROCK® Glass-Mat Roof Board (Type SGMRX)" or minimum  ½-in thick  United States Gypsum Co  “FRX-G”  are used directly over a plywood roof deck with all butt joints in the barrier board staggered a minimum of 6-in. from plywood roof deck butt joints. Any system listed for use over a combustible roof deck can be installed over a non-combustible roof deck and achieve the same classification. Uniform thickness or tapered insulation may be used in the following systems provided they do not exceed the indicated incline or thickness. Unless otherwise indicated the use of a vapor retarder or ply sheet as a vapor retarder in a roofing assembly, either on combustible or noncombustible roof deck and beneath the roof insulation, is acceptable and will not change the existing Classification for the assembly. The vapor barrier may be viewed as optional in all Classified roofing systems. Unless otherwise indicated, polystyrene insulation may be used under insulation to taper the roof system; limited to noncombustible decks. "IB PVC Fleeceback" products are acceptable alternates to the "IB PVC" products. Unless otherwise indicated the insulation may be mechanically attached, adhered with any UL Classified adhesive or hot mopped. Any UL Classified Insulation may be used below a barrier board of minimum 1/2-in.thick gypsum board, or minimum 7/16-in. thick National Gypsum Co. "DEXcell", or minimum 1/4-in. thick Georgia-Pacific Gypsum LLC "DensDeck ® Roofboard" or "DensDeck Prime® Roofboard" or "DensDeck Prime 2™ Roofboard" or "DensDeck DuraGuard® Roofboard" or Certainteed Gypsum Inc. "GlasRoc", or National Gypsum Co. "DEXcell Glass Mat Roof Board", or National Gypsum Co. "DEXcell FA Glass Mat Roof Board", or United States Gypsum Co. "SECUROCK® Glass-Mat Roof Board (Type SGMRX)" or minimum  ½-in thick  United States Gypsum Co  “FRX-G”.               “Unless otherwise indicated, Concrete, porcelain, ceramic pavers , river rock,  or natural stone,  may be placed over the surface of any UL Certified IB Roof System while maintaining the rating of the Certification, limited to a 2.5 in. incline.” SINGLE PLY MEMBRANE SYSTEMS "IB PVC Single Ply", "IB PVC Single Ply ChemGuard", "IB PVC Single Ply Fleeceback”, "IB PVC" and "IB PVC Fleeceback" are produced 50 to 80 mil thickness. For non-combustible roof deck applications one of the following insulation attachments may be used: (1) mechanically fastened (2) Insulation Adhesive (3) hot mopping asphalt adhesive in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations.   Roofing Systems 4/29/24, 7:50 AM TGFU.R15546 - Roofing Systems | UL Product iQ https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=149018 1/22 Class A - Ballasted   1. Deck: C-15/32 Incline: 2 Insulation: — Any UL Classified insulation, any thickness. Membrane: — "IB PVC Single Ply ChemGuard"“IB PVC Single Ply ChemGuard” or IB PVC Single Ply. Surfacing: — River bottom stone (3/4 to 11/2 in. diam) at 1000 lbs/100-ft.. 2. Deck: C-15/32 Incline: 2 Insulation: — Polystyrene, polyisocyanurate, perlite, wood fiber, gypsum board, any thickness, laid loosely. Slip Sheet (Optional): — Glass fiber reinforced kraft paper. Membrane: — "IB PVC" laid loosely. Surfacing: — River bottom stone (1/2 to 21/2-in. diameter) 1000 lbs/100-ft., or crushed stone (1/2 to 3/4-in.) applied at minimum of 900-lbs/100-ft., or concrete blocks (10-lb/ft.) spread not more than 1/8-in. apart, or "STYROFOAM" panels surfaced with 3/8-in. (maximum) concrete mortar (panels to be abutted together).   Class A - Fully Adhered   1. Deck: NC Incline: 2 Insulation: — Any UL Classified HD wood fiber board, "IB Energy Board II" or Atlas Roofing Corp. "ACFoam II" or Firestone Building Products Co. LLC "Iso 95+GL" or "Iso 95+GW" or Johns Manville "ENRGY 2A", any thickness, mechanically attached or hot mopped. Membrane: — "IB PVC Single Ply ChemGuard"“IB PVC Single Ply ChemGuard”, adhered with Ashland Inc."Pliobond 7500" bonding adhesive, at 1-gal/160-ft.. The overlapping membrane joints are heat sealed. 2. Deck: NC Incline: 2 Insulation: — "IB Energy Board II" or "IB Energy Board III" or Johns Manville "ENRGY 2" or Atlas Roofing Corp. "ACFoam II", "ACFoam III" or Firestone Building Products Co. LLC "ISO 95+GL", any thickness. Membrane: — ”IB PVC Single Ply ChemGuard”, with "IB VERTIBOND ADHESIVE" at 60-ft./gal. 3. Deck: NC Incline: 2 Insulation: — Any UL Classified EPS Composite (EPS/perlite, perlite side up or EPS/wood fiber, wood fiber side up) any thickness. Barrier Board (Optional): — Minimum 1/4-in. thick Georgia-Pacific Gypsum LLC "DensDeck ® Roofboard" or "DensDeck Prime® Roofboard" or "DensDeck Prime 2™ Roofboard" or "DensDeck DuraGuard® Roofboard" or United States Gypsum Co. "SECUROCK Glass-Mat Roof Board" or minimum  1/4-in thick  United States Gypsum Co  “FRX-G” or CertainTeed Gypsum "GlasRoc", or National Gypsum Co. "DEXcell Glass Mat Roof Board" or National Gypsum Co. "DEXcell FA Glass Mat Roof Board", or minimum 7/16-in. thick National Gypsum Co. "DEXcell" Cement Board or 1/2-in Gypsum Board with all joints staggered 6-in. from the plywood joints, mechanically attached or adhered. Membrane: — ”IB PVC Single Ply ChemGuard”, adhered with Ashland Inc."Pliobond 7500" bonding adhesive, at 1-gal/160-ft. or "IB VERTIBOND ADHESIVE" at 1-gal/60-ft.. The overlapping joints are heat-sealed. 4. Deck: C-15/32 Incline: Unlimited Impact: 4 Insulation: — Any UL Classified insulation, any thickness: Barrier Board: — Minimum 1/4-in. thick Georgia-Pacific Gypsum LLC "DensDeck ® Roofboard" or "DensDeck Prime® Roofboard" or "DensDeck Prime 2™ Roofboard" or "DensDeck DuraGuard® Roofboard" orUnited States Gypsum Co. "SECUROCK Glass-Mat Roof Board" or CertainTeed Gypsum "GlasRoc", or National Gypsum Co. "DEXcell Glass Mat Roof Board" or National Gypsum Co. "DEXcell FA Glass Mat Roof Board", or minimum 7/16-in. thick National Gypsum Co. "DEXcell" Cement Board, or 1/2-in Gypsum Board with all joints staggered 6-in. from the plywood joints, mechanically attached or adhered. Membrane: — ”IB PVC Single Ply ChemGuard” adhered with "IB Vertibond 432 Bonding Adhesive" at 1-gal/60-ft  or ITW Polymers Sealants North America Inc. "LA 432" adhesive at 1-gal/60-ft. or "IB Water Borne 636 Adhesive" at 1-gal/140-ft.. 5. Deck: NC Incline: 1 Insulation: — One of the following, any thickness: a. Firestone Building Products Co. LLC "ISO 95+GL" b. Johns Manville "ENRGY 3" 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 4/29/24, 7:50 AM TGFU.R15546 - Roofing Systems | UL Product iQ https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=149018 2/22 Membrane: — "IB PVC Single Ply®", adhered with "IB Vertibond 432 Bonding Adhesive" at 1-gal/60-ft or ITW Polymers Sealants North America Inc. "L A 432" adhesive at 1-gal/60-ft. or "IB Water Borne 636 Adhesive" at 1-gal/140-ft.. 6. Deck: C-15/32 Incline: Unlimited Impact: 4 Insulation: — Any UL Classified insulation, any thickness: Barrier Board: — Minimum 1/4-in. Georgia-Pacific Gypsum LLC "DensDeck ® Roofboard" or "DensDeck Prime® Roofboard" or "DensDeck Prime 2™ Roofboard" or "DensDeck DuraGuard® Roofboard" or United States Gypsum Co. SECUROCK Glass-Mat Roof Board, CertainTeed Gypsum "GlasRoc", or National Gypsum Co. "DEXcell Glass Mat Roof Board" or National Gypsum Co. "DEXcell FA Glass Mat Roof Board", or minimum 7/16-in. thick National Gypsum Co. "DEXcell" Cement Board, or 1/2-in Gypsum Board with all joints staggered 6-in. from the plywood joints, mechanically attached or adhered. Membrane: —  "IB PVC Single Ply®", adhered with "IB Vertibond 432 Bonding Adhesive" at 1-gal/60-ft or ITW Polymers Sealants North America Inc. "L A 432" adhesive at 1-gal/60-ft. or "IB Water Borne 636 Adhesive" at 1-gal/140-ft.. 7. Deck: NC Incline: 1-1/2 Insulation: — One of the following, any thickness: a. Atlas Roofing Corp. "ACFoam II" b. Atlas Roofing Corp. "ACFoam III" c. "IB Energy Board II" d. "IB Energy Board III" Membrane: — "IB PVC Single Ply®", adhered with "IB Vertibond 432 Bonding Adhesive" or ITW Polymers Sealants North America Inc. "LA 432" adhesive at 1-gal/60-ft. or “IB WATER BORNE ADHESIVE” bonding adhesive at 1-gal./170-ft. (one side adhesive) and joints are heat sealed   8. Deleted 9. Deleted   10. Deck: C-15/32 Incline: 1/2 Barrier Board (Not required for noncombustible roof decks): — 1/2-in. minimum thick gypsum board mechanically fastened with insulation fasteners (6-in. offset of gypsum board joints from plywood deck joints). Insulation: — Atlas Roofing Corp. "ACFoam II" or 3/4-in. minimum wood fiberboard over EPS. Membrane: — "IB PVC" fully adhered with "IB Vertibond 432 Bonding Adhesive" at 2-gal/100-ft or ITW Polymers Sealants North America Inc. "LA-432" applied at 2-gal/100-ft. or "IB Water Borne 636 Adhesive" at applied at 2-1/4-gal/100-ft.. 11. Deck: C-15/32 Incline: 2 Barrier Board: — 1/2-in. minimum thick gypsum board, mechanically fastened with insulation fasteners. (6-in. offset of gypsum board joints from plywood deck joints. Insulation: — 3/4-in. minimum wood fiberboard over EPS. Membrane: — IB PVC", fully adhered to the insulation with "IB Vertibond 432 Bonding Adhesive" at 2-gal/100-ft or ITW Polymers Sealants North America Inc. "LA-432" applied at 2-gal/100-ft. or "IB Water Borne 636 Adhesive" at applied at 2-1/4-gal/100-ft.. 12. Deck: NC Incline: 1/2 Insulation: — Atlas Roofing Corp. "ACFoam II" or 3/4-in. minimum wood fiberboard over EPS. Membrane: — "IB PVC" fully adhered with "IB Vertibond 432 Bonding Adhesive" at 2-gal/100-ft or ITW Polymers Sealants North America Inc. "LA-432" applied at 2-gal/100-ft. or "IB Water Borne 636 Adhesive" at applied at 2-1/4-gal/100-ft.. 13. Deck: NC Incline: 1/2 Membrane: — "IB PVC" fully adhered with "IB Water Borne 636 Adhesive" applied at 2-1/4-gal/100-ft.. 14. Deck: C-15/32 Incline: Unlimited Insulation (Optional): — Any UL Classified (except EPS), any thickness, uniform or tapered. Barrier Board: — Minimum 1/4-in. thick Georgia-Pacific Gypsum LLC "DensDeck® Roofboard", "DensDeck Prime® Roofboard", "DensDeck DuraGuard™ Roofboard", or National Gypsum Co. "DEXcell Glass Mat Roof Board" or National Gypsum Co. "DEXcell FA Glass Mat Roof Board", or minimum 7/16-in. thick National Gypsum Co. "DEXcell" Cement Board, mechanically fastened with (butt 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 4/29/24, 7:50 AM TGFU.R15546 - Roofing Systems | UL Product iQ https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=149018 3/22 joints of barrier board must be staggered a minimum of 6-in. from the plywood deck butt joints; staggered joints not required for noncombustible roof decks). Membrane: — "IB PVC" fully adhered with "IB Vertibond 432 Bonding Adhesive" at 2-gal/100-ft or ITW Polymers Sealants North America Inc. "LA-432" applied at 2-gal/100-ft.. 15. Deck: C-15/32 Incline: Unlimited Vapor Barrier (Optional): — Polyethylene, Kraft or Soprema Inc. "SopraVap'r", self-adhered. Insulation (Optional): — "IB Energy Board II", "IB Energy Board III", Atlas Roofing Corp. "ACFoam II", "ACFoam III" or "ACFoam-III HD CoverBoard", any thickness mechanically attached or adhered with any UL Classified adhesive. Barrier Board: — Minimum 1/4-in. thick Georgia-Pacific Gypsum LLC "DensDeck ® Roofboard" or "DensDeck Prime® Roofboard" or "DensDeck Prime 2™ Roofboard" or "DensDeck DuraGuard® Roofboard" or Certainteed Gypsum Inc. "GlasRoc" or United States Gypsum Co. "SECUROCK® Glass-Mat Roof Board (Type SGMRX)", or National Gypsum Co. "DEXcell Glass Mat Roof Board" or National Gypsum Co. "DEXcell FA Glass Mat Roof Board", or minimum 7/16-in. thick National Gypsum Co. "DEXcell" Cement Board, loose laid, mechanically fastened or adhered with any UL Classified insulation adhesive with all butt joints in the barrier board staggered a minimum of 6-in. from the plywood roof deck butt joints. Membrane: — "IB PVC Fleeceback" adhered with ICP Adhesives "CR-20" at 3.75 lb/100 ft . 16. Deck: NC Incline: 1 Vapor Barrier (Optional): — Polyethylene, Kraft or Soprema Inc. "SopraVap'r", self-adhered. Insulation: — "IB Energy Board II", "IB Energy Board III", Atlas Roofing Corp. "ACFoam II", "ACFoam III" or "ACFoam HS CoverBoard", any thickness mechanically attached or adhered with any UL Classified adhesive. Barrier Board (Optional): — Minimum 1/4-in. thick Georgia-Pacific Gypsum LLC "DensDeck ® Roofboard" or "DensDeck Prime® Roofboard" or "DensDeck Prime 2™ Roofboard" or "DensDeck DuraGuard® Roofboard" or Certainteed Gypsum Inc. "GlasRoc" or United States Gypsum Co. "SECUROCK® Glass-Mat Roof Board (Type SGMRX)", or minimum  1/4-in thick  United States Gypsum Co  “FRX-G” or National Gypsum Co. "DEXcell Glass Mat Roof Board" or National Gypsum Co. "DEXcell FA Glass Mat Roof Board", or minimum 7/16-in. thick National Gypsum Co. "DEXcell" Cement Board, loose laid, mechanically fastened or adhered with any UL Classified insulation adhesive with all butt joints in the barrier board staggered a minimum of 6-in. from the plywood roof deck butt joints. Membrane: — IB PVC Fleeceback" adhered with ICP Adhesives "CR-20" at 3.75 lb/100 ft . 17. Deck: NC Incline: 1-1/2 Insulation: — Rmax Operating LLC "Multi-Max", any thickness, mechanically attached or hot mopped. Membrane: — ”IB PVC Single Ply ChemGuard”, adhered with Ashland Inc."Pliobond 7500" bonding adhesive, at 1-gal/160-ft.. The overlapping membrane joints are heat sealed. 18. Deck: NC Incline: Unlimited Impact: 4 Insulation: — Any UL Classified insulation, any thickness: Barrier Board (Optional): — Minimum 1/4-in. thick Georgia-Pacific Gypsum LLC "DensDeck® Roofboard" or "DensDeck Prime® Roofboard" or "DensDeck Prime 2™ Roofboard" or "DensDeck DuraGuard® Roofboard" or United States Gypsum Co. "SECUROCK Glass-Mat Roof Board" or CertainTeed Gypsum "GlasRoc", or National Gypsum Co. "DEXcell Glass Mat Roof Board" or National Gypsum Co. "DEXcell FA Glass Mat Roof Board", or minimum 7/16-in. thick National Gypsum Co. "DEXcell" Cement Board, or 1/2-in Gypsum Board with all joints staggered 6-in. from the plywood joints, mechanically attached or adhered. Membrane: — ”IB PVC Single Ply ChemGuard” adhered with "IB Vertibond 432 Bonding Adhesive" at 1-gal/60-ft  or ITW Polymers Sealants North America Inc. "LA 432" adhesive at 1-gal/60-ft. or "IB Water Borne 636 Adhesive" adhesive at 1-gal/140-ft.. 19. Deck: NC Incline: Unlimited Impact: 4 Insulation: — Any UL Classified insulation, any thickness: Barrier Board: — Minimum 1/4-in. Georgia-Pacific Gypsum LLC "DensDeck® Roofboard" or "DensDeck Prime® Roofboard" or "DensDeck Prime 2™ Roofboard" or "DensDeck DuraGuard® Roofboard" or United States Gypsum Co. SECUROCK Glass-Mat Roof Board, CertainTeed Gypsum "GlasRoc", or National Gypsum Co. "DEXcell Glass Mat Roof Board" or National Gypsum Co. "DEXcell FA Glass Mat Roof Board", or minimum 7/16-in. thick National Gypsum Co. "DEXcell" Cement Board, or 1/2-in Gypsum Board with all joints staggered 6-in. from the plywood joints, mechanically attached or adhered. Membrane: — "IB PVC Single Ply®", adhered with "IB Vertibond 432 Bonding Adhesive" at 1-gal/60-ft or ITW Polymers Sealants North America Inc. "L A 432" adhesive at 1-gal/60-ft. or "IB Water Borne 636 Adhesive" adhesive at 1-gal/140-ft.. 20. Deck: NC Incline: Unlimited 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 4/29/24, 7:50 AM TGFU.R15546 - Roofing Systems | UL Product iQ https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=149018 4/22 Insulation (Optional): — Any UL Classified (except EPS), any thickness, uniform or tapered. Barrier Board: — Minimum 1/4-in. thick Georgia-Pacific Gypsum LLC "DensDeck® Roofboard", "DensDeck Prime® Roofboard", "DensDeck DuraGuard™ Roofboard", or National Gypsum Co. "DEXcell Glass Mat Roof Board" or National Gypsum Co. "DEXcell FA Glass Mat Roof Board", or minimum 7/16-in. thick National Gypsum Co. "DEXcell" Cement Board, mechanically fastened with (butt joints of barrier board must be staggered a minimum of 6-in. from the plywood deck butt joints; staggered joints not required for noncombustible roof decks). Membrane: — "IB PVC" fully adhered with "IB Vertibond 432 Bonding Adhesive" at 2-gal/100-ft or ITW Polymers Sealants North America Inc. "LA-432"applied at 2-gal/100-ft.. 21. Deck: NC Incline: Unlimited Vapor Barrier (Optional): — Polyethylene, Kraft or Soprema Inc. "SopraVap'r", self-adhered. Insulation: — "IB Energy Board II", "IB Energy Board III", Atlas Roofing Corp. "ACFoam II", "ACFoam III" or "ACFoam-III HD CoverBoard", any thickness mechanically attached or adhered with any UL Classified adhesive. Barrier Board (Optional): — Minimum 1/4-in. thick Georgia-Pacific Gypsum LLC "DensDeck® Roofboard" or "DensDeck Prime® Roofboard" or "DensDeck Prime 2™ Roofboard" or "DensDeck DuraGuard® Roofboard" or Certainteed Gypsum Inc. "GlasRoc" or United States Gypsum Co. "SECUROCK® Glass-Mat Roof Board (Type SGMRX)", or National Gypsum Co. "DEXcell Glass Mat Roof Board" or National Gypsum Co. "DEXcell FA Glass Mat Roof Board", or minimum 7/16-in. thick National Gypsum Co. "DEXcell" Cement Board, loose laid, mechanically fastened or adhered with any UL Classified insulation adhesive with all butt joints in the barrier board staggered a minimum of 6-in. from the plywood roof deck butt joints. Membrane: — "IB PVC Fleeceback" adhered with ICP Adhesives "CR-20" at 3.75 lb/100 ft.. 22. Deck: C-15/32 Incline: Unlimited Insulation: — Any UL Classified insulation, any thickness: Barrier Board: — Minimum 1/4-in. thick Georgia-Pacific Gypsum LLC "DensDeck ® Roofboard" or "DensDeck Prime® Roofboard" or "DensDeck Prime 2™ Roofboard" or "DensDeck DuraGuard® Roofboard" United States Gypsum Co. "SECUROCK Glass-Mat Roof Board" (Type SGMRX) CertainTeed Gypsum "GlasRoc" National Gypsum Co. "DEXcell Glass Mat Roof Board" National Gypsum Co. "DEXcell FA Glass Mat Roof Board" National Gypsum Co. 7/16” min. "DEXcell" Cement Board 1/2-in Gypsum Board All joints staggered 6-in. from the plywood joints, mechanically attached or adhered. Membrane: — ”IB PVC Single Ply ChemGuard” or IB PVC Single Ply adhered with "IB Vertibond 432 Bonding Adhesive" at 1-gal/60-ft "IB Water Borne 636 Adhesive" at 1-gal/140-ft.. “IB WATER BORNE ADHESIVE” bonding adhesive at 1-gal./170-ft.2 (one side adhesive) 23. Deck: NC Incline: 2 Insulation: — any thickness H-Shield H-Shield CG H-Shield HD AC Foam II AC Foam III AC Foam HD Membrane: — ”IB PVC Single Ply ChemGuard” or IB PVC Single Ply adhered with "IB Vertibond 432 Bonding Adhesive" at 1-gal/60-ft "IB Water Borne 636 Adhesive" at 1-gal/140-ft.. “IB WATER BORNE ADHESIVE” bonding adhesive at 1-gal./170-ft.2 (one side adhesive)  24. Deck: NC Incline: 3   Insulation (Optional): — Any UL Classified any thickness Barrier Board: — Minimum 1/4-in. thick Georgia-Pacific Gypsum LLC "DensDeck® Roofboard" or "DensDeck Prime® Roofboard" or "DensDeck Prime 2™ Roofboard" or "DensDeck DuraGuard® Roofboard" or United States Gypsum Co. "SECUROCK Type SGMRX Board" or CertainTeed Gypsum "GlasRoc", or National Gypsum Co. "DEXcell Glass Mat Roof Board" or National Gypsum Co. "DEXcell FA Glass Mat Roof Board", or minimum 7/16-in. thick National Gypsum Co. "DEXcell" Cement Board, 1/2-in Gypsum board or ½-in. or 5/8-in. United States Gypsum Co, “Securock Type FRX-G” board with all joints staggered 6-in. from the plywood joints, mechanically attached or adhered. Membrane: — "IB PVC Single Ply Fleeceback” adhered with “IB Rapid Set ECO Canister Foam” (spatter) 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 4/29/24, 7:50 AM TGFU.R15546 - Roofing Systems | UL Product iQ https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=149018 5/22  25. Deck: C-15/32 Incline: 3   Insulation (Optional): — Any UL Classified any thickness Barrier Board: — Minimum 1/4-in. thick Georgia-Pacific Gypsum LLC "DensDeck® Roofboard" or "DensDeck Prime® Roofboard" or "DensDeck Prime 2™ Roofboard" or "DensDeck DuraGuard® Roofboard" or United States Gypsum Co. "SECUROCK Type SGMRX Board" or CertainTeed Gypsum "GlasRoc", or National Gypsum Co. "DEXcell Glass Mat Roof Board" or National Gypsum Co. "DEXcell FA Glass Mat Roof Board", or minimum 7/16-in. thick National Gypsum Co. "DEXcell" Cement Board, 1/2-in Gypsum board or ½-in. or 5/8-in. United States Gypsum Co, “Securock Type FRX-G” board with all joints staggered 6-in. from the plywood joints, mechanically attached or adhered. Membrane: — "IB PVC Single Ply Fleeceback” adhered with “IB Rapid Set ECO Canister Foam” (spatter)  26. Deck: NC Incline: 2   Insulation (Optional): — Any UL Classified any thickness Barrier Board: — 3/8, ½, or 5/8-in. United States Gypsum Co, “Securock Type FRX-G” Board with all joints staggered 6-in. from the plywood joints, mechanically attached or adhered. Membrane: — "IB PVC Single Ply Fleeceback” adhered with “IB Rapid Set ECO Canister Foam” (spatter)  27. Deck: C-15/32 Incline: 2   Insulation (Optional): — Any UL Classified any thickness Barrier Board: — 3/8, ½, or 5/8-in. United States Gypsum Co, “Securock Type FRX-G” Board with all joints staggered 6-in. from the plywood joints, mechanically attached or adhered. Membrane: — "IB PVC Single Ply Fleeceback” adhered with “IB Rapid Set ECO Canister Foam” (spatter)  28. Deck: NC Incline: 1/4   Insulation (Optional): — Any UL Classified any thickness Barrier Board: — ¼, 3/8, ½, or 5/8-in. United States Gypsum Co, “Securock Type FRX-G” Board with all joints staggered 6-in. from the plywood joints, mechanically attached or adhered. Membrane: — "IB PVC Single Ply Fleeceback” adhered with “IB Rapid Set ECO Canister Foam” (spatter)  29. Deck: C-15/32 Incline: 1/4   Insulation (Optional): — Any UL Classified any thickness Barrier Board: — ¼, 3/8, ½, or 5/8-in. United States Gypsum Co, “Securock Type FRX-G” Board with all joints staggered 6-in. from the plywood joints, mechanically attached or adhered. Membrane: — "IB PVC Single Ply Fleeceback” adhered with “IB Rapid Set ECO Canister Foam” (spatter) 30. Deck: NC Incline: 3   Insulation (Optional): — Any UL Classified any thickness Barrier Board: — Minimum 1/4-in. thick Georgia-Pacific Gypsum LLC "DensDeck® Roofboard" or "DensDeck Prime® Roofboard" or "DensDeck Prime 2™ Roofboard" or "DensDeck DuraGuard® Roofboard" or United States Gypsum Co. "SECUROCK Type SGMRX Board" or CertainTeed Gypsum "GlasRoc", or National Gypsum Co. "DEXcell Glass Mat Roof Board" or National Gypsum Co. "DEXcell FA Glass Mat Roof Board", or minimum 7/16-in. thick National Gypsum Co. "DEXcell" Cement Board, or 1/2-in Gypsum Board or ½-in. or 5/8-in. United States Gypsum Co, “Securock Type FRX-G” board with all joints staggered 6-in. from the plywood joints, mechanically attached or adhered. Membrane: - "IB PVC Single Ply Fleeceback”, adhered with ITW FA 636  adhesive at 1-gal./140-ft.2 “IB WATER BORNE ADHESIVE” adhesive at 1-gal./170-ft.2 30. Deck: C-15/32 Incline: 3   Insulation (Optional): — Any UL Classified any thickness Barrier Board: — Minimum 1/4-in. thick Georgia-Pacific Gypsum LLC "DensDeck® Roofboard" or "DensDeck Prime® Roofboard" or "DensDeck Prime 2™ Roofboard" or "DensDeck DuraGuard® Roofboard" or United States Gypsum Co. "SECUROCK Type SGMRX Board" or CertainTeed Gypsum "GlasRoc", or National Gypsum Co. "DEXcell Glass Mat Roof Board" or National Gypsum Co. "DEXcell FA Glass Mat Roof Board", or minimum 7/16-in. thick National Gypsum Co. "DEXcell" Cement Board, or 1/2-in Gypsum Board or ½-in. or 5/8-in. United States Gypsum Co, “Securock Type FRX-G” board with all joints staggered 6-in. from the plywood joints, mechanically attached or adhered. Membrane: - "IB PVC Single Ply Fleeceback”, adhered with ITW FA 636  adhesive at 1-gal./140-ft.2 “IB WATER BORNE ADHESIVE” adhesive at 1-gal./170-ft.2  31. Deck: NC Incline: 2   4/29/24, 7:50 AM TGFU.R15546 - Roofing Systems | UL Product iQ https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=149018 6/22 Insulation (Optional): — Any UL Classified any thickness Barrier Board: — 3/8, ½, or 5/8-in. United States Gypsum Co, “Securock Type FRX-G” Board with all joints staggered 6-in. from the plywood joints, mechanically attached or adhered. Membrane: — "IB PVC Single Ply Fleeceback” adhered with ITW FA 636  adhesive at 1-gal./140-ft.2 “IB WATER BORNE ADHESIVE” adhesive at 1-gal./170-ft.2  32. Deck: C-15/32 Incline: 2   Insulation (Optional): — Any UL Classified any thickness Barrier Board: — 3/8, ½, or 5/8-in. United States Gypsum Co, “Securock Type FRX-G” Board with all joints staggered 6-in. from the plywood joints, mechanically attached or adhered. Membrane: — "IB PVC Single Ply Fleeceback” adhered with ITW FA 636  adhesive at 1-gal./140-ft.2 “IB WATER BORNE ADHESIVE” adhesive at 1-gal./170-ft.2  33. Deck: NC Incline: 1/4   Insulation (Optional): — Any UL Classified any thickness Barrier Board: — ¼, 3/8, ½, or 5/8-in. United States Gypsum Co, “Securock Type FRX-G” Board with all joints staggered 6-in. from the plywood joints, mechanically attached or adhered. Membrane: — "IB PVC Single Ply Fleeceback” adhered with ITW FA 636  adhesive at 1-gal./140-ft. “IB WATER BORNE ADHESIVE” adhesive at 1-gal./170-ft.2  34. Deck: C-15/32 Incline: 1/4   Insulation (Optional): — Any UL Classified any thickness Barrier Board: — ¼, 3/8, ½, or 5/8-in. United States Gypsum Co, “Securock Type FRX-G” Board with all joints staggered 6-in. from the plywood joints, mechanically attached or adhered. Membrane: — "IB PVC Single Ply Fleeceback” adhered with ITW FA 636  adhesive at 1-gal./140-ft. “IB WATER BORNE ADHESIVE” adhesive at 1-gal./170-ft.2  35. Deck: NC Incline: 1/2 Insulation: —  Atlas Roofing Corp. ACFoam II  Atlas Roofing Corp. ACFoam III  Hunter Panels. H-Shield Hunter Panels. H-Shield CG Membrane: — "IB PVC Single Ply Fleeceback”, adhered with ITW FA 636 adhesive at 1-gal./140-ft.2. “IB WATER BORNE ADHESIVE” adhesive at 1-gal./170-ft.2  36. Deck: C-15/32 Incline: 1/2 Insulation: —  Atlas Roofing Corp. ACFoam II  Atlas Roofing Corp. ACFoam III  Hunter Panels. H-Shield Hunter Panels. H-Shield CG Membrane: — "IB PVC Single Ply Fleeceback”, adhered with ITW FA 636 adhesive at 1-gal./140-ft.2. “IB WATER BORNE ADHESIVE” adhesive at 1-gal./170-ft.2 37. Deck: NC Incline: 2 Insulation: — Johns Manville "ENRGY 2", Atlas Roofing Corp. "ACFoam II", "ACFoam III", any thickness. Membrane: — "IB PVC Single Ply", adhered with "IB VERTIBOND ADHESIVE" at 60-ft./gal. 38. Deck: NC (See Note 1)Incline: See Note 1 Insulation: — Any UL Classified, any thickness, adhered with "IB Rapid Set ECO Canister Foam”. Membrane: — "IB PVC Single Ply Fleeceback” adhered with "IB Rapid Set ECO Canister Foam” (spatter) 2 4/29/24, 7:50 AM TGFU.R15546 - Roofing Systems | UL Product iQ https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=149018 7/22 Note 1: Classification (A, B or C) and maximum incline will be the same as that of the Classified Roofing System (TGFU) currently limited to noncombustible deck.   Class B - Fully Adhered   1. Deck: NC Incline: 3 Insulation: — Atlas Roofing Corp. "ACFoam II" any thickness. Membrane: — "IB PVC" fully adhered with "IB Vertibond 432 Bonding Adhesive" at 2-gal/100-ft or ITW Polymers Sealants North America Inc. "LA-432" applied at 2-gal/100-ft..   Class A - Mechanically Fastened   1. Deck: NC Incline: 2 Insulation: — Glass fiber, Johns Manville "Fesco-Foam", perlite or HD Wood fiber Board, 3/4 to 4-in. Membrane: — ”IB PVC Single Ply ChemGuard”. 2. Deck: NC Incline: 2 Insulating Concretes: — Cellular, gypsum vermiculite, perlite or structural, poured in place over deck. Membrane: — ”IB PVC Single Ply ChemGuard”. 3. Deck: NC Incline: 2 Insulation: — Any UL Classified polystyrene, any thickness. Slip Sheet: — Atlas Roofing Corp. "FR-50" or "IB Fire Sheet 50". Membrane: — ”IB PVC Single Ply ChemGuard”. 4. Deck: NC Incline: 2 Slip Sheet (Optional): — Atlas Roofing Corp. "FR-10 " or "IB Fire Sheet 10". Insulation: — "IB Energy Board II", Atlas Roofing Corp. "ACFoam II" or "ACFoam Supreme", any thickness, hot mopped in place or mechanically fastened. Membrane: — ”IB PVC Single Ply ChemGuard”. 5. Deck: NC Incline: 1 Insulation: — Any UL Classified polystyrene, any thickness. Slip Sheet: — Atlas Roofing Corp. "FR-10" or "IB Fire Sheet 10". Membrane: — ”IB PVC Single Ply ChemGuard”. 6. Deck: NC Incline: 3 Insulation: — Atlas Roofing Corp. "ACFoam II" or "ACF III", "IB Energy Board II", "IB Energy Board III", Firestone Building Products Co. LLC "ISO 95+GL" or "ISO 95+GW", Johns Manville "ENRGY 2A", any thickness. Membrane: — ”IB PVC Single Ply ChemGuard”. 7. Deck: C-15/32 Incline: 3 Barrier Board: — Minimum 1/4-in. thick Georgia-Pacigic Gypsum LLC "DensDeck ®, DensDeck Prime®" or United States Gypsum Co. "SECUROCK Glass-Mat Roof Board" or minimum  1/4-in thick United States Gypsum Co  “FRX-G” or CertainTeed Gypsum "GlasRoc" or National Gypsum Co. "DEXcell Glass Mat Roof Board" or National Gypsum Co. "DEXcell FA Glass Mat Roof Board", or minimum 7/16- in. thick National Gypsum Co. "DEXcell" Cement Board, or 1/2-in. (minimum) gypsum board with all joints staggered a minimum of 6- in. from the plywood joints. Insulation: — Atlas Roofing Corp. "ACFoam II" or "ACF III" or "IB Energy Board II", "IB Energy BoardIII" or Firestone Building Products Co. LLC "ISO 95+GL" or "ISO 95+GW" or Johns Manville "ENRGY 2A" or "Thermaroof Plus", any thickness. Membrane: — ”IB PVC Single Ply ChemGuard”. 8. Deck: C-15/32 Incline: Unlimited 2 2 4/29/24, 7:50 AM TGFU.R15546 - Roofing Systems | UL Product iQ https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=149018 8/22 Insulation (Optional): — Any UL Classified, any thickness. Barrier Board: — Minimum 1/4-in. thick Georgia-Pacific Gypsum LLC "DensDeck®, DensDeck Prime®" or United States Gypsum Co. "SECUROCK Glass-Mat Roof Board," orCertainTeed Gypsum "GlasRoc", or National Gypsum Co. "DEXcell Glass Mat Roof Board" or National Gypsum Co. "DEXcell FA Glass Mat Roof Board", or minimum 7/16-in. thick National Gypsum Co. "DEXcell" Cement Board, or 1/2-in Gypsum Board with all joints staggered a minimum of 6-in. from the plywood joints. Membrane: — ”IB PVC Single Ply ChemGuard” or "IB PVC Single Ply". 9. Deck: C-15/32 Incline: 1/2 Slip Sheet: — Two layers Atlas Roofing Corp. "FR-50" or "IB Fire Sheet 50". Membrane: — ”IB PVC Single Ply ChemGuard” or "IB PVC Single Ply". 10. Deck: NC Incline: 1 Insulation: — Owens Corning Specialty Products "Foamular", any thickness. Slip Sheet: — Atlas Roofing. "FR-10" or "FR-50" or "IB Fire Sheet 10" or "IB Fire Sheet 50". Membrane: — ”IB PVC Single Ply ChemGuard”. 11. Deck: C-15/32 Incline: 1/2 Slip Sheet: — One layer Atlas Roofing Corp. "FR-10", or "FR-50", "IB Fire Sheet 10" or "IB Fire Sheet 50". Insulation: — "IB Energy Board III" or Atlas Roofing Corp. "ACFoam III", 1.5-in. minimum thickness with all joints staggered 6-in. minimum. from plywood joints. Membrane: — ”IB PVC Single Ply ChemGuard”. 12. Deck: NC Incline: 3 Insulation: — a. Firestone Building Products Co. LLC "ISO 95+GL" b. Johns Manville "ENRGY 2" c. "IB Energy Board III" d. Atlas Roofing Corp. "ACFoam II" e. Atlas Roofing Corp. "ACFoam III" f. Johns Manville "ISO 1" g. "IB Energy Board II" Membrane: — ”IB PVC Single Ply ChemGuard”. 13. Deck: C-15/32 Incline: 1/2 Slip Sheet: — Two layers Atlas Roofing Corp. "FR-50". Insulation: — 1.5-in. minimum with all joints staggered 6-in. (minimum) from the plywood joints. a. Firestone Building Products Co. LLC "ISO 95+GL" b. Johns Manville "ENRGY-2" c. "IB Energy Board III" d. Atlas Roofing Corp. "ACFoam II" e. Atlas Roofing Corp. "ACFoam III" f. Johns Manville "ISO 1" g. "IB Energy Board II" Membrane: — ”IB PVC Single Ply ChemGuard”. 14. Deck: C-15/32 Incline: 1/2 Slip Sheet: — Two layers Atlas Roofing Corp. "FR-50" or "IB Fire Sheet 50". Membrane: — ”IB PVC Single Ply ChemGuard”. 15. Deck: C-15/32 Incline: 1/2 Slip Sheet: — One layer Atlas Roofing Corp. "FR-10" or "FR-50". Insulation: — Atlas Roofing Corp. "ACFoam III" or "IB Energy Board III", 1.5-in. minimum thickness with all joints staggered 6-in. minimum from the plywood joints. Membrane: — ”IB PVC Single Ply ChemGuard” or "IB PVC Single Ply". 4/29/24, 7:50 AM TGFU.R15546 - Roofing Systems | UL Product iQ https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=149018 9/22 16. Deck: C-15/32 Incline: 3/4, See Note Slip Sheet: — Two layers Atlas Roofing Corp. "FR-10" or "IB Fire Sheet 10" mechanically fastened. Insulation (Optional): — Any UL Classified, any thickness (except EPS and wood fiberboard). Membrane: — Any UL Classified PVC, CPE, CSM, CSPE, EPDM, NBP, PIB, TPO, EIP or TRE membrane. (Note: Membrane must be currently Classified for use over the insulation used. Actual incline is determined by the maximum existing membrane/insulation Classification incline.) 17. Deck: C-15/32 Incline: 1-1/2 Slip Sheet: — Two layers GAF "VersaShield Underlayment" or "IB Fire Sheet - 2". Membrane: — ”IB PVC Single Ply ChemGuard”. 18. Deck: C-15/32 Incline: 2 Slip Sheet: — Two layers GAF "VersaShield Underlayment". Insulation: — Firestone Building Products Co. LLC "ISO 95+GL" or "ISO 95+GW" or Johns Manville "ENRGY 2A", any thickness. Membrane: — ”IB PVC Single Ply ChemGuard”. 19. Deck: C-15/32 Incline: 2 Slip Sheet: — Two layers GAF "VersaShield Underlayment". Insulation (Optional): — a. Firestone Building Products Co. LLC "ISO 95+GL" b. Johns Manville "ENRGY 2" c. "IB Energy Board III" d. Atlas Roofing Corp. "ACFoam II" e. Atlas Roofing Corp. "ACFoam III" f. Johns Manville "ISO 1" g. "IB Energy Board II" Membrane: — ”IB PVC Single Ply ChemGuard”. 20. Deck: C-15/32 Incline: 1/2 Slip Sheet: — Two layers Atlas Roofing Corp. "FR 50" or "IB Fire Sheet 50". Insulation: — 1.5-in. minimum with all joints staggered 6-in. (minimum) from the plywood joints a. Firestone Building Products Co. LLC "ISO 95+GL" b. Johns Manville "ENRGY 2" c. "IB Energy Board III" d. Atlas Roofing Corp. "ACFoam II" e. Atlas Roofing Corp. "ACFoam III" f. Johns Manville "ISO 1" g. "IB Energy Board II" Membrane: — "IB PVC Single Ply". 21. Deck: NC Incline: 2-1/2 Insulation: — One of the following, any thickness: a. Atlas Roofing Corp "AC Foam II" b. Atlas Roofing Corp "AC Foam III" c. "IB Energy Board II" d. "IB Energy Board III" Membrane: — "IB PVC Single Ply". 22. Deck: NC Incline: 1/2 Slip Sheet (Optional): — Any UL Classified Slip Sheet. Insulation: — (1-in. minimum) One of the following: Owens Corning "Foamular 150," "Foamular 250," in combination with one ply Atlas Roofing Corp. "FR-10" Membrane: — "IB PVC" 23. Deck: C-15/32 Incline: 1/2 4/29/24, 7:50 AM TGFU.R15546 - Roofing Systems | UL Product iQ https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=149018 10/22 Insulation: — 1/2-in. gypsum board - (joint staggered a minimum of 6-in. with the joints in plywood); (optional) Branch River Foam 1.0 pcf EPS - 1/2-in. max. Slip Sheet (Optional when EPS is not used): — 1 ply Atlas Roofing Corp. "FR-50" Membrane: — "IB PVC" 24. Deck: C-15/32 Incline: 1/2 Barrier Board: — 1/2-in. minimum gypsum board, mechanically fastened (joints in gypsum board are staggered a minimum of 6-in. from plywood deck joints). The following insulations may be any thickness: Insulation/Slip Sheet: — a. "IB Fire Sheet 10" or Atlas Roofing Corp. "FR-10" b. Atlas Roofing Corp. "ACFoam II" / 1 ply "IB Fire Sheet 10" or Atlas Roofing Corp. "FR-10" c. Owens Corning "Foamular 150," "Foamular 250" or Dow Chemical "Styrofoam SM" / 1 ply "IB Fire Sheet 10" or Atlas Roofing Corp. "FR-10" d. Polyisocyanurate (1-in. minimum) covered by perlite (3/4-in. minimum) / (optional) 1 ply "IB Fire Sheet 10" or Atlas Roofing Corp. "FR-10" e. BASF EPS (uniform thickness or tapered), covered with perlite (3/4-in. minimum) / (optional) 1 ply "IB Fire Sheet 10" or Atlas Roofing Corp. "FR-10" Membrane: — "IB PVC" (PVC). 25. Deck: NC Incline: 1 Barrier Board (Optional): — 1/2-in. minimum gypsum board or 3/4-in. perlite, mechanically fastened. Insulation: — Dow Chemical "Styrofoam SM, RM, TG or Grayboard," 1-in. minimum. Slip Sheet: — 1 ply "IB Fire Sheet 10" or Atlas Roofing Corp. "FR-10" or 3/4-in. minimum perlite with no slip-sheet. Membrane: — "IB PVC" mechanically fastened. 26. Deleted. 27. Deck: NC Incline: 1 Insulation: — Atlas Roofing Corp. "ACFoam II" (1-in. minimum), mechanically fastened or hot mopped. Membrane: — "IB PVC". 28. Deck: C-15/32 Incline: 2 Barrier Board: — 1/2-in. gypsum board, joints staggered a minimum 6-in. from the plywood joints. Membrane: — "IB PVC". 29. Deck: NC Incline: 1 Insulation: — Cellular concrete, gypsum concrete, vermiculite concrete, perlite concrete or structural concrete. Membrane: — "IB PVC". 30. Deck: NC Incline: 4 Insulation: — One of the following or combinations of the following insulations any thickness, polyisocyanurate or wood fiberboard. Barrier Board: — Minimum 1/4-in. thick Georgia-Pacific Gypsum LLC "DensDeck® Roofboard", "DensDeck Prime® Roofboard", "DensDeck DuraGuard™ Roofboard" or United States Gypsum Co. "SECUROCK Glass-Mat Roof Board" or minimum  ½-in thick  United States Gypsum Co  “FRX-G” or CertainTeed Gypsum "GlasRoc", or National Gypsum Co. "DEXcell Glass Mat Roof Board" or National Gypsum Co. "DEXcell FA Glass Mat Roof Board", or minimum 7/16-in. thick National Gypsum Co. "DEXcell" Cement Board, or 1/2-in Gypsum Board Membrane: — "IB PVC". 31. Deck: C-15/32 Incline: 2 Insulation: — Polystyrene, any thickness. Insulation (Optional if slip sheet is used): — Polyisocyanurate, 1-in. minimum thickness. Slip Sheet (Optional if polyisocyanurate is used): — 1 ply "IB Fire Sheet 10" or Atlas Roofing Corp. "FR-10." Membrane: — "IB PVC" mechanically fastened. 32. Deck: NC Incline: 1 Insulation (Optional): — Polyisocyanurate, any thickness. 4/29/24, 7:50 AM TGFU.R15546 - Roofing Systems | UL Product iQ https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=149018 11/22 Insulation: — Polystyrene, any thickness (uniform or tapered). Insulation (Optional): — Polyisocyanurate, 1-in. minimum thickness. Slip Sheet (Optional if polyisocyanurate is used): — 1 ply "IB Fire Sheet 10" or Atlas Roofing Corp. "FR-10". Membrane: — "IB PVC" mechanically fastened. 33. Deck: C-15/32 Incline: 4 Barrier Board: — Minimum 1/2-in. gypsum board (joints staggered a minimum of 6-in. from the plywood deck joints). Insulation (Optional): — Polyisocyanurate, any thickness. Cover Board: — Minimum 1/4-in. thick Georgia-Pacific Gypsum LLC "DensDeck® Roofboard", "DensDeck Prime® Roofboard", "DensDeck DuraGuard™ Roofboard" or United States Gypsum Co. "SECUROCK Glass-Mat Roof Board" or minimum  ½-in thick  United States Gypsum Co  “FRX-G” or CertainTeed Gypsum "GlasRoc", or National Gypsum Co. "DEXcell Glass Mat Roof Board" or National Gypsum Co. "DEXcell FA Glass Mat Roof Board", or minimum 7/16-in. thick National Gypsum Co. "DEXcell" Cement Board, or 1/2-in Gypsum Board. Membrane: — "IB PVC". 34. Deck: Structural Cement-Fiber Unit*Incline: 1 Insulation: — Atlas Roofing Corp. "ACFoam II" (1-in. minimum). Slip Sheet (Optional): — Any UL Classified. Membrane: — "IB PVC". * Minimum 2-in. thick, Classified under Structural Cement-Fiber Units (CIYT) Fire Resistance Directory. 35. Deck: Structural Cement-Fiber Unit*Incline: 1/2 Membrane: — "IB PVC". * Minimum 2-in. thick, Classified under Structural Cement-Fiber Units (CIYT) Fire Resistance Directory. 36. Deck: NC Incline: 2-1/2 Insulation: — Atlas Roofing Corp. "ACFoam II" 1-in. minimum, mechanically fastened. Membrane: — "IB PVC". 37. Deck: NC Incline: 4 Barrier Board (Optional): — 1/2-in. minimum gypsum board. Insulation (Optional): — Polyisocyanurate, any thickness. Barrier Board: — Minimum 1/4-in. thick Georgia-Pacific Gypsum LLC "DensDeck® Roofboard", "DensDeck Prime® Roofboard", "DensDeck DuraGuard™ Roofboard" or United States Gypsum Co. "SECUROCK Glass-Mat Roof Board" or minimum  ½-in thick  United States Gypsum Co  “FRX-G” or CertainTeed Gypsum "GlasRoc", or National Gypsum Co. "DEXcell Glass Mat Roof Board" or National Gypsum Co. "DEXcell FA Glass Mat Roof Board", or minimum 7/16-in. thick National Gypsum Co. "DEXcell" Cement Board, or 1/2-in Gypsum Board. Membrane: — "IB PVC". 38. Deck: C-15/32 Incline: Unlimited Insulation (Optional): — Polyisocyanurate, urethane, wood fiber, polystyrene, EPS, polyisocyanurate composite mechanically fastened, any thickness. Barrier Board: — Minimum 1/4-in. thick Georgia-Pacific Gypsum LLC "DensDeck® Roofboard", "DensDeck Prime® Roofboard", "DensDeck DuraGuard™ Roofboard" or United States Gypsum Co. "SECUROCK Glass-Mat Roof Board" or CertainTeed Gypsum "GlasRoc", or National Gypsum Co. "DEXcell Glass Mat Roof Board" or National Gypsum Co. "DEXcell FA Glass Mat Roof Board", or minimum 7/16-in. thick National Gypsum Co. "DEXcell" Cement Board, or 1/2-in Gypsum Board. Membrane: — "IB PVC". 39. Deck: C-15/32 Incline: 1/2 Slip Sheet: — Two plies "IB Fire Sheet 50" or Atlas Roofing Corp. "FR 50". Membrane: — "IB PVC". 40. Deck: C-15/32 Incline: Unlimited Slip Sheet: — Four plies Atlas Roofing "FR-10" or "IB Fire Sheet 10", mechanically fastened. Membrane: — ”IB PVC Single Ply ChemGuard”, "IB PVC Single Ply" or "IB PVC", mechanically fastened. 4/29/24, 7:50 AM TGFU.R15546 - Roofing Systems | UL Product iQ https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=149018 12/22 41. Deck: C-15/32 Incline: 3 Insulation (Optional): — Any UL Classified polyisocyanurate insulation, any thickness. Slip Sheet: — Four plies Atlas Roofing "FR-10" or "IB Fire Sheet 10", mechanically fastened. Membrane: — ”IB PVC Single Ply ChemGuard”, "IB PVC Single Ply" or "IB PVC", mechanically fastened. 42. Deck: C-15/32 Incline: 2 Insulation (Optional): — Any UL Classified insulation, any thickness. Slip Sheet: — Three plies Atlas Roofing "FR-10" or "IB Fire Sheet 10", mechanically fastened. Membrane: — ”IB PVC Single Ply ChemGuard”, "IB PVC Single Ply" or "IB PVC", mechanically fastened. 43. Deck: NC Incline: 2-1/2 Insulation: — Rmax Operating LLC "Multi-Max", any thickness. Membrane: — ”IB PVC Single Ply ChemGuard”. 44. Deck: C-15/32 Incline: 2-1/2 Barrier Board: — Minimum 1/4-in. thick Georgia-Pacigic Gypsum LLC "DensDeck ®, DensDeck Prime®" or United States Gypsum Co. "SECUROCK Glass-Mat Roof Board" or minimum  1/4-in thick United States Gypsum Co  “FRX-G” or CertainTeed Gypsum "GlasRoc", or National Gypsum Co. "DEXcell Glass Mat Roof Board" or National Gypsum Co. "DEXcell FA Glass Mat Roof Board", or minimum 7/16- in. thick National Gypsum Co. "DEXcell" Cement Board, or 1/2-in. (minimum) gypsum board with all joints staggered a minimum of 6- in. from the plywood joints. Insulation: — Rmax Operating LLC "Multi-Max", or "Thermaroof Plus", any thickness. Membrane: — ”IB PVC Single Ply ChemGuard”. 45. Deck: NC Incline: 1-1/2 Insulation: — Rmax Operating LLC "Multi-Max FA" Membrane: — ”IB PVC Single Ply ChemGuard”. 46. Deck: C-15/32 Incline: 1-1/2 Slip Sheet: — Two layers GAF "VersaShield Underlayment". Insulation (Optional): — Rmax Operating LLC "Multi-Max FA" Membrane: — ”IB PVC Single Ply ChemGuard”. 47. Deck: Structural Cement-Fiber Unit*Incline: 1/2 Insulation: — Rmax Inc. "Multi-Max" (1-in. minimum). Slip Sheet (Optional): — Any UL Classified. Membrane: — "IB PVC". * Minimum 2-in. thick, Classified under Structural Cement-Fiber Units (CIYT) Fire Resistance Directory. 48. Deck: NC Incline: Unlimited Insulation (Optional): — Any UL Classified, any thickness. Barrier Board: — Minimum 1/4-in. thick Georgia-Pacific Gypsum LLC "DensDeck®, DensDeck Prime®" or United States Gypsum Co. "SECUROCK Glass-Mat Roof Board," or CertainTeed Gypsum "GlasRoc", or National Gypsum Co. "DEXcell Glass Mat Roof Board" or National Gypsum Co. "DEXcell FA Glass Mat Roof Board", or minimum 7/16-in. thick National Gypsum Co. "DEXcell" Cement Board, or 1/2-in Gypsum Board with all joints staggered a minimum of 6-in. from the plywood joints. Membrane: — ”IB PVC Single Ply ChemGuard” or "IB PVC Single Ply". 49. Deck: NC Incline: Unlimited Insulation (Optional): — Polyisocyanurate, urethane, wood fiber, polystyrene, EPS, polyisocyanurate composite mechanically fastened, any thickness. Barrier Board: — Minimum 1/4-in. thick Georgia-Pacific Gypsum LLC "DensDeck® Roofboard", "DensDeck Prime® Roofboard", "DensDeck DuraGuard™ Roofboard" or United States Gypsum Co. "SECUROCK Glass-Mat Roof Board" or CertainTeed Gypsum "GlasRoc", or National Gypsum Co. "DEXcell Glass Mat Roof Board" or National Gypsum Co. "DEXcell FA Glass Mat Roof Board", or minimum 7/16-in. thick National Gypsum Co. "DEXcell" Cement Board, or 1/2-in Gypsum Board. Membrane: — "IB PVC". Class B - Mechanically Fastened 4/29/24, 7:50 AM TGFU.R15546 - Roofing Systems | UL Product iQ https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=149018 13/22   1. Deck: C-15/32 Incline: 3/4 Slip Sheet: — Atlas Roofing Corp. "FR-50" or "IB Fire Sheet 50". Insulation: — "IB Energy Board II", Atlas Roofing Corp. "ACFoam II" or "ACFoam Supreme", 1.5-in. minimum thickness, offset 6-in. from joints in plywood, hot mopped or mechanically fastened. Membrane: — ”IB PVC Single Ply ChemGuard”. 2. Deck: C-15/32 Incline: 1/2 Slip Sheet: — One layer Atlas Roofing Corp. "FR-50" or "IB Fire Sheet 50". Membrane: — ”IB PVC Single Ply ChemGuard” or "IB PVC Single Ply". 3. Deck: C-15/32 Incline: 1/2 Slip Sheet: — One ply Atlas Roofing Corp. "FR-10,"IB Fire Sheet 10 mechanically fastened. Membrane: — Any UL Classified TPO or CPA membrane. (Note: Actual incline is determined by the maximum existing membrane Classification incline, but cannot exceed 1/2:12.) 4. Deck: NC Incline: Unlimited Insulation: — Any UL Classified insulation, any thickness. Slip Sheet: — One ply Atlas Roofing Corp. "FR-50" or "IB Fire Sheet 50". Membrane: — ”IB PVC Single Ply ChemGuard” or "IB PVC Single Ply". 5. Deck: C-15/32 Incline: 1 Slip Sheet: — Two layers Atlas Roofing Corp. "FR-50" or "IB Fire Sheet 50". Membrane: — ”IB PVC Single Ply ChemGuard” or "IB PVC Single Ply". 6. Deck: C-15/32 Incline: 1-1/2 Slip Sheet: — One layer GAF "VersaShield Underlayment". Membrane: — ”IB PVC Single Ply ChemGuard”. 7. Deck: C-15/32 Incline: 1-1/2 Slip Sheet: — One layer GAF "VersaShield Underlayment". Insulation: — Firestone Building Products Co. LLC "ISO 95+GL" or "ISO 95+GW" or Johns Manville "ENRGY 2A" or "Thermaroof Plus", any thickness. Membrane: — ”IB PVC Single Ply ChemGuard”. 8. Deck: C-15/32 Incline: 1-1/2 Slip Sheet: — One layer GAF "VersaShield Underlayment". Insulation: — a. Firestone Building Products Co. LLC "ISO 95+GL" b. Johns Manville "ENRGY 2" c. "IB Energy Board III" d. Atlas Roofing Corp. "ACFoam II" e. Atlas Roofing Corp. "ACFoam III" f. Johns Manville "ISO 1" g. "IB Energy Board II" Membrane: — ”IB PVC Single Ply ChemGuard”. 9. Deck: C-15/32 Incline: 1 Insulation: — Any UL Classified Polystyrene, minimum 3/4-inch thick. Slip Sheet: — Two layers GAF "VersaShield Underlayment". Membrane: — ”IB PVC Single Ply ChemGuard”. 10. Deck: NC Incline: 3 Barrier Board: — For standing seam steel decks, 2-in. maximum perlite between the seams. Insulation: — Atlas Roofing Corp. "ACFoam II" any thickness. 4/29/24, 7:50 AM TGFU.R15546 - Roofing Systems | UL Product iQ https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=149018 14/22 Membrane: — "IB PVC". 11. Deck: NC Incline: No Limitations Insulation: — Polyisocyanurate, any thickness. Barrier Board: — Minimum 1/4-in. thick Georgia-Pacific Gypsum LLC "DensDeck® Roofboard", "DensDeck Prime® Roofboard", "DensDeck DuraGuard™ Roofboard" or United States Gypsum Co. "SECUROCK Glass-Mat Roof Board" or CertainTeed Gypsum "GlasRoc", or National Gypsum Co. "DEXcell Glass Mat Roof Board" or National Gypsum Co. "DEXcell FA Glass Mat Roof Board", or minimum 7/16-in. thick National Gypsum Co. "DEXcell" Cement Board, or 1/2-in Gypsum Board. Membrane: — "IB PVC". 12. Deck: C-15/32 Incline: 1/2 Slip Sheet: — Two plies "IB Fire Sheet 10" or Atlas Roofing Corp. "FR-10". Membrane: — "IB PVC". 13. Deck: C-15/32 Incline: 1/2 Slip Sheet: — One ply "IB Fire Sheet 50" or Atlas Roofing Corp. "FR-50". Membrane: — "IB PVC". 14. Deck: C-15/32 Incline: 1-1/2 Slip Sheet: — One layer GAF "VersaShield Underlayment". Insulation: — Rmax Operating LLC "Multi-Max" or "Thermaroof Plus", any thickness. Membrane: — ”IB PVC Single Ply ChemGuard”. 15. Deck: C-15/32 Incline: 1-1/2 Slip Sheet: — One layer GAF "VersaShield Underlayment". Insulation: — Rmax Operating LLC "Multi-Max FA" Membrane: — ”IB PVC Single Ply ChemGuard”.   Class C - Mechanically Fastened (PVC)   1. Deck: NC Incline: Unlimited Insulation: — Atlas Roofing Corp. "ACFoam II" mechanically fastened, 1-in. minimum. Membrane: — "IB PVC".   FLUID APPLIED COATING SYSTEM Class A   1. Deck: NC Incline: 2 Insulation (Optional): — Any UL Classified polyisocyanurate insulation, any thickness, mechanically fastened or adhered with any UL Classified insulation adhesive. Barrier Board (Optional): — Minimum ¼-in. thick GP Gypsum Corp. "DensDeck® Roofboard", "DensDeck Prime® Roofboard" or "DensDeck DuraGuard™ Roofboard" mechanically fastened with all butt joints staggered a minimum of 6-in. from plywood roof deck butt joints. Base Coat: — “IB Acrylic Pro Coating”, or “IB Acrylic Pro-QS Coating”, or “IB Acrylic Pro EZ Coat” or “IB BleedBlock”, “IB Acrylic HT Coating” or “IB Acrylic HT-QS Coating” or “IB Acrylic HT EZ Coat” acrylic roof coatings applied at a rate of 1½-gal./100-ft. ² or “IB Silicone Coating” silicone roof coating applied at a rate of 1-gal./100-ft.² Top Coat: — Top Coat: “IB Acrylic Pro Coating”, or “IB Acrylic Pro-QS Coating”, or “IB Acrylic Pro EZ Coat” or “IB BleedBlock”, “IB Acrylic HT Coating” or “IB Acrylic HT-QS Coating” or “IB Acrylic HT EZ Coat” acrylic roof coatings applied at a rate of 1½-gal./100-ft. ² or “IB Silicone Coating” silicone roof coating applied at a rate of 1-gal./100-ft.² Surfacing (Optional): — No. 11 ceramic coated roof granules applied at 30-lbs/100-ft  into wet top coat.   2 4/29/24, 7:50 AM TGFU.R15546 - Roofing Systems | UL Product iQ https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=149018 15/22 2. Deck: C-15/32 Incline: 2 Insulation (Optional): — Any UL Classified polyisocyanurate insulation, any thickness, mechanically fastened or adhered with any UL Classified insulation adhesive. Barrier Board: — Minimum ¼-in. thick GP Gypsum Corp. "DensDeck® Roofboard", "DensDeck Prime® Roofboard" or "DensDeck DuraGuard™ Roofboard" mechanically fastened with all butt joints staggered a minimum of 6-in. from plywood roof deck butt joints. Base Coat: — “IB Acrylic Pro Coating”, or “IB Acrylic Pro-QS Coating”, or “IB Acrylic Pro EZ Coat” or “IB BleedBlock”, “IB Acrylic HT Coating” or “IB Acrylic HT-QS Coating” or “IB Acrylic HT EZ Coat” acrylic roof coatings applied at a rate of 1½-gal./100-ft. ² or “IB Silicone Coating” silicone roof coating applied at a rate of 1-gal./100-ft.² Top Coat: — Top Coat: “IB Acrylic Pro Coating”, or “IB Acrylic Pro-QS Coating”, or “IB Acrylic Pro EZ Coat” or “IB BleedBlock”, “IB Acrylic HT Coating” or “IB Acrylic HT-QS Coating” or “IB Acrylic HT EZ Coat” acrylic roof coatings applied at a rate of 1½-gal./100-ft. ² or “IB Silicone Coating” silicone roof coating applied at a rate of 1-gal./100-ft.² Surfacing (Optional): — No. 11 ceramic coated roof granules applied at 30-lbs/100-ft  into wet top coat. MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR SYSTEMS   Class A   1. Deck: NC Incline: 2 Existing Roof System: — Class A BUR covered with: Membrane: — ”IB PVC Single Ply ChemGuard”, mechanically fastened with metal screws and discs per manufacturer's instructions. 2. Deck: NC Incline: 1/4 Existing Roof System: — Class A, B or C BUR covered with: Insulation: — 1-in. phenolic, covered with Johns Manville 1/2-in. "Retrofit Board". Membrane: — ”IB PVC Single Ply ChemGuard”, mechanically fastened. 3. Deck: NC Incline: 1/2 Existing Roof System: — Class A, B or C built up system, smooth surface, cap sheet or gravel surfaced, gravel may be removed. Insulation: — Insulfoam "R-TECH" Types "I", "VIII", "II", "IX" or "FanFold" 1-in. maximum thickness. Membrane: — ”IB PVC Single Ply ChemGuard”, mechanically fastened. 4. Deck: C-15/32 Incline: 1/2 Existing Roof System: — Class A, B or C built up system, smooth surface or gravel surfaced, gravel may be removed. Insulation: — Insulfoam "R-TECH" Types "I", "VIII", "II", "IX" or "FanFold" any thickness. Membrane: — ”IB PVC Single Ply ChemGuard”. Surfacing: — River bottom stone (3/4-in. to 11/2-in. diameter) at 900-lbs/100-ft.. 5. Deck: NC Incline: 1/2 Existing Roof System: — Insulated or noninsulated cap sheet, smooth or gravel surfaced (loose gravel may be removed). Barrier Board (Optional): — Minimum 1/4-in. thick Georgia-Pacific Gypsum LLC "DensDeck® Roofboard", "DensDeck Prime® Roofboard", "DensDeck DuraGuard™ Roofboard" or United States Gypsum Co. "SECUROCK Glass-Mat Roof Board" or minimum  1/4-in thick  United States Gypsum Co  “FRX-G” or CertainTeed Gypsum "GlasRoc", or National Gypsum Co. "DEXcell Glass Mat Roof Board" or National Gypsum Co. "DEXcell FA Glass Mat Roof Board", or minimum 7/16-in. thick National Gypsum Co. "DEXcell" Cement Board, or 1/2-in Gypsum Board. Insulation/Slip Sheet: — (any thickness) a. Perlite/(optional) 1 ply "IB Fire Sheet 10" or Atlas Roofing Corp. "FR-10" b. "IB Fire Sheet 10" or Atlas Roofing Corp. "FR-10" c. Atlas Roofing Corp. "ACFoam II"/"IB Fire Sheet 10" or 1 ply Atlas Roofing Corp. "FR-10" d. Owens Corning "Foamular 150," "Foamular 250" or Dow Chemical "Styrofoam SM"/1 ply "IB Fire Sheet 10" or Atlas Roofing Corp. "FR-10" e. Polyisocyanurate (1.0-in. minimum) covered by perlite (3/4-in. minimum)/(optional) 1 ply "IB Fire Sheet 10" or Atlas Roofing Corp. "FR-10" f. BASF EPS (uniform thickness or tapered), covered with perlite (3/4-in. minimum)/(optional) 1 ply "IB Fire Sheet 10" or Atlas Roofing Corp. "FR-10" Membrane: — "IB PVC" 2 2 4/29/24, 7:50 AM TGFU.R15546 - Roofing Systems | UL Product iQ https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=149018 16/22 6. Deck: NC Incline: 3 Existing Roof System: — Insulated or noninsulated cap, sheet smooth or gravel surfaced (loose gravel may be removed). Barrier Board (Optional): — Minimum 1/4-in. thick Georgia-Pacific Gypsum LLC "DensDeck® Roofboard", "DensDeck Prime® Roofboard", "DensDeck DuraGuard™ Roofboard" or United States Gypsum Co. "SECUROCK Glass-Mat Roof Board" or minimum  1/4-in thick United States Gypsum Co  “FRX-G” or CertainTeed Gypsum "GlasRoc", or National Gypsum Co. "DEXcell Glass Mat Roof Board" or National Gypsum Co. "DEXcell FA Glass Mat Roof Board", or minimum 7/16-in. thick National Gypsum Co. "DEXcell" Cement Board, or 1/2-in Gypsum Board. Insulation: — Atlas Roofing Corp. "ACFoam II," mechanically fastened any thickness. Membrane: — "IB PVC". 7. Deck: C-15/32 Incline: 1 Existing Roof System: — Insulated or noninsulated cap sheet, smooth or gravel surfaced bur (gravel may be removed from noncombustible decks) or PVC roof system, covered with: Barrier Board: — Minimum 1/4-in. thick Georgia-Pacific Gypsum LLC "DensDeck® Roofboard", "DensDeck Prime® Roofboard", "DensDeck DuraGuard™ Roofboard" or United States Gypsum Co. "SECUROCK Glass-Mat Roof Board" or minimum  1/4-in thick United States Gypsum Co  “FRX-G” or CertainTeed Gypsum "GlasRoc", or National Gypsum Co. "DEXcell Glass Mat Roof Board" or National Gypsum Co. "DEXcell FA Glass Mat Roof Board", or minimum 7/16-in. thick National Gypsum Co. "DEXcell" Cement Board, or 1/2-in Gypsum Board. Membrane: — "IB PVC". 8. Deck: NC Incline: 1 Existing Roof System: — Insulated or noninsulated cap sheet, smooth or gravel surfaced bur (gravel may be removed from noncombustible decks) or PVC roof system, covered with: Barrier Board: — Minimum 1/4-in. thick Georgia-Pacific Gypsum LLC "DensDeck® Roofboard", "DensDeck Prime® Roofboard", "DensDeck DuraGuard™ Roofboard" or United States Gypsum Co. "SECUROCK Glass-Mat Roof Board" or minimum  1/4-in thick  United States Gypsum Co  “FRX-G” or CertainTeed Gypsum "GlasRoc", or National Gypsum Co. "DEXcell Glass Mat Roof Board" or National Gypsum Co. "DEXcell FA Glass Mat Roof Board", or minimum 7/16-in. thick National Gypsum Co. "DEXcell" Cement Board, or 1/2-in Gypsum Board. Membrane: — "IB PVC".   Class A, B or C   1. Deck: C-15/32 Incline: 1/2 Existing Roof System — Class A, B or C to retain existing Classification, BUR covered with gravel maintained at 400-lbs/100-ft.. Separation Sheet: — Amocor P14, PB4 or PB6. Membrane: — ”IB PVC Single Ply ChemGuard”, mechanically attached. 2. Deck: C-15/32 Incline: Unlimited Existing Roof System: — Class A to retain existing Classification, Insulated or Uninsulated cap sheet or smooth surfaced roof. Insulation (Optional): — Polyisocyanurate, any thickness. Barrier Board: — Minimum 1/2-in. gypsum board. Membrane: — ”IB PVC Single Ply ChemGuard”, mechanically attached. 3. Deck: C-15/32 Incline: 1-1/2 Existing Roof System: — Any Class A, B or C built-up roof system. Slip Sheet: — One layer GAF "VersaShield Underlayment", mechanically fastened. Roof Covering: — ”IB PVC Single Ply ChemGuard”, mechanically attached. 4. Deck: NC Incline: 1/2 Existing Roof System: — Class A, B or C built up systems, smooth surfaced, cap sheet or gravel surfaced (gravel maintained) to retain the existing Classification. Insulation: — "R-TECH" Type "I", "VIII", "II", "IX" or "FanFold" or "Insulfoam" Type "I", "VIII", "II", "IX", 1-in. max thickness. Membrane: — ”IB PVC Single Ply ChemGuard”, mechanically fastened. Surfacing: — River bottom stone (3/4-in. to 11/2-in. diameter) at 900-lbs/100-ft.. 2 2 4/29/24, 7:50 AM TGFU.R15546 - Roofing Systems | UL Product iQ https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=149018 17/22 5. Deck: C-15/32 Incline: 1/2 Existing Roof System: — Class A, B or C built up systems, smooth surfaced, cap sheet or gravel surfaced (gravel maintained) to retain the existing Classification. Insulation: — "R-TECH" Type "I", "VIII", "II", "IX" "FanFold" or "Insulfoam" Type "I", "VIII", "II", "IX", 1 in. max thickness. Membrane: — ”IB PVC Single Ply ChemGuard”, mechanically fastened. Surfacing: — River bottom stone (3/4-in. to 11/2-in. diameter) at 900 lbs/100-ft.. 6. Deck: C-15/32 Incline: 1-1/2, See Note Existing Roof System: — Any Class A, B or C built-up roof system to maintain existing classification. Slip Sheet: — One layer Atlas Roofing Corp. "FR-10" or "IB Fire Sheet 10" mechanically fastened. Roof Covering: — ”IB PVC Single Ply ChemGuard”, IB PVC Single Ply & IB PVC mechanically fastened. Note: Classification (A, B or C) and maximum incline will be the same as that of the Classified Roofing System (TGFU) currently limited to noncombustible deck, but not to exceed 11/2-in. slope. 7. Deleted 8. Deleted 9. Deck: C-15/32 Incline: 1 Existing Roof System: — Class A, B or C insulated (any thickness wood fiber, perlite, polyisocyanurate, urethane or polystyrene with a slip sheet). Polyester Fleece: — One ply 2.5-oz/yd. (maximum) polyester fleece. Membrane: — "IB PVC" mechanically fastened. 10. Deck: C-15/32 Incline: 1 Existing Roof System: — Class A, B or C built-up system, smooth surface, cap sheet or gravel surfaced, gravel to be maintained at 400-lbs/100-ft., to retain existing Classification. Insulation: — (Optional) Owens Corning Specialty Products "Foamular," 1-in. max. Slip Sheet: — 1 ply "IB Fire Sheet 10" or Altas Roofing "FR10". Membrane: — "IB PVC" mechanically fastened. 11. Deck: C-15/32 Incline: Unlimited Existing Roof System: — Any Class A, B or C UL Classified single ply membrane system, mechanically fastened or fully adhered, non- insulated or insulated, to retain existing Classification. Vapor Barrier (Optional): — Polyethylene, Kraft or Soprema Inc. "SopraVap'r", self-adhered. Insulation: — "IB Energy Board II", "IB Energy Board III", Atlas Roofing Corp. "ACFoam II", "ACFoam III" or "ACFoam-III HD CoverBoard", any thickness mechanically attached or adhered with any UL Classified adhesive. Barrier Board: — Minimum 1/4-in. thick Georgia-Pacific Gypsum LLC "DensDeck ® Roofboard" or "DensDeck Prime® Roofboard" or "DensDeck Prime 2™ Roofboard" or "DensDeck DuraGuard® Roofboard" or Certainteed Gypsum Inc. "GlasRoc" or United States Gypsum Co. "SECUROCK® Glass-Mat Roof Board (Type SGMRX)", or National Gypsum Co. "DEXcell Glass Mat Roof Board" or National Gypsum Co. "DEXcell FA Glass Mat Roof Board", or minimum 7/16-in. thick National Gypsum Co. "DEXcell" Cement Board, loose laid, mechanically fastened or adhered with any UL Classified insulation adhesive with all butt joints in the barrier board staggered a minimum of 6 in. from the plywood roof deck butt joints. Membrane: — "IB PVC Fleeceback" adhered with ICP Adhesives "CR-20" at 3.75 lb/100 ft . 12. Deck: NC Incline: 1 Existing Roof System: — Any Class A, B or C UL Classified single ply membrane system, mechanically fastened or fully adhered, non- insulated or insulated, to retain existing Classification. Vapor Barrier (Optional): — Polyethylene, Kraft or Soprema Inc. "SopraVap'r", self-adhered. Insulation: — "IB Energy Board II", "IB Energy Board III", Atlas Roofing Corp. "ACFoam II", "ACFoam III" or "ACFoam-III HD CoverBoard", minimum 1 in. thick mechanically attached or adhered with any UL Classified adhesive. Barrier Board (Optional): — Minimum 1/4-in. thick Georgia-Pacific Gypsum LLC "DensDeck ® Roofboard" or "DensDeck Prime® Roofboard" or "DensDeck Prime 2™ Roofboard" or "DensDeck DuraGuard® Roofboard" or Certainteed Gypsum Inc. "GlasRoc" or United States Gypsum Co. "SECUROCK® Glass-Mat Roof Board (Type SGMRX)", or minimum  1/4-in thick    United States Gypsum Co  “FRX-G” or National Gypsum Co. "DEXcell Glass Mat Roof Board" or National Gypsum Co. "DEXcell FA Glass Mat Roof Board", or minimum 7/16-in. thick National Gypsum Co. "DEXcell" Cement Board, loose laid, mechanically fastened or adhered with any UL 2 2 2 2 4/29/24, 7:50 AM TGFU.R15546 - Roofing Systems | UL Product iQ https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=149018 18/22 Classified insulation adhesive with all butt joints in the barrier board staggered a minimum of 6-in. from the plywood roof deck butt joints. Membrane: — "IB PVC Fleeceback" adhered with ICP Adhesives "CR-20" at 3.75 lb/100 ft . 13. Deck: C-15/32 Incline: 1 Existing Roof System: — Any Class A, B or C built up roof system. Vapor Barrier (Optional): — Polyethylene, Kraft or Soprema Inc. "SopraVap'r", self-adhered. Insulation (Optional): — "IB Energy Board II", "IB Energy Board III", Atlas Roofing Corp. "ACFoam II", "ACFoam III" or "ACFoam-III HD CoverBoard", any thickness mechanically attached or adhered with any UL Classified adhesive. Barrier Board (Optional): — Minimum 1/4-in. thick Georgia-Pacific Gypsum LLC "DensDeck ® Roofboard" or "DensDeck Prime® Roofboard" or "DensDeck Prime 2™ Roofboard" or "DensDeck DuraGuard® Roofboard" or Certainteed Gypsum Inc. "GlasRoc" or United States Gypsum Co. "SECUROCK® Glass-Mat Roof Board (Type SGMRX)", minimum  1/4-in thick  United States Gypsum Co  “FRX-G” or or National Gypsum Co. "DEXcell Glass Mat Roof Board" or National Gypsum Co. "DEXcell FA Glass Mat Roof Board", or minimum 7/16-in. thick National Gypsum Co. "DEXcell" Cement Board, loose laid, mechanically fastened or adhered with any UL Classified insulation adhesive with all butt joints in the barrier board staggered a minimum of 6-in. from the plywood roof deck butt joints. Membrane: — "IB PVC Fleeceback" adhered with ICP Adhesives "CR-20" at 3.75 lb/100 ft . 14. Deck: NC Incline: Unlimited Existing Roof System: — Class A to retain existing Classification, Insulated or Uninsulated cap sheet or smooth surfaced roof. Insulation (Optional): — Polyisocyanurate, any thickness. Barrier Board: — Minimum 1/2-in. gypsum board. Membrane: — ”IB PVC Single Ply ChemGuard”, mechanically attached. 15. Deck: NC Incline: 1-1/2, See Note Existing Roof System: — Any Class A, B or C built-up roof system to maintain existing classification. Slip Sheet: — One layer Atlas Roofing Corp. "FR-10" or "IB Fire Sheet 10" mechanically fastened. Roof Covering: — ”IB PVC Single Ply ChemGuard”, IB PVC Single Ply & IB PVC mechanically fastened. Note:Classification (A, B or C) and maximum incline will be the same as that of the Classified Roofing System (TGFU) currently limited to noncombustible deck, but not to exceed 11/2-in. slope. 16. Deck: NC Incline: Unlimited Existing Roof System: — Any Class A, B or C UL Classified single ply membrane system, mechanically fastened or fully adhered, non- insulated or insulated, to retain existing Classification. Vapor Barrier (Optional): — Polyethylene, Kraft or Soprema Inc. "SopraVap'r", self-adhered. Insulation: — "IB Energy Board II", "IB Energy Board III", Atlas Roofing Corp. "ACFoam II", "ACFoam III" or "ACFoam-III HD CoverBoard", any thickness mechanically attached or adhered with any UL Classified adhesive. Barrier Board: — Minimum 1/4-in. thick Georgia-Pacific Gypsum LLC "DensDeck® Roofboard" or "DensDeck Prime® Roofboard" or "DensDeck Prime 2™ Roofboard" or "DensDeck DuraGuard® Roofboard" or Certainteed Gypsum Inc. "GlasRoc" or United States Gypsum Co. "SECUROCK® Glass-Mat Roof Board (Type SGMRX)", or National Gypsum Co. "DEXcell Glass Mat Roof Board" or National Gypsum Co. "DEXcell FA Glass Mat Roof Board", or minimum 7/16-in. thick National Gypsum Co. "DEXcell" Cement Board, loose laid, mechanically fastened or adhered with any UL Classified insulation adhesive with all butt joints in the barrier board staggered a minimum of 6 in. from the plywood roof deck butt joints. Membrane: — "IB PVC Fleeceback" adhered with ICP Adhesives "CR-20" at 3.75 lb/100 ft . 17. Deck: NC Incline: 1 Existing Roof System: — Any Class A, B or C built up roof system. Vapor Barrier (Optional): — Polyethylene, Kraft or Soprema Inc. "SopraVap'r", self-adhered. Insulation (Optional): — "IB Energy Board II", "IB Energy Board III", Atlas Roofing Corp. "ACFoam II", "ACFoam III" or "ACFoam-III HD CoverBoard", any thickness mechanically attached or adhered with any UL Classified adhesive. Barrier Board (Optional): — Minimum 1/4-in. thick Georgia-Pacific Gypsum LLC "DensDeck® Roofboard" or "DensDeck Prime® Roofboard" or "DensDeck Prime 2™ Roofboard" or "DensDeck DuraGuard® Roofboard" or Certainteed Gypsum Inc. "GlasRoc" or United States Gypsum Co. "SECUROCK® Glass-Mat Roof Board (Type SGMRX)", or minimum  1/4-in thick United States Gypsum Co  “FRX-G” or National Gypsum Co. "DEXcell Glass Mat Roof Board" or National Gypsum Co. "DEXcell FA Glass Mat Roof Board", or minimum 7/16-in. thick National Gypsum Co. "DEXcell" Cement Board, loose laid, mechanically fastened or adhered with any UL 2 2 2 4/29/24, 7:50 AM TGFU.R15546 - Roofing Systems | UL Product iQ https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=149018 19/22 Classified insulation adhesive with all butt joints in the barrier board staggered a minimum of 6-in. from the plywood roof deck butt joints. Membrane: — "IB PVC Fleeceback" adhered with ICP Adhesives "CR-20" at 3.75 lb/100 ft . 18. Deck: NC Incline: 2 Existing Roof Covering System: — Any UL Classified existing base sheet and cap sheet built-up roofing system to retain existing Classification, covered with: Base Coat: — ”IB Acrylic Pro Coating”, or “IB Acrylic Pro-QS Coating”, or “IB Acrylic Pro EZ Coat” or “IB BleedBlock”, or “IB Acrylic HT Coating” or “IB Acrylic HT-QS Coating” or “IB Acrylic HT EZ Coat” acrylic roof coatings applied at a rate of 1 to 1-1/2 gal./100-ft. or “IB Silicone Coating” silicone roof coatings, applied at a rate of 1-gal./100-ft.. Top Coat: — ”IB Acrylic Pro Coating”, or “IB Acrylic Pro-QS Coating”, or “IB Acrylic Pro EZ Coat” or “IB BleedBlock”, or “IB Acrylic HT Coating” or “IB Acrylic HT-QS Coating” or “IB Acrylic HT EZ Coat” acrylic roof coatings applied at a rate of 1 to 1-1/2 gal./100-ft. or “IB Silicone Coating” silicone roof coatings, applied at a rate of 1-gal./100-ft..   19. Deck: C-15/32 Incline: See Note 1 Existing Roof System: — Any Class A, B or C uncoated, insulated or uninsulated, modified bitumen membrane, mechanically fastened or fully adhered or Type G3 mineral surfaced cap BUR to retain existing Classification. Surfacing: —  “IB Silicone Coating” applied at 1-1/2 gal./100-ft .  Surfacing (optional): — No. 11 ceramic coated roof granules, applied at 30-lbs/100-ft  into wet top coat. Note 1: Classification (A, B or C) and maximum incline will be the same as that of the Classified Roofing System (TGFU). 20. Deck: NC Incline: 2 Existing Roof Covering System: — Any UL Classified existing base sheet and cap sheet built-up roofing system to retain existing Classification, covered with: Foamed Plastic: — Minimum 1-1/2 in. thick Everest Systems LLC "OPTICELL 2.7", "OPTICELL 3.0" (2.7 to 3.0-lbs./ft.) or Everest Systems LLC "EVERCELL 27", "EVERCELL 30" (2.7 to 3.0-lbs./ft.) spray applied foamed plastic. Base Coat: — ”IB Acrylic Pro Coating”, or “IB Acrylic Pro-QS Coating”, or “IB Acrylic Pro EZ Coat” or “IB BleedBlock”, or “IB Acrylic HT Coating” or “IB Acrylic HT-QS Coating” or “IB Acrylic HT EZ Coat” acrylic roof coatings applied at a rate of 1 to 1-1/2 gal./100-ft. or “IB Silicone Coating” silicone roof coatings, applied at a rate of 1-gal./100-ft.. Top Coat: — ”IB Acrylic Pro Coating”, or “IB Acrylic Pro-QS Coating”, or “IB Acrylic Pro EZ Coat” or “IB BleedBlock”, or “IB Acrylic HT Coating” or “IB Acrylic HT-QS Coating” or “IB Acrylic HT EZ Coat” acrylic roof coatings applied at a rate of 1 to 1-1/2 gal./100-ft. or “IB Silicone Coating” silicone roof coatings, applied at a rate of 1-gal./100-ft.. 21. Deck: C-15/32 Incline: ½ Existing Roof System: Class A, B, or C insulated or uninsulated modified bitumen membrane roof covering system or mineral surfaced BUR to maintain existing Class A, B, or C Classification surfaced with: Base Coat: — “IB Acrylic Pro Coating”, or “IB Acrylic Pro-QS Coating”, or “IB Acrylic Pro EZ Coat” or “IB BleedBlock”, “IB Acrylic HT Coating” or “IB Acrylic HT-QS Coating” or “IB Acrylic HT EZ Coat” acrylic roof coatings applied at a rate of 1½-gal./100-ft.2 or “IB Silicone Coating” silicone roof coating applied at a rate of 1-gal./100-ft.² Reinforcement (Optional): Polyester fabric (maximum 3-oz./yd.²) embedded into wet base coat. Top Coat: — “IB Acrylic Pro Coating”, or “IB Acrylic Pro-QS Coating”, or “IB Acrylic Pro EZ Coat” or “IB BleedBlock”, “IB Acrylic HT Coating” or “IB Acrylic HT-QS Coating” or “IB Acrylic HT EZ Coat” acrylic roof coatings applied at a rate of 1½-gal./100-ft.2 or “IB Silicone Coating” silicone roof coating applied at a rate of 1-gal./100-ft.² Surfacing (optional): Broadcast application of No. 11 ceramic coated roofing granules applied at 35 to 40-lbs/100-ft.² 22. Deck: C-15/32 Incline: 1 Existing Roof System: Class A, B, or C insulated or uninsulated, mechanically fastened or fully adhered PVC/TPA single ply membrane roof covering system to maintain existing Class A, B or C Classification surfaced with: Base Coat: — “IB Acrylic Pro Coating”, or “IB Acrylic Pro-QS Coating”, or “IB Acrylic Pro EZ Coat” or “IB BleedBlock”, or “IB Acrylic HT Coating” or “IB Acrylic HT-QS Coating” or “IB Acrylic HT EZ Coat” acrylic roof coatings applied at a rate of 1½-gal./100-ft.2 or “IB Silicone Coating” silicone roof coatings applied at a rate of 1-gal./100-ft.² Reinforcement: Polyester fabric (maximum 3-oz./yd.²) embedded into wet base coat. Top Coat: — “IB Acrylic Pro Coating”, or “IB Acrylic Pro-QS Coating”, or “IB Acrylic Pro EZ Coat” or “IB BleedBlock”, or “IB Acrylic HT Coating” or “IB Acrylic HT-QS Coating” or “IB Acrylic HT EZ Coat” acrylic roof coatings applied at a rate of 1½-gal./100-ft.2 or “IB Silicone Coating” silicone roof coating applied at a rate of 1-gal./100-ft.² Surfacing (optional): Broadcast application of No. 11 ceramic coated roofing granules applied at 35 to 40-lbs/100-ft.² 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 4/29/24, 7:50 AM TGFU.R15546 - Roofing Systems | UL Product iQ https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=149018 20/22 23. Deck: C-15/32 Incline: ½ Existing Roof System: Class A, B, or C insulated or uninsulated fully adhered or mechanically fastened EPDM single ply membrane roof covering system to maintain existing Class A, B or C Classification surfaced with: Base Coat: — “IB Acrylic Pro Coating”, or “IB Acrylic Pro-QS Coating”, or “IB Acrylic Pro EZ Coat” or “IB BleedBlock”, or “IB Acrylic HT Coating” or “IB Acrylic HT-QS Coating” or “IB Acrylic HT EZ Coat” acrylic roof coatings applied at a rate of 1½-gal./100-ft.2 or “IB Silicone Coating” silicone roof coatings applied at a rate of 1-gal./100-ft.² Reinforcement (Optional): Polyester fabric (maximum 3-oz./yd.²) embedded into wet base coat over the lap seam, maximum 3 inches wide. Top Coat: — “IB Acrylic Pro Coating”, “IB Acrylic Pro-QS Coating”, “IB Acrylic Pro EZ Coat” “IB BleedBlock”, or “IB Acrylic HT Coating” or “IB Acrylic HT-QS Coating” or “IB Acrylic HT EZ Coat” acrylic roof coatings applied at a rate of 1½-gal./100-ft.2 or “IB Silicone Coating” silicone roof coating applied at a rate of 1-gal./100-ft.² Surfacing (optional): Broadcast application of No. 11 ceramic coated roofing granules applied at 35 to 40-lbs/100-ft.² 24. Deck: C-15/32 Incline: 1-½ Existing Roof System: Class A, B, or C insulated or uninsulated fully adhered or mechanically fastened TPO single ply membrane roof covering system to maintain existing Class A, B or C Classification surfaced with: Base Coat: — “IB Acrylic Pro Coating”, or “IB Acrylic Pro-QS Coating”, or “IB Acrylic Pro EZ Coat” or “IB BleedBlock”, or “IB Acrylic HT Coating” or “IB Acrylic HT-QS Coating” or “IB Acrylic HT EZ Coat” acrylic roof coatings applied at a rate of 1½-gal./100-ft.2 or “IB Silicone Coating” silicone roof coatings applied at a rate of 1-gal./100-ft.² Reinforcement (Optional): Polyester fabric (maximum 3-oz./yd.²) embedded into wet base coat over the lap weld, maximum 3 inches wide. Top Coat: — “IB Acrylic Pro Coating”, or “IB Acrylic Pro-QS Coating”, or “IB Acrylic Pro EZ Coat”, or “IB BleedBlock”, or “IB Acrylic HT Coating” or “IB Acrylic HT-QS Coating” or “IB Acrylic HT EZ Coat” acrylic roof coatings applied at a rate of 1½-gal./100-ft.2 or “IB Silicone Coating” silicone roof coating applied at a rate of 1-gal./100-ft.² Surfacing (optional): Broadcast application of No. 11 ceramic coated roofing granules applied at 35 to 40-lbs/100-ft.² 25. Deck: C-15/32 or NC Incline:  2:12  Existing Roof System: — Any Class A, B or C roofing system, to retain the existing Classification, is covered with: Insulation: — Hunter Panels "H-Shield HD", "H-Shield HD90", "H-Shield HD Composite", "H-Shield HD NH" or "H-Shield HD90 NH". Membrane: — ”IB PVC Single Ply ChemGuard”, IB PVC Single Ply & IB PVC mechanically fastened. Note: TPO membranes are limited to ½:12 max slope. 26. Deck: C - 15/32 or NC Incline: 1/2 Existing Roof System: — Class A, B or C built-up system, smooth surface, cap sheet or gravel surfaced (gravel maintained) to retain the existing Classification. Insulation: — “ThermalStar” or “ThermalStar LRI”, 1-in. thick maximum. Membrane: — ”IB PVC Single Ply ChemGuard”, IB PVC Single Ply & IB PVC mechanically fastened. 27. Deck: C-15/32 or NC Incline:  ½:12 Existing Roof System: — Class A, B or C built-up system, smooth surface, cap sheet or gravel surfaced (gravel maintained) to retain the existing Classification. Insulation: — “Insulfoam® R-TECH™ Fan Fold”, “Insulfoam® INSUL-RX™ Fanfold”, “Insulfoam® INSUL-X™ Fanfold”, “Insulfoam® R- TECH™ Insulation Board” Type I, “Insulfoam® R-TECH™ Insulation Board” Type VIII, “Insulfoam® R-TECH™ Insulation Board” Type II, “Insulfoam® R-TECH™ Insulation Board” Type IX, “Insulfoam® INSUL-RX™ Insulation Board” Type I, “Insulfoam® INSUL-RX™ Insulation Board” Type VIII, “Insulfoam® INSUL-RX™ Insulation Board” Type II, “Insulfoam® INSUL-RX™ Insulation Board” Type IX, “Insulfoam® INSUL-X™ Insulation Board” Type I, “Insulfoam® INSUL-X™ Insulation Board” Type VIII, “Insulfoam® INSUL-X™ Insulation Board” Type II or “Insulfoam® INSUL-X™ Insulation Board” Type IX or "Insulfoam" Type "I", "VIII", "II", "IX", 1 in. max thickness. Membrane: — ”IB PVC Single Ply ChemGuard”, IB PVC Single Ply & IB PVC mechanically fastened. 28. Deck: C-15/32 or NC Incline: 1/2 Existing Roof System: — Class A, B or C built-up system or modified bitumen system, smooth surface, cap sheet or gravel surfaced (gravel maintained) to retain the existing Classification. Insulation: — "Cellofoam EPS", "Type I", "PolyShield" or "Polyshield Fanfold", 1 in. max thickness. Membrane: — ”IB PVC Single Ply ChemGuard”, IB PVC Single Ply & IB PVC mechanically fastened  29. Deck : C - 15/32 Incline: 1/2 Insulation: — Class A, B or C built-up system, smooth surface, cap sheet or gravel surfaced (gravel maintained) to retain the existing Classification. Insulation: — "R-Control EPS", "R-Control MAX 100", "R-Control MAX 130", "R-Control MAX 150", "R-Control MAX 200", or "Foam-Control MAX 250",  flat or tapered, 1-inch thick maximum. Membrane: — ”IB PVC Single Ply ChemGuard”, IB PVC Single Ply & IB PVC mechanically fastened   4/29/24, 7:50 AM TGFU.R15546 - Roofing Systems | UL Product iQ https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=149018 21/22 Last Updated on 2024-04-25 The appearance of a company's name or product in this database does not in itself assure that products so identified have been manufactured under UL Solutions' Follow - Up Service. Only those products bearing the UL Mark should be considered to be Certified and covered under UL Solutions' Follow - Up Service. Always look for the Mark on the product. UL Solutions permits the reproduction of the material contained in Product iQ subject to the following conditions: 1. The Guide Information, Assemblies, Constructions, Designs, Systems, and/or Certifications (files) must be presented in their entirety and in a non-misleading manner, without any manipulation of the data (or drawings). 2. The statement "Reprinted from Product iQ with permission from UL Solutions" must appear adjacent to the extracted material. In addition, the reprinted material must include a copyright notice in the following format: "©2024 UL LLC." 4/29/24, 7:50 AM TGFU.R15546 - Roofing Systems | UL Product iQ https://iq.ulprospector.com/en/profile?e=149018 22/22 CORPORATE OFFICE | P.O. BOX 1148 SHREVEPORT, LA 71163-1148 | (318)747-8000 | FAX (318)747-8029                                                       CORPORATE OFFICE SHREVEPORT, LOUISIANA BOSSIER CITY, LA CLINTON, IL PEACHTREE CITY, GA MARSHALL, MI WINCHESTER, VA ADELANTO, CA LEWISPORT, KY MAUSTON, WI ASHBURN, GA MERKEL, TX SUNNYVALE, TX HOUSTON, TX Technical Bulletin Issue Date : June 1, 2006 Revised : April 24, 2017 No. 04-266-06 Tests for Fire Resistance of Roof Covering Materials UL 790 (ASTM E108 and NFPA 256) Class A Coated Steel Panels (surfacing) identified as “Multi-Rib”, “Master-Lok”, “R”, “Medallion-Lok”, “Medallion”, “Medallion I Batten”, “Medallion II Batten”, “Meridian”, “5V- Crimp”, “Mega-Rib”, “Maxima 1.5”, “Maxima 212”, “Maxima 216”, “Maxima 218”, “Maxima 318”, “Maxima 324”, “Metalogic-2000”, “Mirage”, “M-Cor”, “Multi-Cor”, and “Max-Rib”, “U”, ”PBU”, “Mirage II”, “Maxima ADV”, “Met-Tile”, ”ABC Permaseam Panel”, ”ABC SL Low Panel”, ”ABC JSM 200”, ”ABC Instaloc”, ”ABC Series 300”, ”238T Roof Panel”, and “138T Roof Panel”. Copper panels (surfacing) identified as “ABC JSM 200”. Aluminum panels (surfacing) identified as “ABC 238T Roof Panel” and “Medallion-Lok”. 1. Deck: C-15/32 Incline: Unlimited Impact: Class 4 Barrier Board: - Georgia Pacific ¼ in. min “ Densdeck” board or ¼” min United Sates Gypsum Co SECURELOCK® Glass-Mat Roof Board (Type SGMRX), National Gypsum “DEXcell Glass Mat Roof Board” or “ DEXcell FV Glass Mat Roof Board”, CertainTeed Gypsum “GlasRoc” or ½ in. min UL classified gypsum board with all joints staggered a min of 6 in. from the plywood joints. Ply Sheet (Optional): - Any UL Classified Type G1, G2 or G3 base/ply sheet, Type 15, 20 or 30 felt or UL Classified prepared roofing accessory or GCP Applied Technologies “Ice and Water Shield”. Surfacing: - Coated Steel, Aluminum, or Copper roofing panels, mechanically fastened or with steel screws when roof deck fasteners (panel clips) not required. 2. Deck: NC Incline: Unlimited Impact: Class 4 Barrier Board (optional): - ¼ in. (min) G-P Gypsum Densdeck®, United States Gypsum Co SECURELOCK ®, Glass Mat Roof Board (Type SGMRX), National Gypsum “DEXcell Glass Mat Roof Board” or “ DEXcell FV Glass Mat Roof Board”, CertainTeed Gypsum “GlassRoc”. Ply Sheet (Optional): - Any UL Classified Type G1, G2 or G3 base/ply sheet, Type 15, 20 or 30 felt or UL Classified prepared roofing accessory or GCP Applied Technologies “Ice and Water Shield”. Surfacing: - Coated Steel, Aluminum, or Copper roofing panels, mechanically fastened or with steel screws when roof deck fasteners (panel clips) not required. 3. Deck: NC Incline: Unlimited Impact: Class 4 Barrier Board (optional): - 7/16 OSB or 5/8 in. plywood over polyisocyanurate insulation board or polyisocyanurate composite board, any thickness. Ply Sheet (Optional): - Any UL Classified Type G1, G2 or G3 base/ply sheet, Type 15, 20 or 30 felt or UL Classified prepared roofing accessory or GCP Applied Technologies “Ice and Water Shield”. Surfacing: - Coated Steel, Aluminum, or Copper roofing panels, mechanically fastened or with steel screws when roof deck fasteners (panel clips) not required. 4. Deck: NC Incline: Unlimited Impact: Class 4 Barrier Board (optional): - Polyisocyanurate, glass fiber, perlite, or wood fiber, any thickness. Ply Sheet (Optional): - Any UL Classified Type G1, G2 or G3 base/ply sheet, Type 15, 20 or 30 felt or UL Classified prepared roofing accessory or GCP Applied Technologies “Ice and Water Shield”. Surfacing: - Coated Steel, Aluminum, or Copper roofing panels, mechanically fastened or with steel screws when roof deck fasteners (panel clips) not required. 5. Deck: NC Incline: Unlimited Impact: Class 4 Insulation: - None Required, however any UL Classified insulations may be over open purlin spans. Any combination and any total thickness of insulation may be used. Surfacing: - Coated Steel, Aluminum, or Copper roofing panels, mechanically fastened or with steel screws when roof deck fasteners (panel clips) not required. 6. Deck: C-15/32 Incline: Unimted Impact: Class 4 Barrier Board: - Georgia Pacific ¼ in. min “ Densdeck” board or ¼” min United Sates Gypsum Co SECURELOCK® Glass-Mat Roof Board (Type SGMRX), National Gypsum “DEXcell Glass Mat Roof Board” or “ DEXcell FV Glass Mat Roof Board”, CertainTeed Gypsum “GlasRoc” or ½ in. min UL classified gypsum board with all joints staggered a min of 6 in. from the plywood joints. Ply Sheet (Optional): - Any UL Classified Type G1, G2 or G3 base/ply sheet, Type 15, 20 or 30 felt or UL Classified prepared roofing accessory or GCP Applied Technologies “Ice and Water Shield”. Surfacing: - Coated Steel, Aluminum, or Copper roofing panels, mechanically fastened or with steel screws when roof deck fasteners (panel clips) not required. Class C 1. Deck: C-15/32 Incline: No Limitations Impact: Class 4 Surfacing: - Coated Steel roofing panels, mechanically fastened or with steel screws when roof deck fasteners (panel clips) not required. Maintenance and Repair Class A, B, or C 1. Deck: C-15/32 Incline: No Limitations Impact: Class 4 Existing Roof System: - (to maintain existing Classifications) Class A, B or C smooth or mineral surfaced cap sheet or asphalt glass mat shingles or organic felt shingles. Ply Sheet (Otional): - Type 15 or 30 organic felt or UL classified self-adhering modified bitumen membrane. Surfacing: - Coated Steel “138T Roof Panel”, mechanically fastened or with steel screws when roof deck fasteners (panel clips) not required. Technical Bulletin Issue Date : June 1, 2006 No. 03-263-06 UL Construction #529 Meridian UL580 Class 90 1. Metal Roof Deck Panels* - No. 29MSG min coated steel. Max panel width 24 in. rib height nominal 1 in. Panels continuous over two or more spans. A bead of sealant may be used at panel end laps. McElroy Metal Mill, Inc. “Meridian” 2. Fasteners – (Screws) - For panel attachment to wood deck (Item 3) fasteners to be No. 10 x 1 in. long No. 2 Phillips Pancake head type A. Fastener spacing to be 12 in. OC with fasteners installed through prepunched slots in fastener flange of panel. For attachment of plywood deck (Item 3) to joists (Item 5), fasteners to be min No. 6 by 1- 7/8 in. bugle head screw or annular ring-shank nails. Spacing to be 6 in. OC at plywood edges and 12 in. OC at intermediate supports. When light gauge structural steel joists are used, fasteners to be No. 12 by 1-5/8 in. long with a Phillips head. 3. Substructure – (Plywood) – Plywood decking to be a nom 5/8 in. thick, exposure sheathing span C-D, 40/20 plywood. All butt joints to be sealed against leakage by using tape and/or caulk or with one-part urethane sealant. 4. Moisture Barrier – (Optional) – Any suitable membrane to protect substructure (Item 3). 5. Joists – Joists spaced at 2 ft., 0 in. OC may be one of the following: A. Nom 2 by 6 in. wood joists No. 2 or better. B. Nom 2 by 4 in. wood when used on top cord of a wood truss, No. 2 or better. C. Light gauge structural steel framing with the member against the plywood to be a min. No. 22 MSG coated steel. Refer to General Information, Roof Deck Construction, (Roofing Materials and Systems Directory) for items not evaluated. *Bearing the UL Classification Marking 5 2'-0" Max PART # TPO-RDCB2TA 2" male thread TPO-RDCB2NH 2" no-hub TPO-RDCB3TA 3" male thread TPO-RDCB3NH 3" no-hub TPO-RDCB4NH 4" no-hub OPTIONS TPO-clad 316 stainless steel flange dome, A.B.S. PVC- PVC-clad stainless flange -AL dome, cast aluminum -FG flat grate, plastic -FGC flat grate, copper -FGS flat grate, stainless -NCL non-centerline overflow tel: (619) 448-3567 TPO or PVC-CLAD STAINLESS STEEL Data is subject to manufacturing tolerances. BOTTOM OUTLET ROOF DRAIN W/ OVERFLOW tbirdusa.comfax: (619) 448-9072 1895 Gillespie Way, El Cajon, CA 92020 TPO or PVC-clad 316 grade stainless steel seamless drain basin with bottom outlet and integrated overflow. Designed for fast and watertight installations. TPO-clad metal allows easy installation by heat welding. No glue or silicon is needed. Available in 2", 3", and 4" outlet sizes. Available with overflow offset from the centerline. cast aluminum dome, optional: -FG powder coated -AL flat grate (in plastic, copper, or stainless) 10" 24" 18" 9" 4-5/8"1-3/4" 2"2-1/4" 4-1/4" bronze no-hub fittings (threaded fitting available) A.B.S. dome strainer seamless drain basin made of TPO or PVC-clad 316 grade stainless steel PATENTED DESIGN INSTALLS BELOW SOLAR PANELS QUESTIONS? 1/4” Stainless Steel Wire Mesh 1/8” Galvanized Steel Wire Mesh 1/8” Stainless Steel Wire Mesh CLIMATE-RESISTANT SERIES (CRS) LOW PROFILE (TAPERED) STANDING SEAM VENTS .032” Aluminum, 50 Year Warranty 16 oz. Copper, 50 Year Warranty Z-Baffles (Snow Load) 1/8” noncombustible, corrosion-resistant wire mesh AND patented stainless steel fine/flexible wire filament. 1/4” noncombustible, corrosion-resistant wire mesh AND patented stainless steel fine/flexible wire filament. Recommended in areas where Ice Barriers are required (IRC 905.1.2). CLIMATE-RESISTANT UPGRADE OPTIONS VENT DATA SHEET CONTACT: sales@ohagin.com © 7/2024 O’Hagin. All rights reserved. 210 Classic Court, Suite 100 Rohnert Park, CA 94928Toll Free 877-324-0444 • Fax 707-588-9187 www.ohagin.com NONCOMBUSTIBLE, CORROSION-RESISTANT WIRE MESH UPGRADE OPTIONS UPGRADES? METAL UPGRADE OPTIONS 78.00 building products TM Sustainable Building Envelope Technology Employee Owned THOMPSON ARCHITECTURAL METALS COMPANY BUILD YOUR VENT TRADITIONAL 26 Gauge G90 Galvanized Steel; 4” Flange with 1/4” noncombustible, corrosion-resistant wire mesh. 26 Gauge G90 Galvanized Steel; 4” Flange with 1/8” noncombustible, corrosion-resistant wire mesh AND patented stainless steel fine/flexible wire filament. 26 Gauge G90 Galvanized Steel; 4” Flange with 1/4” noncombustible, corrosion-resistant wire mesh AND patented stainless steel fine/flexible wire filament. *Brands and Trademarks may vary by region. LOW PROFILE (TAPERED) 1/4” Wire Mesh 78.00 sq. in. 1/8” Wire Mesh 70.20 sq. in. Figures based on independent evaluation reports. NET FREE VENTILATION AREA O’HAGIN IS PROUD TO WORK WITH THESE AND MANY OTHER QUALITY MANUFACTURERS SELECT ROOFING MATERIAL MANUFACTURER LOCAL AND NATIONAL APPROVALSO’Hagin is a recognized leader in attic ventilation testing and design. For additional info visit ohagin.com DO I LIVE IN A HIGH FIRE ZONE? MADE INTHE U.S.A. FREE VENT CALCULATOR “HOW MANY ATTIC VENTS DO I NEED?”FREEFREEVENT CALCULATOR FREEVENT PLANS “WHERE DO I PLACE VENTS?” Description Customizable ceiling mount ventilating fan, low sone and rated for continuous operation. ENERGY STAR® rated and certified by the Home Ventilating Institute (HVI). Evaluated by the Underwriters Laboratories and conforms to both UL and cUL standards. Motor/Blower: • Enclosed brushless ECM smart motor technology rated for continuous operation • Adjustable ventilation rates at 50 – 80 – 110 CFM • Power rating of 120 volts and 60 Hz • UL and cUL listed for tub/shower enclosure when GFCI protected. • Motor equipped with thermal cutoff fuse • Removable permanently lubricated plug-in motor Housing: • Environmentally friendly 26 gauge Zinc-Aluminum-Magnesium (ZAM) housing • Integrated dual 4" or 6" diameter duct adapter • Built-in damper reduces back draft and helps with blower door testing • Built-in metal flange provides blocking for penetrations through drywall as an Air Barrier, and assists with the decrease in leakage in the Building Envelope during blower door testing • Suitable for installation in ceilings insulated up to R60 • Articulating and expandable installation bracket up to 24" Grille: • Attractive design using Poly Pro material • Attaches directly to housing with torsion springs • Includes a motion sensor cap for use as a cover when the motion sensor Plug ’n Play™ module has not been selected Warranty: • ECM Motor: 6 Years from original purchase date • ALL Parts: 3 Years from original purchase date Architectural Specifications: Customizable ceiling mount ventilation fan, ENERGY STAR® rated with multi-speed control (0, 30-100 CFM, in 10 CFM increments) and a built-in high/low adjustable time delay activated by a wall switch, SmartAction Motion Sensor Plug 'N Play™ module or Condensation Sensor Plug 'N Play™ module. Features a built-in speed selector. Select from 50/80/110 CFM with <0.3 sone as certified by the Home Ventilating Institute (HVI) at 0.1 w.g. with 51/80/110 CFM and no more than 0.4/0.5/0.8 sones at 0.25 w.g. and 51/79/108 CFM at 0.375 w.g. Power Consumption shall be no greater than 3.1/5.1/9.9 watts at 0.1 w.g. and 6.2/9.6/15.4 watts at 0.25 w.g. and 9.6/13.4/20.0 watts at 0.375 w.g. ENERGY STAR® rated with efficiency of no less than 16.2/15.7/11.1 CFM/ watt at 0.1 w.g. and 8.3/8.3/7.1 CFM/watt at 0.25 w.g. and 5.3/5.9/5.4 CFM/watt at 0.375 w.g. The motor shall be enclosed with brushless ECM motor engineered to run continuously. ECM motor speed shall automatically increase when the fan senses static pressure to maintain selected CFM. Power rating shall be 120v/60Hz. Duct diameter shall be no less than 4", inclusive of an integrated dual 4" or 6" duct adapter. Plug 'N Play™ modules provide up to two additional features. Select from Condensation Sensor, and SmartAction Motion Sensor. Fan shall be RoHS Compliant and UL and cUL listed for tub/shower enclosure when GFCI protected. Also suitable for installation in ceilings insulated up to R60. Fan can be used to comply with ASHRAE 62.2, LEED, ENERGY STAR®, IAP, EarthCraft, California Title-24 and WA Ventilation Code. ECM Motor Technology: When fan senses static pressure, its speed is automatically increased to ensure that the desired CFM is not compromised, which allows the fan to perform as rated. Specification Submittal Data / Panasonic Ventilation Fan FV-0511VKS2 FV-0511VKS2 7 3/8” 10 1/4”10 1/4” 13 ”13 ” 4 ” 4" or 6" duct 0.00 0.10 0.20 0.30 0.40 0.50 0.60 0.70 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120Static Pressure (inch w.g.)Airflow (CFM) 110CFM 100CFM 90CFM 80CFM 70CFM 60CFM 50CFM 40CFM 30CFM 4" 20ft duct 4" 40ft duct 4" 60ft duct 4" 80ft duct 4" 100ft duct Performance Curve 4" or 6" duct For complete Installation Instructions visit us.panasonic.com/ventfans Model Quantity Comments Project: Location: Architect: Engineer: Contractor: Submitted by: Date: Ceiling Radiation Damper: WhisperGreen Select™ is UL listed for use with the Panasonic Ceiling Radiation Damper (Model #: PC-RD05C5, sold separately). Built-In Self Adjusting Airflow Capability Fan Specifications WhisperGreen Select™: FV-0511VKS2 Static Pressure in inches w.g.0.1 0.25 0.375 0.1 0.25 0.375 0.1 0.25 0.375 0.1 0.25 0.375 0.1 0.25 Air Volume (CFM)110 110 108 100 101 101 90 90 90 80 80 79 70 71 Noise (sones)<0.3 0.8 -<0.3 0.7 -<0.3 0.6 -<0.3 0.5 -<0.3 0.5 Power Consumption (watts)9.9 15.4 20.0 7.9 13.1 17.8 6.5 11.2 16.0 5.1 9.6 13.4 4.3 8.5 Energy Efficiency (CFM/Watt)11.1 7.1 5.4 12.7 7.7 5.7 13.9 8.0 5.6 15.7 8.3 5.9 16.7 8.5 Speed (RPM)920 1182 1356 889 1164 1356 839 1135 1351 795 1113 1315 760 1112 Current (amps)0.10 0.16 0.20 0.09 0.14 0.18 0.07 0.12 0.16 0.06 0.10 0.14 0.05 0.09 MAX. Current (amps)0.20 Power Rating (V/Hz)120/60 ENERGY STAR rated Yes Panasonic Eco Solutions Company of North America Eco Products DivisionTwo Riverfront Plaza Newark, NJ 07102 us.panasonic.com/ventfans Plug 'N Play™ Modules 0.375=Installed Performance FV-VS15VK1: Multi-Speed with Time Delay - N/A for this Fan, already built-in. Allows you to select the proper CFM settings to satisfy ASHRAE 62.2 continuous ventilation requirements. The fan runs continuously at a pre-set lower level (0, 30-100 CFM, in 10 CFM increments), then elevates to a maximum level of operation (50-80-110 CFM) when the wall switch is turned on, or when the motion sensor or Condensation Sensor module is activated. A High/Low delay timer returns the fan to the pre-set CFM level after a period of time set by the user. FV-CSVK1: Condensation Sensor Helps control bathroom condensation to prevent mold and mildew. Sensor technology detects relative humidity and temperature to anticipate dew point, automatically turning the fan on to control humidity. Built-in Relative Humidity (RH) sensitivity adjustment enables fine tuning for moist conditions and for satisfying CalGreen requirements. When the condensation sensor is used in conjunction with multi-speed functionality, the fan will kick up to high speed when the condensation sensor detects moisture in the room. This module also activates a 20 minute delay off timer for the fan. FV-MSVK1: Motion Sensor Automatically activates when someone enters the room. Once the settings have been applied, the fan becomes truly automatic. This module also activates a 20 minute delay off timer for the fan. Plug 'N Play™ modules provide up to two additional features (multi-speed is already built-in to FV-0511VKS2). Select from Motion Sensor and Condensation Sensor. VF18972SS-FV-0511VKS2 FV-0511VKS2Built-In Self Adjusting Airflow Capability 24 Napoleon Road, Barrie, Ontario, Canada L4M 0G8 • 214 Bayview Drive, Barrie, Ontario, Canada L4N 4Y8 Fireplaces, Heating and Cooling: 705-721-1212 • Grills: 705 726-4278 • napoleonproducts.com VECTOR™ 74 DIRECT VENT LINEAR GAS APPLIANCE W415-1876 / A / 02.04.19 Specifi cations Front Options Framing Dimensions Model BTU Width Height Depth Viewing AreaActual Framing Actual Framing Actual Framing LV74N 48,000 89 5/16 89 13/16 41 3/16 91 19 7/8 20 1/8 76 3/4 X 18 5/8 LV74N2 48,000 89 5/16 89 13/16 41 3/16 91 16 3/16 16 3/16 76 3/4 X 18 5/8 single-sided Ref LV74 E 20 1/8” (51.1cm) F 89 13/16” (228.1cm) J Optional - Appliance does not need to be elevated above fl oor *L 91” (231.1cm) E J F minimum framing L note: The LV series requires a minimum enclosure height of 91” measured from the bottom of the appliance. For temperature requirements, this area must be left unobstructed. Some venting confi gurations that require more vertical rise will require a larger enclosure to provide minimum vertical clearance between vent pipes and combustibles. note: Before framing the appliance, ensure to install the fi restop fi rst. see-thru Before framing the appliance, ensure to install the fi restop fi rst as it will not fi t between the studs if installed after framing. * Minimum enclosure height maybe higher depending on venting confi guration (see minimum distance to combustibles). Ref LV74 E 16 3/16” (41.1cm) F 89 13/16” (228.1cm) J Optional - Appliance does not need to be elevated above fl oor *L 91” (231.1cm) E F J minimum framing L note: The LV series requires a minimum enclosure height of 91” measured from the bottom of the appliance. For temperature requirements, this area must be left unobstructed. Some venting confi gurations that require more vertical rise will require a larger enclosure to provide minimum vertical clearance between vent pipes and combustibles. note: Product information provided is not complete and is subject to change without notice. Please consult the installation manual for the most up to date installation information. PSB74SS / K 17 9 16 " A 36 1 2 " 14 1 8 " 1 1 4 " MAX. ADJUSTMENT 1 NOTE 1" 75 7/8 72 1/2” 24 Napoleon Road, Barrie, Ontario, Canada L4M 0G8 • 214 Bayview Drive, Barrie, Ontario, Canada L4N 4Y8 Fireplaces, Heating and Cooling: 705-721-1212 • Grills: 705 726-4278 • napoleonproducts.com VECTOR™ 74 DIRECT VENT LINEAR GAS APPLIANCE Product information provided is not complete and is subject to change without notice. Please consult the installation manual for the most up to date installation information. Dimensions Wall Penetration Appliance LocationCombustible Mantel Clearances LV74 A (Finishing Flange) 76 3/4” (1949mm) B 89 5/16” (2269mm) C 93 5/16” (2370mm) *Finishing flange depth. (The finishing flange defines the perimeter of the fireplace opening. Framing or finishing materials must NEVER encroach inside the finishing flange.) single-sided LV74 A (Finishing Flange) 76 3/4” (1949mm) B 89 5/16” (2269mm) C 93 5/16” (2370mm) see-thru single-sided The LV series requires a minimum enclosure height of 91” (231.1cm) measured from the bottom of the appliance. For temperature requirements, this area must be left unobstructed. Some venting confi gurations that require more vertical rise will require a larger enclosure to provide minimum vertical clearance between vent pipes and combustibles. note: Horizontal vent sections: A minimum clearance of 3” (76mm) on the top outside of the enclosure and 2” (51mm) on the sides and bottom outside of the enclosure all around the vent pipe on all horizontal runs to combustibles is required. Horizontal vent sections within enclosures require a minimum clearance of 6”(152mm) at the top of the vent pipe. Vertical vent sections: A minimum of 1” (25mm) all around the vent pipe on all vertical runs to combustibles is required except for clearances in appliances enclo- sures. Vertical vent sections within enclosures require a minimum clearance of 1” (25mm) around the vent pipe. see-thru Horizontal vent sections: A minimum clearance of 3” (76mm) on the top outside of the enclosure and 2” (51mm) on the sides and bottom outside of the enclosure all around the vent pipe on all horizontal runs to combustibles is required. Horizontal vent sections within enclosures require a minimum clearance of 6”(152mm) at the top of the vent pipe. Vertical vent sections: A minimum of 1” (25mm) all around the vent pipe on all vertical runs to combustibles is required except for clearances in appliances enclosures. Vertical vent sections within enclosures require a minimum clearance of 1” (25mm) around the vent pipe. 0 . + / - . : 3 ' 4 : + 2 MANTEL DEPTH 1234 567891011 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 A Top of finishing flange Bottom of the appliance 25 11/16" (65.2cm) 2” Bottom of fi nishing fl ange Optional hearth extension (no depth restriction) MANTEL HEIGHT MANTEL DEPTH LV74 *E 20 1/8” (51.1cm) F 89 13/16” (228.1cm) G 89 1/4” (226.6cm) H 18 3/16” (46.2cm) I 126 1/8” (320.4cm) minimum framing W415-1876 / A / 02.04.19 g 41 3/16" 1046mm 7 1/16" 179mm 18 5/8" 473mm 3 1/8" 80mm 19 7/8"1/2” [12.7mm]505mm 32 3/4" 832mm 39 11/16" 1008mm 8 1/16" 205mm 8 1/16" 205mm Ø 8" 203mm Ø 5" 127mm A B C SAFETY BARRIER * Base of air collar see-thru 41 3/16" 1046mm 7 1/16" 179mm 18 5/8" 473mm 3 1/8" 80mm 32 3/4" 832mm 39 11/16" 1008mm 16 3/16" 411mm 8 1/16" 205mm 8 1/16" 205mm Ø 8" 203mm Ø 5" 127mm 1/2" [12.7mm]1/2" [12.7mm] A B C SAFETY BARRIER ** Base of air collar Do not put objects in front of the appliance (minimum distance of 4 feet) F G F H I *E 1” (2.54cm) min. 6” (15.2cm) min. *Single-sided model illustrated. 3” [76mm] top (outside of enclosure) 2” [51mm] sides / bottom (outside of enclosure) 0” to non-combustible fi nishing such as brick and stone 6” [152mm] minimum (inside enclosure) 0” to bottom of the appliance 0” to side standoffs 1/2” fi nishing fl ange When passing through a ceiling, use fi restop spacer W500-0028 (not supplied) When passing through a wall, use fi restop spacer W615-0162 (supplied with W010- 4178 fi restop spacer assembly) 0” to back standoffs 1” [25mm] minimum all sides for sections of vertical venting. 3” [76mm] (minimum all sides for sections of horizontal vent- ing) outside of enclosure. 91” minimum The LV series requires a minimum enclosure height of 91” (231.1cm) measured from the bottom of the ap- pliance. For temperature requirements, this area must be left unobstructed. Some venting confi gurations that require more vertical rise will require a larger enclosure to provide minimum vertical clearance between vent pipes and combustibles. note: Shaded components (fi nish framing) must be non-combustible materials. note: SAFETY BARRIER 1/2” fi nishing fl ange (4 sides) 3” [76mm] top (out- side of enclosure) 2” [51mm] sides / bottom (outside of enclosure) 0” to non- combustible fi nish- ing such as brick and stone 6” [152mm] minimum (inside enclosure) 0” to side standoffs 0” to base of the appliance When passing through a ceiling, use fi restop spacer W500-0028 (not supplied) When passing through a wall, use fi restop spacer W615-0162 (sup- plied with W010- 4178 fi restop spacer assembly) 1” [25mm] minimum all sides for sections of vertical venting. 3” [76mm] (minimum all sides for sections of horizontal vent- ing) outside of enclosure. 14” (35.6cm) min. Shaded components (fi nish framing) must be non-combustible materials. note: 91” minimum *Finishing flange depth. (The finishing flange defines the perimeter of the fireplace opening. Framing or finishing materials must NEVER encroach inside the finishing flange.) 24 Napoleon Road, Barrie, Ontario, Canada L4M 0G8 • 214 Bayview Drive, Barrie, Ontario, Canada L4N 4Y8 Fireplaces, Heating and Cooling: 705-721-1212 • Grills: 705 726-4278 • napoleonproducts.com SÉRIE VECTORMD 74 FOYER À GAZ D’ÉVACUATION DIRECTE W415-1876 / A / 02.04.19 Spécifi cations Façades Optionnelle Dimensions d’ossature Modèle BTU Largeur Hauteur Largeur Dimensions de VisioneRéel Ossature Réel Ossature Réel Ossature LV74N 48,000 89 5/16 89 13/16 41 3/16 91 19 7/8 20 1/8 76 3/4 X 18 5/8 LV74N2 48,000 89 5/16 89 13/16 41 3/16 91 16 3/16 16 3/16 76 3/4 X 18 5/8 Ref LV74 E 20 1/8” (51.1cm) F 89 13/16” (228.1cm) J Optionnel - l’appareil ne doit pas être élevé au-dessus du plancher *L 91” (231.1cm) E J F ossature minimum L note: La série LV requis un minimum hau- teur de l’enceinte de 91” mesuré du bas de l’appareil. Pour les exigences de températures, cet espace doit être dégager. Certains confi gurations requis une enceinte plus large pour fournir les dégagements minimaux entre les conduits d’évacuation et les combustibles. note: Avant d’encadrer l’appareil, assurez-vous d’installer l’espaceur coupe-feu. Avant d’encadrer l’appareil, assurez- vous d’installer l’espaceur coupe- feu premier avant qu’il ne soit pas adapté entre les goujouns après l’encadrement. * L’hauteur minimum de l’enceinte peut être plus grand dépendant du confi guration d’évacuation (voir distance minimum aux matériaux combustibles). Ref LV74 E 16 3/16” (41.1cm) F 89 13/16” (228.1cm) J Optionnel - l’appareil ne doit pas être élevé au-dessus du plancher *L 91” (231.1cm) E F Jossature minimum L note: La série LV requis un minimum hau- teur de l’enceinte de 91” mesuré du bas de l’appareil. Pour les exigences de températures, cet espace doit être dégager. Certains confi gurations requis une enceinte plus large pour fournir les dégagements minimaux entre les conduits d’évacuation et les combustibles. note: Information du produit fourni n’est pas complet et est sujet de changer sans préavis. Consultez le manuel d’installation pour info- formation d’installation actuel. PSB74SS / K 17 9 16 " A 36 1 2 " 14 1 8 " 1 1 4 " MAX. ADJUSTMENT 1 NOTE 1" 75 7/8 un seul côté voir à travers 72 1/2” 24 Napoleon Road, Barrie, Ontario, Canada L4M 0G8 • 214 Bayview Drive, Barrie, Ontario, Canada L4N 4Y8 Fireplaces, Heating and Cooling: 705-721-1212 • Grills: 705 726-4278 • napoleonproducts.com SÉRIE VECTORMD 74 FOYER À GAZ D’ÉVACUATION DIRECTE Information du produit fourni n’est pas complet et est sujet de changer sans préavis. Consultez le manuel d’installation pour info- formation d’installation actuel. Dimensions Passage d’un section dans un mur Location de l’appareilDégagements Combustible de la Tablette LV74 A (Bride de finition) 76 3/4” (1949mm) B 89 5/16” (2269mm) C 93 5/16” (2370mm) * La profondeur de la bride de finition (la bride de finition définit le périmètre de l’ouverture de la cheminée. Les matériaux de charpente ou de finition NE JAMAIS empiété à l’intérieur de la bride de finition. LV74 A (Bride de finition) 76 3/4” (1949mm) B 89 5/16” (2269mm) C 93 5/16” (2370mm) La série LV nécessite une hauteur minimale de 91” (231,1cm) mesurée par le bas de l’appareil. Pour les exigences de températures, l’espace doit être laisser sans obstruction. Certains confi gurations qui requis une course verticale plus large aura besoin d’une enceinte plus large pour fournir les dégagements minimaux entre les conduits d’évacuation et les combustibles. note: Sections d’évents horizontales: Un dégagement minimum aux matériaux combustibles de 3” (76mm) au-dessus hors de l’enceinte et 2” (51mm) sur les côtés et au-dessous hors de l’enceinte toute autour du conduit d’évacuation sur toutes les courses horizontales. Les sections d’évacuation horizontales dans les enceintes doit maintenir un dégagement minimaux de 6” (152mm) au-dessus du conduit d’évacuation. Sections d’évents verticales: Un dégagement minimum aux matériaux combustibles de 1” (25mm) est requis toute autour du conduit d’évacuation sur toutes les courses verticales à l’exception des dégagements à l’intérier de l’enceinte de l’appareil. Les courses d’évacuation verticales dans les enceintes requis un dégagement minimum de 1” (25mm) autour du conduit d’évacuation. Sections d’évents horizontales: Un dégagement minimum aux matériaux combustibles de 3” (76mm) au-dessus hors de l’enceinte et 2” (51mm) sur les côtés et au-dessous hors de l’enceinte toute autour du conduit d’évacuation sur toutes les courses horizontales. Les sections d’évacuation horizontales dans les enceintes doit maintenir un dégagement minimaux de 6” (152mm) au-dessus du conduit d’évacuation. Sections d’évents verticales: Un dégagement minimum aux matériaux combustibles de 1” (25mm) est requis toute autour du conduit d’évacuation sur toutes les courses verticales à l’exception des dégagements à l’intérier de l’enceinte de l’appareil. Les courses d’évacuation verticales dans les enceintes requis un dégagement minimum de 1” (25mm) autour du conduit d’évacuation. 0 . + / - . : 3 ' 4 : + 2 MANTEL DEPTH 1234 567891011 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 A Top of finishing flange Bottom of the appliance 25 11/16" (65.2cm) 2” Bottom of fi nishing fl ange MANTEL HEIGHT MANTEL DEPTH LV74 *E 20 1/8” (51.1cm) F 89 13/16” (228.1cm) G 89 1/4” (226.6cm) H 18 3/16” (46.2cm) I 126 1/8” (320.4cm) ossature minimum W415-1876 / A / 02.04.19 41 3/16" 1046mm 7 1/16" 179mm 18 5/8" 473mm 3 1/8" 80mm 19 7/8"1/2” [12.7mm]505mm 32 3/4" 832mm 39 11/16" 1008mm 8 1/16" 205mm 8 1/16" 205mm Ø 8" 203mm Ø 5" 127mm A B C Barrière de protection * Base du collet d’air 41 3/16" 1046mm 7 1/16" 179mm 18 5/8" 473mm 3 1/8" 80mm 32 3/4" 832mm 39 11/16" 1008mm 16 3/16" 411mm 8 1/16" 205mm 8 1/16" 205mm Ø 8" 203mm Ø 5" 127mm 1/2" [12.7mm]1/2" [12.7mm] A B C Barrière de protection ** Base du collet d’air Do not put objects in front of the appliance (minimum distance of 4 feet) F G F H I *E 1” (2.54cm) min. 6” (15.2cm) min. *Modèle d’un seul côté illustré. 3” [76mm] haut (hors de l’enceinte) 2” [51mm] côtés / bas (hors de l’enceinte) 0” aux fi nitions incombus- tibles telles que le brique et la pierre 6” [152mm] minimum (dedans l’enceinte) 0” vers le bas de l’appareil 0” aux contraintes latérales 1/2” bride de fi nition Lorsque vous passez par un mur, utilisez l’espaceur coupe-feu W615-0162 (fourni avec l’assemblage d’espaceur coupe-feu W010-4178 0” aux contraintes arrière 3” [76mm] (minimum toutes les côtés pour les sections d’évacuation horizontales) hors de l’enceinte. 91” minimum La série LV nécessite une hauteur minimale de 91” (231,1cm) mesurée par le bas de l’appareil. Pour les exigences de températures, l’espace doit être laisser sans obstruction. Certains confi gurations qui requis une course verticale plus large aura besoin d’une enceinte plus large pour fournir les dégagements minimaux entre les conduits d’évacuation et les combustibles. note: Les composants ombragés (encadre- ment de fi nition) doivent être de matériaux incombustibles. note: Barrière de protection 1/2” bride de fi nition 3” [76mm] haut (hors de l’enceinte) 2” [51mm] côtés / bas (hors de l’enceinte) 0” aux fi nitions incom- bustibles telles que le brique et la pierre 6” [152mm] minimum (dedans l’enceinte) 0” aux contraintes latérales 0” vers le bas de l’appareil Lorsque vous passez par un mur, utilisez l’espaceur coupe-feu W615-0162 (fourni avec l’assemblage d’espaceur coupe-feu W010-4178 3” [76mm] (minimum toutes les côtés pour les sections d’évacuation horizontales) hors de l’enceinte. 14” (35.6cm) min. Les composants ombragés (encadre- ment de fi nition) doivent être de matériaux incombustibles. note: 91” minimum un seul côté voir à travers un seul côté voir à travers En passant par un pla- fond, utilisez l’espaceur coupe-feu W500-0028 (non fourni) 1” [25mm] minimum tous les côtés pour les sections d’évacuation verticale. En passant par un plafond, uti- lisez l’espaceur coupe-feu W500-0028 (non fourni) 1” [25mm] minimum tous les côtés pour les sections d’évacuation verticale. Ne placez pas d’objets devant l’appareil (distance minimale de 4 pi.) MANTEL HEIGHT MANTEL DEPTH MANTEL HEIGHT MANTEL DEPTH Base de protec- tion optionnelle MANTEL HEIGHT MANTEL DEPTH MANTEL HEIGHT MANTEL DEPTH Hauteur de tablette Profondeur de tablette Hauteur de tabletteProfondeur de tablette * La profondeur de la bride de finition (la bride de finition définit le périmètre de l’ouverture de la cheminée. Les matériaux de charpente ou de finition NE JAMAIS empiété à l’intérieur de la bride de finition. FRENCH PG. 79 W415-2034 / C / 04.21.21 ADD MANUAL TITLE Wolf Steel Ltd., 24 Napoleon Rd., Barrie, ON, L4M 0G8 Canada / 103 Miller Drive, Crittenden, Kentucky, USA, 41030 Phone 1 (866) 820-8686 • www.napoleon.com • hearth@napoleon.com CERTIFIED TO THE CANADIAN AND AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS: CSA 2.22 AND ANSI Z21.50 FOR VENTED DECORATIVE GAS APPLIANCES INSTALLER: Leave this manual with the appliance CONSUMER: Retain this manual for future reference ADD PRODUCT CODE HERE (TRADE GOTHIC LT STD FONT)NATURAL GAS MODELS: PROPANE GAS MODELS: Product Name / Code (MUST use title from Price Book) ADD ____ ILLUSTRATED ADD PRODUCT IMAGE CSA / INTERTEK LOGO SAFETY INFORMATION - Do not store or use gasoline or other fl ammable vapors and liquids in the vicinity of this or any other appliance. - WHAT TO DO IF YOU SMELL GAS: • Do not try to light any appliance. • Do not touch any electrical switch; do not use any phone in your building. • Immediately call your gas supplier from a neighbour’s phone. Follow the gas supplier’s instructions. • If you cannot reach your gas supplier, call the fi re department. - Installation and service must be performed by a qualifi ed installer, service agency, or the supplier. This appliance may be installed in an aftermarket, permanently located, manufactured home (USA only) or mobile home, where not prohibited by local codes. This appliance is only for use with the type of gas indicated on the rating plate. This appliance is not convertible for use with other gases, unless a certifi ed kit is used. FIRE OR EXPLOSION HAZARD Failure to follow safety warnings exactly could result in serious injury, death, or property damage. WARNING! ENGLISH $10.00 FOR INDOOR USE ONLY IF INSTALLATION + OPERATION, ADD SERIAL NUMBER LABEL HERE IF SEPARATE MANUALS, ADD “PLACE BARCODE LABEL ON THE OWNER’S MANUAL” INSTALLATION MANUAL LV38N-1 / LV50N-2 / LV62N / LV74N / LV38N2-1 / LV50N2-2 / LV62N2 / LV74N2 LV38P-1 / LV50P-2 / LV62P / LV74P / LV38P2-1 / LV50P2-2 / LV62P2 / LV74P2 Vector™ Series (LV38-1 illustrated) SAFE T Y B A R R I E R THIS APPLIANCE IS SUITABLE FOR THE OPTIONAL DYNAMIC HEAT CONTROL™ SYSTEM (See Dynamic Heat Control™ installation manual) CERTIFIED TO THE CANADIAN AND AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS: CSA 2.22 AND ANSI Z21.50 FOR VENTED DECORATIVE GAS APPLIANCES FOR INDOOR USE ONLY HHE AT CONTROL TM PATENT PENDING PLACE SERIAL NUMBER LABEL ON THE OWNER’S MANUAL W415-2034 / C / 04.21.21 EN 2 safety information • This appliance is hot when operated and can cause severe burns if contacted. • Any changes or alterations to this appliance or its controls can be dangerous and is prohibited. • Do not operate appliance before reading and understanding operating instructions. Failure to operate appliance according to operating instructions could cause fi re or injury. • Ensure the glass door is opened or removed when lighting the pilot for the fi rst time and when the gas supply has run out. • Risk of fi re or asphyxiation, do not operate appliance with fi xed glass removed and never obstruct the front opening of the appliance. • Do not connect 110 volts to the control valve, with the exception of models; GSST8 and GT8. • Risk of burns. The appliance should be turned off and cooled before servicing. • Do not install damaged, incomplete or substitute components. • Risk of cuts and abrasions. Wear protective gloves, protective footwear, and safety glasses during installation. Sheet metal edges may be sharp. • Do not burn wood or other materials in this appliance. • Provide adequate ventilation and combustion air. Provide adequate accessibility clearance for servicing and operating the appliance. • High pressure will damage valve. Disconnect gas supply piping before pressure testing gas line at test pressures above 1/2 psig. Close the manual shut-off valve before pressure testing gas line at test pressures equal to or less than 1/2 psig (35mb). • The appliance must not be operated at temperatures below freezing (32°F / 0°C). Allow the appliance to warm to above freezing prior to operation, with the exception of models; GSS36, GSS42; these appliances are suitable for 0°F / -18°C. • Children and adults should be alerted to hazards of high surface temperature and should stay away to avoid burns or clothing ignition. • Young children should be carefully supervised when they are in the same room as the appliance. Toddlers, young children and others may be susceptible to accidental contact burns. A physical barrier is recommended if there are at risk individuals in the house. To restrict access to an appliance or stove, install an adjustable safety gate to keep toddlers, young children and other at risk individuals out of the room and away from hot surfaces. • Clothing or other fl ammable material should not be placed on or near the appliance. • Due to high temperatures, the appliance should be located out of traffi c and away from furniture and draperies. • Furniture or other objects must be kept a minimum of 4 feet (1.22m) away from the front of the appliance. • Ensure you have incorporated adequate safety measure to protect infants/toddlers from touching hot surfaces. • Even after the appliance is off, it will remain hot for an extended period of time. • Check with your local hearth specialty dealer for safety screens and hearth guards to protect children from hot surfaces. These screens and guards must be fastened to the fl oor. • Any safety screen, guard or barrier removed for servicing the appliance, must be replaced prior to operating the appliance. • It is imperative that the control compartments, burners and circulating blower and its passageway in the appliance and venting system are kept clean. The appliance and its venting system should be inspected before use and at least annually by a qualifi ed service person. More frequent cleaning may be required due to excessive lint from carpeting, bedding material, etc. The appliance area must be kept clear and free from combustible materials, gasoline and other fl ammable vapors and liquids. • If the appliance shuts off, do not re-light until you provide fresh air. If appliance keeps shutting off, have it serviced. Keep burner and control compartment clean. • Under no circumstances should this appliance be modifi ed. • Do not allow wind or fans to blow directly into the appliance. Avoid any drafts that alter burner fl ame patterns. HOT GLASS WILL CAUSE BURNS. DO NOT TOUCH GLASS UNTIL COOLED. NEVER ALLOW CHILDREN TO TOUCH GLASS. !DANGER A barrier designed to reduce the risk of burns from the hot viewing glass is provided with this appliance and must be installed for the protection of children and other at-risk individuals. !WARNING EN W415-2034 / C / 04.21.21 3 safety information !WARNING • Do not use a blower insert, heat exchanger insert or other accessory not approved for use with this appliance. • This appliance must not be connected to a chimney fl ue pipe serving a separate solid fuel burning appliance. • Do not use this appliance if any part has been under water. Immediately call a qualifi ed service technician to inspect the appliance and to replace any part of the control system and any gas control which has been under water. • Do not operate the appliance with the glass door removed, cracked or broken. Replacement of the glass should be done by a licensed or qualifi ed service person, if equipped. • Do not strike or slam shut the appliance glass door, if equipped. • Only doors / optional fronts certifi ed with the appliance are to be installed on the appliance. • Keep the packaging material out of reach of children and dispose of the material in a safe manner. As with all plastic bags, these are not toys and should be kept away from children and infants. • Carbon or soot should not occur in a vent free appliance as it can distribute into the living area of your home. If you notice any signs of carbon or soot, immediately turn off your appliance and arrange to have it serviced by a qualifi ed technician before operating it again. • If equipped, the screen must be in place (closed) when the appliance is in operation. • When equipped with pressure relief doors, they must be kept closed while the appliance is operating to prevent exhaust fumes containing carbon monoxide, from entering into the home. Temperatures of the exhaust escaping through these openings can also cause the surrounding combustible materials to overheat and catch fi re. • Carbon monoxide poisoning may lead to death; early signs of carbon monoxide poisoning resemble the fl u, with headache, dizziness and/or nausea. If you have these signs, the appliance may not be working properly. Get fresh air at once! Have appliance serviced. Some people; pregnant women, persons with heart or lung disease, anemia, those under the infl uence of alcohol, those at high altitudes are more affected by carbon monoxide than others. Failure to keep the primary air opening(s) of the burner(s) clean may result in sooting and property damage. • As with any combustion appliance, we recommend having your appliance regularly inspected and serviced as well as having a Carbon Monoxide Detector installed in the same area to defend you and your family against Carbon Monoxide (not applicable for outdoor appliances). • Ensure clearances to combustibles are maintained when building a mantel or shelves above the appliance. Elevated temperatures on the wall or in the air above the appliance can cause melting, discolouration or damage to decorations, a TV or other electronic components. • For appliances equipped with a safety barrier; if the barrier becomes damaged, the barrier shall be replaced with the manufacturer’s barrier for this appliance. • Installation and repair should be done by a qualifi ed service person. It is imperative that control compartments, burners and circulating air passageways of the appliance be kept clean. • For outdoor products only: this appliance must not be installed indoors or within any structure that prevents or inhibits the exhaust gases from dissipating in the outside atmosphere. • If applicable, the millivolt version of this appliance uses and requires a fast acting thermocouple. Replace only with a fast acting thermocouple supplied by Wolf Steel Ltd. !WARNING ! Disconnect the appliance main gas valve/control from the supply piping when pressure testing that system at pressures in excess of 1/2 psi (3.5 kPa). Isolate the appliance with it’s shut off valve during any pressure testing of the supply piping at pressures equal to or less than 1/2 psi (3.5 kPa). FIRE RISK HAZARD / DELAYED IGNITION High supply pressure will damage the valve / controls. Add California Prop 65 warning !WARNING: This product can expose you to chemicals including lead and lead compounds, which are known to the State of California to cause cancer, and chemicals including carbon monoxide, which are known to the State of California to cause birth defects or other reproduc- tive harm. For more information, go to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov. W415-2034 / C / 04.21.21 EN 4 table of contents 1.0 general information 5 1.1 rates and effi ciencies 6 1.2 installation checklist 7 1.3 installation overview 8 1.4 rating plate/lighting instruction location 10 1.5 mobile home installation 11 1.6 hardware list 11 1.7 lifting handles installation/removal 11 2.0 dimensions 12 2.1 single-sided 12 2.2 see-thru 13 3.0 minimum venting requirements 14 3.1 typical venting installation 16 3.2 minimum air terminal location clearances 18 3.3 horizontal termination (natural gas) 19 3.4 vertical termination (natural gas) 22 3.5 all terminations (propane) LV38-1 23 3.6 all terminations (propane ) LV50-2 / 62 24 3.7 all terminations (propane) LV74 25 4.0 rough framing - before appliance installation 26 4.1 minimum framing dimensions 27 4.1.1 minimum clearance to combustible enclosures 28 5.0 venting installation 31 5.1 fi restop spacer assembly 31 5.2 horizontal installation 33 5.3 vertical installation 33 5.4 using fl exible vent components 34 5.4.1 horizontal air terminal installation 34 5.4.2 vertical air terminal installation 35 5.4.3 appliance vent connection 35 5.5 restricting vertical vents 36 5.5.1 LV38-1 / LV50-2 36 5.5.2 LV62 / LV74 36 5.6 vent shield installation 37 6.0 electrical information 38 6.1 hard wiring connection 38 6.2 receptacle wiring diagram 38 6.3 in the event of a power failure 38 6.4 battery holder/switch installation 39 6.5 initializing the battery holder/switch for the fi rst time 39 6.6 access panel 40 6.7 wiring diagram 41 6.8 eFIRE application controller 41 6.8.1 LV38-1 / LV50-2 wiring diagram 42 6.8.2 LV62 / LV74 wiring diagram 43 7.0 gas installation 44 8.0 operation 45 8.1 pilot-on-demand 46 9.0 nailing tab installation 47 10.0 finish framing - after appliance installation 48 10.1 framing with non-combustibles 48 11.0 finishing 52 11.1 fastener placement restriction 52 11.2 fi nishing with non-combustibles 53 11.3 installing non-combustible board 55 11.4 minimum combustible mantel clearances 56 11.5 TV mounting restrictions (without DHC™) 57 11.6 safety barrier installation / removal 58 11.7 fi rebox glass door installation / removal 58 11.8 media installation / removal 60 11.9 media tray removal 61 12.0 adjustments 62 12.1 restricting vertical vents 62 12.2 venturi adjustment 62 12.3 pilot burner adjustment 63 12.4 fl ame characteristics 63 13.0 maintenance 64 13.1 annual maintenance 65 13.2 control access 65 13.3 burner removal 66 13.4 valve removal 66 13.5 control module removal 67 13.6 LED replacement 68 13.7 glass / door replacement 69 13.8 care of glass 69 13.9 care of plated parts 69 14.0 replacement parts 70 14.1 overview 71 14.2 burner components 72 15.0 troubleshooting 74 16.0 warranty 77 The information throughout this manual is believed to be correct at the time of printing. Wolf Steel Ltd. reserves the right to change or modify any information within this manual at any time without notice. Changes, other than editorial are denoted by a vertical line in the margin. note: EN W415-2034 / C / 04.21.21 5 general information Installer: please fi ll out appliance checklist in the owner’s manual. When the appliance is installed at elevations above 4,500ft (1372m), and in the absence of specifi c recommendations from the local authority having jurisdiction, the certifi ed high altitude input rating shall be reduced at the rate of 4% for each additional 1,000ft (305m). Expansion / contraction noises during heating up and cooling down cycles are normal and are to be expected. Change in fl ame appearance from “HI” to “LO” is more evident in natural gas than in propane. This appliance is approved for bathroom, bedroom and bed-sitting room installations and is certifi ed for mobile home installation. This appliance is only for use with the type of gas indicated on the rating plate. This appliance is not convertible for use with other gases, unless a certifi ed kit is used. There is a switch that controls the function of the appliance. The battery holder/switch must be placed in the middle position. If the switch is not placed in the middle position, the appliance will not work. The protective wrap on plated parts is best removed when the assembly is at room temperature but this can be improved if the assembly is warmed, using a hair dryer or similar heat source. The protective wrap must be removed before operating the appliance. This appliance is a decorative product. It is not a source of heat and not intended to burn solid fuel. This appliance is equipped with a remote control and a wall switch, which requires batteries to be installed. The remote takes 3 “AAA” batteries and the wall switch takes 4 “AA” batteries. This appliance is suitable for use with Napoleon’s optional Dynamic Heat Control™ & Dynamic Heat Control™ Plus systems. THIS MANUAL DOES NOT include detailed information relating to these optional systems. Framing and fi nishing are NOT the same. For further details, refer to the Dynamic Heat Control™ installation manual provided with the kit before starting installation. note: Batteries must be disposed of according to the local laws and regulations. Some batteries may be recycled, and may be accepted for disposal at your local recycling center. Check with your municipality for recycling instructions. A barrier designed to reduce the risk of burns is provided with the appliance and must be installed. Never operate the appliance without the barrier installed. 1.0 general information W415-2034 / C / 04.21.21 EN 6 general information 1.1 rates and effi ciencies Natural Gas Propane Min. Inlet Gas Supply Pressure 4.5" w.c. (11mb) 11" w.c. (27mb) 4.5" w.c. (11mb) 11" w.c. (27mb) Max. Inlet Gas Supply Pressure 7"* w.c. (17mb) 13” w.c. (32mb) 13” w.c. (32mb) 13” w.c. (32mb). Manifold Pressure (Under Flow Conditions) 3.5” w.c. (9mb) 10” w.c. (25mb) 3.5 w.c. (9mb) 10” w.c. (25mb) LV38-1 / LV50-2 / LV62 / LV74 Single-Sided See-thru Appliance Type LV38N-1 LV38P-1 LV38N2-1 LV38P2-1 Fuel Type Natural Gas Propane Natural Gas Propane Altitude (FT)0-4,500 Max. Input (BTU/HR) 30,000 26,500 30,000 26,500 Min. Input (BTU/HR) 21,000 22,000 21,000 22,000 Single-Sided See-thru Appliance Type LV50N-2 LV50P-2 LV50N2-2 LV50P2-2 Fuel Type Natural Gas Propane Natural Gas Propane Altitude (FT)0-4,500 Max. Input (BTU/HR) 36,000 31,500 36,000 31,500 Min. Input (BTU/HR) 25,000 Single-Sided See-thru Appliance Type LV62N LV62P LV62N2 LV62P2 Fuel Type Natural Gas Propane Natural Gas Propane Altitude (FT)0-4,500 Max. Input (BTU/HR) 42,000 35,000 42,000 35,000 Min. Input (BTU/HR) 29,000 28,000 29,000 28,000 LV50-2 Single-Sided See-thru Appliance Type LV74N LV74P LV74N2 LV74P2 Fuel Type Natural Gas Propane Natural Gas Propane Altitude (FT)0-4,500 Max. Input (BTU/HR) 48,000 41,500 48,000 41,500 Min. Input (BTU/HR) 30,000 33,000 30,000 33,000 LV38-1 LV62 LV74 *Maximum inlet pressure not to exceed 13” w.c. (32mb). EN W415-2034 / C / 04.21.21 7 general information 1.2 installation checklist GAS FIREPLACE INSTALLATION CHECKLIST Customer:Date Installed: Address:Installer: Model:Dealer: Serial #:Dealer Phone #: This checklist is a reference tool only. It is not intended as a substitute for the installation instructions. Wolf Steel Ltd. recommends photographs of the various stages of construction be filed along with a copy of this completed form. Fireplace Installation Is the fireplace level and secured? YES IF NOT, PLEASE EXPLAIN WHY? Are the factory supplied non-combustible materials installed? Is the exterior wall insulated and dry-walled? Are the clearances to combustiblesmaintained? Are the logs/media installed asinstructed? Are the accessories installed asinstructed? Is the glass door properly sealed and unobstructed? Is the safety barrier installed and secure? Are all required accessories installed (i.e. door trims)? Venting Installation Is the venting configuration within the parameters? Has the venting been sealed with the appropriate sealant? Is the venting supported and secured? Are all clearances to combustibles maintained? Are the appropriate firestops and shields properly installed? Is the terminal, level, secured and sealed? Gas and Electrical Was the fireplace converted to propane? Was the appropriate supply pressure verified? Were all gas connections leak tested? Is the 110 VAC supply connection to the fireplace compliant? Are all electrical wires protected from damage? Finishing Non-combustible materials used as per instructions? Enclosure instructions forwarded to builder/finisher? Minimum enclosure dimensions compliant? Combustible Mantle Clearances compliant? Commissioning Was the fireplace test fired and all operation verified? Safety and lighting instructions reviewed with the Customer? Operating Instruction Manual left with the Customer? W415-2034 / C / 04.21.21 EN 8 general information 12 11 6598473 Sa f e t y B a r r i e r 1.3 installation overview Recommended installation steps: 1. Determine venting requirements before deciding the fi nal location of the appliance. 2. Plan out appliance enclosure, framing, fronts, accessories, etc. 3. Install rough framing (refer to “rough framing” section). 4. Place the appliance in its fi nal position. 5. Install nailing tabs (refer to “nailing tab installation” section). 6. Install appliance venting (refer to “venting installation” section). 7. Install vent shield (refer to “vent shield installation” section). 8. Install all electrical wirings (refer to “electrical information” section). 9. Install gas lines (refer to “gas installation” section). 10. Test appliance. 11. Complete framing (refer to “fi nish framing” section). 12. Finishing (refer to “fi nishing” section). 13. Complete installation checklist in the owner’s manual and apply serial number to owner’s manual. For Dynamic Heat Control™ installation steps, refer to the leafl et provided with the Dynamic Heat Control™ kit. Start Dynamic Heat Control™ installation before step 3 (place the appliance in its fi nal position) note: EN W415-2034 / C / 04.21.21 9 general information !WARNING • Always light the pilot whether for the fi rst time or if the gas supply has run out, with the glass door opened or removed. • Provide adequate clearance for servicing and operating the appliance. • Provide adequate ventilation. • Never obstruct the front opening of the appliance. • Objects placed in front of the appliance must be kept a minimum of 48” (121.9cm) from the front face of the appliance. • Surfaces around and especially above the appliance can become hot. Avoid contact when appliance is operating. • Fire risk. Explosion hazard. • High pressure will damage valve. Disconnect gas supply piping before pressure testing gas line at test pressures above 1/2 PSIG. Close the manual shut-off valve before pressure testing gas line at test pressures equal to or less than 1/2 PSIG (35mb). • Use only Wolf Steel approved optional accessories and replacement parts with this appliance using non-listed accessories (blowers, doors, louvres, trims, gas components, venting components, etc.) could result in a safety hazard and will void the warranty and certifi cation. • The appliance must not be operated at temperatures below freezing (32ºF / 0ºC). Allow the appliance to warm, to above freezing prior to operation. • This appliance has been designed and certifi ed for indoor use only. THIS GAS APPLIANCE MUST BE INSTALLED AND SERVICED BY A QUALIFIED INSTALLER to conform with local codes. Installation practices vary from region to region and it is important to know the specifi cs that apply to your area, for example in the state of Massachusetts: • This product must be installed by a licensed plumber or gas fi tter when installed within the commonwealth of Massachusetts. • The appliance damper must be removed or welded in the open position prior to installation of an appliance insert or gas log. • The appliance off valve must be a “T” handle gas cock. • The fl exible connector must not be longer than 36 inches (0.9m). • A carbon monoxide detector is required in all rooms containing gas fi red appliances. • The appliance is not approved for installation in a bedroom or bathroom unless the unit is a direct vent sealed combustion product. The installation must conform with local codes or, in absence of local codes, the National Gas and Propane Installation Code CSA B149.1 in Canada, or the National Fuel Gas Code, ANSI Z223.1 / NFPA 54 in the United States. Suitable for mobile home installation if installed in accordance with the current standard CAN/CSA Z240MH Series, for gas equipped mobile homes, in Canada or ANSI Z223.1 and NFPA 54 in the United States. The appliance and its individual shutoff valve must be disconnected from the gas supply piping system during any pressure testing of that system at test pressures in excess of 1/2 psig (35 mb). The appliance must be isolated from the gas supply piping system by closing its individual manual shutoff valve during any pressure testing of the gas supply piping system at test pressures equal to or less than 1/2 psig (35 mb). When installed with a blower or fan, the junction box must be electrically connected and grounded in accordance with local codes. In the absence of local codes, use the current CSA C22.1 Canadian Electrical Code in Canada or the ANSI / NFPA 70 National Electric Code in the United States. In the case where the blower is equipped with a power cord, it must be connected into a properly grounded receptacle. The grounding prong must not be removed from the cord plug. The following does not apply to inserts; as long as the required clearance to combustibles is maintained, the most desirable and benefi cial location for an appliance is in the center of a building, thereby allowing the most effi cient use of the heat created. The location of windows, doors and, the traffi c fl ow in the room where the appliance is to be located should be considered. If possible, you should choose a location where the vent will pass through the house without cutting a fl oor or roof joist. If the appliance is installed directly on carpeting, vinyl tile or other combustible material other than wood fl ooring, the appliance shall be installed on a metal or wood panel extending the full width and depth, unless otherwise tested. We suggest that our gas hearth products be installed and serviced by professionals who are certified in the U.S. by the National Fireplace Institute® (NFI) as NFI Gas Specialists www.nficertified.org W415-2034 / C / 04.21.21 EN 10 general information 1.4 rating plate/lighting instruction location Both the rating plate and lighting instructions are attached to a chain located on the left side of the control area near the valve (access side). Remove the safety barrier and the control cover to gain access to the control area, refer to the “safety barrier installation / removal” section for detailed removal instructions. To replace, slide the instructions back into the control area and reinstall the safety barrier assembly. This illustration is for reference only. Refer to the rating plate on the appliance for accurate information. The rating plate must remain with the appliance at all times. It must not be removed. note:CERTIFIED UNDER / HOMOLOGUE SELON LES NORMES: CSA 2.33b - 2008, ANSI Z21.88b- 2008 VENTED GAS FIREPLACE HEATER / APPAREIL DE CHAUFFAGE ALIMENTÉ AU GAZ ET VENTILÉVENTED GAS FIREPLACE HEATER. APPROVED FOR BEDROOM, BATHROOM AND BED-SITTING ROOM INSTALLATION. SUITABLE FOR MOBILE HOME INSTALLATION IF INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CURRENT STANDARD CAN/CSA Z240MH SERIES GAS EQUIPPED MOBILE HOMES, IN CANADA OR IN THE UNITED STATES THE MANUFACTURED HOME CONSTRUCTION AND SAFETY STANDARD, TITLE 24 CFR, PART 3280. WHEN THIS US STANDARD IS NOT APPLICABLE USE THE STANDARD FOR FIRE SAFETY CRITERIA FOR MANUFACTURED HOME INSTALLATIONS, SITES AND COMMUNITIES, ANSI / NFPA 501A. FOYER DE CHAUFFAGE AU GAZ AVEC ÉVACUATION. HOMOLOGUÉ POUR INSTALLATION DANS UNE CHAMBRE À COUCHER, UNE SALLE DE BAIN ET UN STUDIO. APPROPRIÉ POUR INSTALLATION DANS UNE MAISON MOBILE SI SON INSTALLATION CONFORME AUX EXIGENCES DE LA NORME CAN/CSA Z240MH SÉRIE DE MAISONS MOBILES ÉQUIPÉES AU GAZ, EN VIGUEUR AU CANADA OU AUX ÉTATS-UNIS DE LA NORME DE SECURITÉ ET DE CONSTRUCTION DE MAISONS MANUFACTURÉES, TITRE 24 CFR, SECTION 3280. DANS LE CAS OU CETTE NORME D'ÉTATS-UNIS NE PEUT ÊTRE APPLIQUÉE, SE RÉFÉRER A LA NORME RELATIVE AU CRITÈRE DE MESURES DE SÉCURITÉ CONTRE L'INCENDIE POUR LES INSTALLATIONS DANS LES MAISONS MANUFACTURÉS, LES SITES ET LES COMMUNAUTÉS, ANSI/NFPA 501A.NOT FOR USE WITH SOLID FUEL. FOR USE WITH GLASS DOORS CERTIFIED WITH THIS UNIT ONLY.WARNING: DO NOT ADD ANY MATERIAL TO THE APPLIANCE, WHICH WILL COME IN CONTACT WITH THE FLAMES, OTHER THAN THAT SUPPLIED BY THE MANUFACTURER WITH THE APPLIANCE. MINIMUM CLEARANCE TO COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS:TOP 0” FLOOR 0”RECESSED DEPTH ONE SIDED 23"RECESSED DEPTH SEE THRU 13.5” FRAMING (NOT INCLUDING FACE MATERIAL)SIDES 0” VENT 2"BACK 0” MANTLE 15" * TOP, SIDES & BACK: PER STAND OFF SPACERS FOR FRAMING MATERIALS. FOR FINISHING MATERIALS SEE OWNERS MANUALUN COMBUSTIBLE SOLIDE NE DOIT PAS ÊTRÉ UTILISÉ AVEC CET APPAREIL. UTILISER AVEC LES PORTES VITRÉES HOMOLOGUÉES SEULEMENT AVEC CETTE UNITÉ.AVERTISSEMENT: N'AJOUTEZ PAS A CET APPAREIL AUCUN MATÉRIAU DEVANT ENTRER EN CONTACT AVEC LES FLAMMES AUTRE QUE CELUI QUI EST FOURNI AVEC CET APPAREIL PAR LE FABRICANT.DÉGAGEMENTS MINIMAUX DES MATÉRIAUX COMBUSTIBLES:DESSUS 0” PROFONDEUR D'ENCASTRÉ 25" PLANCHER 0” ÉVENT 2"CÔTES 0” MANTEAU 15" * ARRIÉRE 0” MADE IN CANADA / FABRIQUÉ AU CANADAWOLF STEEL LTD. BARRIE, ONTARIO, CANADAALTITUDE / ÉLÉVATION INPUT / ALIMENTATIONREDUCED INPUT / ALIMENTATION RÉDUITEORIFICE / INJECTEURMANIFOLD PRESSURE /PRESSION AU COLLECTEURMINIMUM SUPPLY PRESSURE /PRESSION D'ALIMENTATION MINIMALEMAXIMUM SUPPLY PRESSURE /PRESSION D'ALIMENTATION MAXIMALE0-4500FT (0-1370M)30,000 BTU/H23,000 BTU/H#383.5" WATER COLUMN/D'UNE COLONNE D'EAU4.5" WATER COLUMN/D'UNE COLONNE D'EAU7.0" WATER COLUMN/D'UNE COLONNE D'EAU0-4500FT (0-1370M)30,000 BTU/H23,000 BTU/H#5310" WATER COLUMN/D'UNE COLONNE D'EAU11" WATER COLUMN/D'UNE COLONNE D'EAU13" WATER COLUMN/ D'UNE COLONNE D'EAUTHE APPLIANCE MUST BE VENTED USING THE APPROPRIATE NAPOLEON VENT KITS. SEE OWNERS INSTALLATION MANUAL FOR VENTING SPECIFICS. PROPER REINSTALLATION AND RESEALING IS NECESSARY AFTER SERVICING THE VENT-AIR INTAKE SYSTEM.L'APPAREIL DOIT ÉVACUER SES GAZ EN UTILISANT L'ENSEMBLE D'ÉVACUATION PROPRE A NAPOLEON. RÉFÉRER AU MANUEL D'INSTALLATION DE PROPRIÉTAIRE POUR L'ÉVACUATION PRÉCISE. IL EST IMPORTANT DE BIEN RÉINSTALLER ET RESCELLER L'ÉVENT APRÈS AVOIR ASSURÉ LE MAINTIEN DU SYSTÉME DE PRISE D'AIR.CLASSIFICATION: 115V 0.82AMP, 60HZW385-2007MODEL NATURAL GAS /GAZ NATURALLHD50NTMODEL PROPANELHD50PTSERIAL NUMBER/NO. DE SÉRIE: LV50ELECTRICAL RATING: 115V 0.82AMP, 60HZREFERENCE # W/N 16131* MAXIMUM HORIZONTAL EXTENSION / L'EXTENSION HORIZONTALE MAXIMALE: 2". SEE INSTRUCTION MANUAL FOR GREATER EXTENSIONS.SEE OWNER'S INSTRUCTION MANUAL FOR MINIMUM AND MAXIMUM VENT LENGTHS.DESSUS, COTÉS & ARRIÈRE: SELON LES ESPACEURS DE DÉGAGEMENT POUR LES MATÉRIAUX D'OSSATURE SELON LE MANUEL DE PROPRIÉTAIRE POUR LES MATÉRIAUX DE FINITION.* L'EXTENSION HORIZONTALE MAXIMALE: 2". RÉFÉRER AU MANUEL D'INSTRUCTION POUR DES EXTENSIONS PLUS GRANDES. RÉFÉRER AU MANUEL D'INSTALLATION DE PROPRIÉTAIRE.Pilot location Rating plate location access side Certified to Canadian and American National Standards: CSA 2.22-XXXX / ANSI Z21.50-XXXX for Vented Decorative Gas Appliances Certifié selon les normes Nationales Canadiennes et Américaines: CSA 2.22-XXXX / ANSI Z21.50-XXXX pour les Appareils à gaz décoratif à évacuation Direct vent, vented gas fireplaces. Approved for bedroom, bathroom and bed-sitting room installation. Suitable for mobile home installation, if installed in accordance with the current standard CAN / CSA Z240MH Series gas equipped mobile homes in Canada, or, in the United States, the Manufactured Home Construction and Safety Standard, Title 24 CFR, Part 3280. When this US Standard is not applicable, use the Standard for Fire Safety Criteria for Manufactured Home Installations, Sites and Communities, ANSI / NFPA 501A. This appliance must be installed in accordance with local codes, if any; if none, follow the current ANSI Z223.1 or CSA B149. For use with barrier WXXX-XXXX. Follow installation instructions. Foyer à gaz ventilé. Homologué pour installation dans une chambre à coucher, une salle de bain et un studio. Approprié pour installation dans une maison mobile si son installation conforme aux exigences de la norme CAN / CSA Z240MH Séries de maisons mobile équipées au gaz en vigueur au Canada, ou, aux États-Unis selon la norme 24 CFR, Part 3280, Manufactured Home Construction and Safety Standard. Dans le cas ou cette norme d’États-Unis n’est pas pertinentes, utiliser la norme NFPA 501A, Fire Safety Criteria for Manufactured Home Installations, Sites and Communities. Installer l’appareil selon les codes ou règlements locaux ou, en l’absence de tels règlements, selon les codes d’installation ANSI Z223.1 ou CSA B149 en vigueur. Utiliser uniquement avec l’écran WXXX-XXXX. Suivre les instructions d’installation. 9700539 (WSL) 4001658 (NAC) 4001657 (NGZ) 4001659 (WUSA) WOLF STEEL LTD. 24 Napoleon Road, Barrie, ON, L4M 0G8 Canada XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX MODEL / MODÈLE Altitude Input Reduced Input P4 Élévation Alimentation Alimentation Réduite P4 Manifold Pressure: 3.5” w.c. (NG) Minimum Supply Pressure: 4.5” w.c. (NG) Maximum Supply Pressure: 7”* w.c. (NG) Pression au Collecteur: 3,5” d’une colonne d’eau (GN) Pression d’Alimentation Min.: 4,5” d’une colonne d’eau (GN) Pression d’Alimentation Max.: 7” ** d’une colonne d’eau (GN) ** Maximum inlet pressure not to exceed 13”. Manifold Pressure: 10” w.c. (P) Minimum Supply Pressure: 11” w.c. (P) Maximum Supply Pressure: 13”* w.c. (P) Pression au Collecteur: 10” d’une colonne d’eau (P) Pression d’Alimentation Min.: 11” d’une colonne d’eau (P) Pression d’Alimentation Max.: 13” * d’une colonne d’eau (P) ** Pression d’alimentation maximale ne devait pas dépasser 13”. 0-XXXXft (0-XXXXm) Minimum clearance to combustible materials: Top, sides & back: per standoff spacers for framing and finishing materials. For non-combustible framing and finishing materials, see installation manual. Top X” Floor X” Sides X” Back X” Vent top X” Vent sides & bottom X” Recessed depth X” *** Mantel X” from appliance opening Dégagements minimaux des matériaux combustibles: Dessus, côtés et arrière: selon les espaceurs de dégagements pour les matériaux d’ossature selon le manuel du propriétaire pour les matériaux de finition. Dessus X” Plancher X“ Côtés X” Arrière X“ Dessus du conduit d’évent X” Côtés et dessous du conduit d’évent X” Profondeur d’encastré une face X” *** Tablette X” de l’ouverture de l’appareil WARNING: Do not add any material to the appliance which will come in contact with the flames, other than that supplied by the manufacturer with the appliance. AVERTISSEMENT: N’ajoutez pas à cet appareil aucun matériau devant entretien contact avec les flammes autre que celui qui est fourni avec cet appareil par le fabricant. *** Maximum horizontal extension: X”. See installation manual for greater extensions, minimum vent lengths and maximum vent lengths. *** L’extension horizontale maximale: X”. Référez au manuel d’installation pour des extensions plus grandes, les longueurs d’évacuation minimaux et maximum. The appliance must be vented using the appropriate Napoleon vent kits. See installation manual for venting specifications. Proper reinstallation and resealing is necessary after servicing the vent-air intake system. L’appareil doit être ventilé à l’aide de l’ensemble d’évacuation propre à Napoleon. Référez au manuel d’installation pour les spécifications d’évacuation. Il est nécessaire de bien réinstaller et resceller l’évacuation après avoir executer l’entretien du système de prise d’air. Serial Number / N° de Série: W385-XXXX REFERENCE# 161746 XXXX VENTED DECORATIVE GAS APPLIANCE: NOT A SOURCE OF HEAT, NOT INTENDED FOR USE AS A HEATING APPLIANCE, NOT FOR USE WITH SOLID FUEL. APPAREIL À GAZ DÉCORATIF À ÉVACUATION: N’EST PAS UNE SOURCE DE CHALEUR; N’EST PAS DESTINÉ À ÈTRE UTILISÉ COMME UN APPAREIL DE CHAUFFAGE; NE CONVIENT PAS AUX COMBUSTIBLES SOLIDES. FOR USE WITH GLASS DOORS CERTIFIED WITH THIS APPLIANCE ONLY. POUR UTILISATION UNIQUEMENT AVEC LES PORTES EN VERRE CERTIFIÉES AVEC L’APPAREIL. XX,XXX XX,XXX XX,XXX XX,XXX For natural gas when equipped with No. XX drill size orifice. For propane when equipped with No. XX drill size orifice. Convient au gaz naturel quand l’appareil est muni d’un injecteur de diamètre no. XX. Convient au propane quand l’appareil est muni d’un injecteur de diamètre no. XX. Electrical rating: 115V, 60HZ. Less than 12 amperes.Spécifications électriques: 115V, 60HZ. Moins de 12 ampère. XX.X% XX.X% XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX SAMPLE Élévationévation AlimentationAlimentation Alimentation RéduiteAlimentation Réduite P4P4 w.c. (NG). (NG) Pressure:ure: 4.5” w.c. (NG)4.5” w.c. (NG) Pressure: ssure: 7”* w.c. (NG)7”* w.c. (NG) teur:ur: 3,5” d’une colonne d’eau (GN)3,5” d’une colonne d’ ation Min.: ion Min 4,5” d’une colonne d’eau (GN)u (GN) tion Max.:ion Max.: 7” ** d’une colonne d’eau (GN)7” ** d’une colonne d’eau (GN sure not to exceed 13”.re not to exceed 13”. Manifold Pressure:old Pressure: 10” w.c. (P).c. (P) Minimum Supply Pressure: Minimum Supply Pressure: 11” w.c. (P)11” w.c. (P) Maximum Supply Pressure: Maximum Supply Pressure: 13”* w.c. (P)13”* w.c. (P) Pression au Collecteur: n au Collecteur:10” d’une colonne d’eau (P)0” d’une colonne d’eau (P) Pression d’Alimentation Min.: Pression d’Alimentation Min.: 11” d’une colonne d’eau (P)11” d’une colonne d’eau (P) Pression d’Alimentation Max.:ession d’Alimentation Max.: 13” * d’une colonne d’eau (P)13” * d’une colonne d’eau (P) ** Pression d’alimentation maximale ne devait pas dépasser 13”.** Pression d’alimentation maximale ne devait pas dépasser 13”. to combustible materials: mbustible materials: standoff spacers for framing and finishing off spacers for framing and finishin bustible framing and finishing materials, bustible framing and finishing materials Dégagements minimaux des matériaux combustibDégagements minimaux des matériaux comb Dessus, côtés et arrière: selon les espaces, côtés et arrière: selon les esp pour les matériaux d’oses matériaux d ANCE: NOTCE: NOT AT, NOT INTENDED FOR USE ANDED FOR USE A APPLIANCE, NOT FOR USE WITHAPPLIANCE, NOT FOR APPAREIL À GAZ DÉCORATIF À ÉVACUATIOAPPAREIL À GAZ DÉCORATIF À ÉVACUATIO UNE SOURCE DE CHALEUR; N’EST PAS DESUNE SOURCE DE CHALEUR; N’EST PAS D UTILISÉ COMME UN APPAREIL DE CHAUTILISÉ COMME UN APPAREIL DE CHA CONVIENT PAS AUX COMBUSTIBLEONVIENT PAS AUX COMBUSTIBLE FOR USE WITH GLASS DOORS CERTIFIED WITH THIS APPFOR USE WITH GLASS DOORS CERTIFIED WITH THIS AP POUR UTILISATION UNIQUEMENT AVELISATION UNIQUEMENT XX,XXXXX,XXX XX,XXXXX,XXX XX.X% XX.X% EN W415-2034 / C / 04.21.21 11 general information note: 1.5 mobile home installation 1.6 hardware list Description Quantity 1 Hex Head Sheet Metal Screw 22 2 Round Head Sheet Metal Screw 4 3 Hex Head Sheet Metal Bolt 18 1 2 3 Only fasteners supplied with the appliance are illustrated. This appliance must be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions and the Manufactured Home Construction and Safety Standard, Title 24 CFR, Part 3280, in the United States or the Mobile Home Standard, CAN/CSA Z240 MH Series, in Canada. This appliance is only for use with the type(s) of gas indicated on the rating plate. This mobile/manufactured home listed appliance comes factory equipped with a means to secure the appliance. The shipping brackets that secure the appliance to the pallet can be used to secure the appliance to the fl oor for mobile home installation. For mobile home installations, the appliance must be secured. This appliance is certifi ed to be installed in an aftermarket permanently located, manufactured (mobile) home, where not prohibited by local codes. This appliance is only for use with the type of gas indicated on the rating plate. This appliance is not convertible for use with other gases, unless a certifi ed kit is used. Conversion Kits This appliance is fi eld convertible between Natural Gas (NG) and Propane (P). To convert from one gas to another, consult your Authorized dealer/distributor. Remove 4 screws each side (8 total) then install the lifting handles to the side of the appliance and secure using 4 screws each side (8 total). Once the appliance is in place remove the four screws from each handle to the appliance. Discard the lifting handles. 1.7 lifting handles installation/removal note: The lifting handles MUST be removed prior to rough framing the appliance. Safety barrier al W415-2034 / C / 04.21.21 EN 12 dimensions2.0 dimensions 2.1 single-sided LV38-1 LV50-2 LV62 LV74 A (Finishing Flange) 40 3/4” (1035mm) 52 3/4” (1340mm) 64 3/4” (1645mm) 76 3/4” (1949mm) B 53 5/16” (1354mm) 65 5/16” (1659mm) 77 5/16” (1964mm) 89 5/16” (2269mm) C 57 5/16” (1456mm) 69 5/16” (1761mm) 81 5/16” (2065mm) 93 5/16” (2370mm) 41 3/16" 1046mm 7 1/16" 179mm 18 5/8" 473mm 3 1/8" 80mm 19 7/8"1/2” [12.7mm]505mm 32 3/4" 832mm 39 11/16" 1008mm 8 1/16" 205mm 8 1/16" 205mm Ø 8" 203mm Ø 5" 127mm A B C SAFETY BARRIER * *Finishing flange depth (the finishing flange defines the perimeter of the fireplace opening. Framing or finishing materials must NEVER encroach inside the finishing flange). Base of air collar EN W415-2034 / C / 04.21.21 13 dimensions LV38-1 LV50-2 LV62 LV74 A (Finishing Flange) 40 3/4” (1035mm) 52 3/4” (1340mm) 64 3/4” (1645mm) 76 3/4” (1949mm) B 53 5/16” (1354mm) 65 5/16” (1659mm) 77 5/16” (1964mm) 89 5/16” (2269mm) C 57 5/16” (1456mm) 69 5/16” (1761mm) 81 5/16” (2065mm) 93 5/16” (2370mm) 2.2 see-thru 41 3/16" 1046mm 7 1/16" 179mm 18 5/8" 473mm 3 1/8" 80mm 32 3/4" 832mm 39 11/16" 1008mm 16 3/16" 411mm 8 1/16" 205mm 8 1/16" 205mm Ø 8" 203mm Ø 5" 127mm 1/2" [12.7mm]1/2" [12.7mm] A B C SAFETY BARRIER * * *Finishing flange depth (the finishing flange defines the perimeter of the fireplace opening. Framing or finishing materials must NEVER encroach inside the finishing flange). Base of air collar W415-2034 / C / 04.21.21 EN 14 minimum venting requirements3.0 minimum venting requirements !WARNING • Risk of fi re. Maintain specifi ed air space clearances to vent pipe and appliance. • The vent system must be supported every 3’(0.9m) for both vertical and horizontal runs. Use support ring assembly W010-0067 or equivalent non-combustible strapping to maintain the minimum clearance to combustibles for both vertical and horizontal runs. Spacers are attached to the inner pipe at predetermined intervals to maintain an even air gap to the outer pipe. This gap is required for safe operation. A spacer is required at the start, middle, and end of each elbow to ensure this gap is maintained. These spaces must not be removed. The vent terminal may be painted with high temperature paint to match exterior colours. Use an outdoor paint suitable for 400°F (200°C). Application and performance of paint is the consumer’s responsibility. Spot testing is recommended. Appliance should be off. All vent measurements start at the base of the air collar of the appliance. This appliance uses a 5” (127mm) exhaust / 8” (203.2mm) air intake vent pipe system. Refer to the section applicable to your installation. For safe and proper operation of the appliance follow the venting instructions exactly. Deviation from the minimum vertical vent length can create diffi culty in burner start-up and/or carboning. Under extreme vent confi gurations, allow several minutes (5-15) for the fl ame to stabilize after ignition. Although not a requirement, it is recommended for vent lengths that pass through unheated spaces (attics, garages, crawl spaces) be insulated with the insulation wrapped in a protective sleeve to minimize condensation. Provide a means for visually checking the vent connection to the appliance after the appliance is installed. Use a fi restop, vent pipe shield or attic insulation shield when penetrating interior walls, fl oor or ceiling. If for any reason the vent air intake system is disassembled; reinstall per the instructions provided for the initial installation. This appliance must be installed with a continuous connection of exhaust and air intake vent pipes. Utilizing alternate constructions, such as a chimney as part of the vent system, is not permitted. note: For ease of installation, the front frame can be removed. The front frame must be reinstalled prior to installing the nailing tabs. important: Horizontal vent sections: A minimum clearance of 3” (76mm) on the top outside of the enclosure and 2” (51mm) on the sides and bottom outside of the enclosure all around the vent pipe on all horizontal runs to com- bustibles is required. Horizontal vent sections within enclosures require a minimum clearance of 6”(152mm) at the top of the vent pipe. Vertical vent sections: A minimum of 1” (25mm) all around the vent pipe on all vertical runs to combustibles is required except for clearances in appliances enclosures. Vertical vent sections within enclosures require a mini- mum clearance of 1” (25mm) around the vent pipe. EN W415-2034 / C / 04.21.21 15 minimum venting requirements Connections made by means of an adaptor at the appliance, as well as the connection at the vent terminal must be sealed. RTV sealant may be used on both the inner exhaust and outer intake vent pipe joints of all other approved vent systems, ex- cept for the exhaust vent pipe connection to the appliance fl ue collar which must be sealed using the black high temperature sealant Mill Pac. For all vent systems is strongly recommend for all installations but required when power venting the appliance, that the outer air intake joints are sealed using either high temperature silicone (RTV) or a suitable aluminum tape that covers each joint in the vent system entirely around its circumference. This will ensure the best performance in every application and avoids per- formance or condensation concerns that may occur in “tightly” constructed homes, particularly those in cold climates. For optimum fl ame appearance and appliance performance, keep the vent length and number of elbows to a minimum. The air terminal must remain unobstructed at all times. Examine the air terminal at least once a year to verify that it is unobstructed and undamaged. Rigid and fl exible venting systems must not be combined. Different venting manufacturer components must not be combined. These vent kits allow for either horizontal or vertical venting of the appliance. The maximum allowable horizontal run is 20 feet (6.1m). The maximum allowable vertical vent length is 40 feet (12.2m). The maximum number of vent connections is two horizontally or three vertically (excluding the appliance and the air terminal connections) when using fl exible venting. Horizontal runs may have a 0” (0mm) rise per foot/meter however for optimum performance it is recommended that all horizontal runs have a minimum 1/4” (21mm) rise per foot/meter using fl exible venting. For safe and proper operation of the appliance, follow the venting instructions exactly. A terminal shall not terminate directly above a sidewalk or paved driveway which is located between two single family dwell- ings and serves both dwellings. Local codes or regulations may require different clearances. Do not allow the inside liner to bunch up on horizontal or vertical runs and elbows. Keep it pulled tight. A 1¼” (31.8mm) air gap all around between the inner liner and outer liner is required for safe operation. Use only Wolf Steel, Metal-Fab, BDM, Simpson Dura-Vent, or Selkirk Direct Temp venting components. Minimum and maximum vent lengths, for both horizontal and vertical installations, clearances from vent pipes to combustibles and air terminal locations as set out in this manual apply to all vent systems and must be adhered to. For Metal-Fab, BDM, Simpson Dura-Vent, or Selkirk Direct Temp, follow the installation procedure provided with the venting components or on the website for your venting supplier. A starter adaptor must be used with the following vent systems and may be purchased through Wolf Steel or from the corresponding supplier listed below: This template must be used in conjunction with templates 7.2.1 or 7.2.2, depending on termination shape (i.e. round, or round and square). See appropriate templates folder. Venting System Manufacturer Starter Adapter Part Number Supplier Website SureSeal Metal-Fab 5DNA Wolf Steel www.mtlfab.com Direct Vent Pro Simpson DuraVent W175-0170 Wolf Steel www.duravent.com Pro-Form BDM N/A BDM www.dalsinmfg.com Direct Temp Selkirk 5DT-AAN Selkirk www.selkirkcorp.com Ventis Olympia Chimney and Venting VDV-NA05-58F Olympia Chimney and Venting www.olympiachimney.com When using Wolf Steel venting components, use only approved Wolf Steel rigid / fl exible components with the following termination kits: wall terminal kit GD422R-2 or ST58U-1, or 1/12 to 7/12 pitch roof terminal kit GD410, 8/12 to 12/12 roof terminal kit GD411, fl at roof terminal kit GD412 or periscope kit GD401 (for wall penetration below grade). With fl exible venting, in conjunction with the various terminations, use either the 5 foot (1.5m) vent kit GD420 or the 10 foot (3.1m) vent kit GD430. W415-2034 / C / 04.21.21 EN 16 minimum venting requirements LV38-1 LV50-2 LV62 LV74 D 40” (101.6cm) 46 1/2” (118.1cm) N/A* LV38-1 LV50-2 LV62 LV74 D 40” (101.6cm) 46 1/2” (118.1cm) 52 1/2” (133.4cm) 58 1/2” (148.6cm) 30” (76.2cm) LV38-1 & LV50-2: 30” (76.2cm) min LV62 & LV74N: 48” (121.9cm) min LV74P: 58” (147.3cm) min LV38-1 & LV50-2: 62 3/4” (159.4cm) min plus rise LV62 & LV74N: 80 3/4” (205.1cm) min plus rise LV74P: 90 3/4” (230.5cm) min plus rise 62 3/4" (159.4cm) 18" (45.7cm) SINGLE-SIDED SINGLE-SIDED SEE-THRU SINGLE-SIDED OR SEE-THRU 3.1 typical venting installation minimum plus rise maximum minimum base of air collar base of air collar D maximum special vent installation (periscope termination) Use the periscope kit to locate the air termination above grade. The periscope must be installed so that when fi nal grading is completed, the bottom air slot is located a minimum 12” (30.5cm) above grade. The maximum allowable vent length is 10’ (3m). 12" (30.5cm) minimum to grade 30” (76.2cm) min. base of air collar 12" (30.5cm) minimum to grade base of air collar LV38-1 & LV50-2: 30” (76.2cm) min D maximum *Periscope cannot be used for the models indicated. EN W415-2034 / C / 04.21.21 17 minimum venting requirements 40 ft (12m) maximum 6 ft (1.83m) minimum 16" (40.6cm) minimum SINGLE-SIDED OR SEE-THRU base of air collar A 6’ (1.83m) minimum vertical rise is considered the minimum practical dimen- sion for the specifi c appliance enclosure and a minimal building structure. However, a greater minimum vertical rise may be needed to suit the specifi c application con- straints or local codes and / or regulatory requirements. note: W415-2034 / C / 04.21.21 EN 18 minimum venting requirements 3.2 minimum air terminal location clearances Q MIN R MAX MAXR= 3 feet (0.9m)= 2 x ”IHHW (4.6m)Q ACTUAL INSTALLATIONS CANADA U.S.A. A 12” (30.5cm) 12” (30.5cm) Clearance above grade, veranda porch, deck or balcony. B 12” (30.5cm)Δ 9” (229mm) Δ Clearance to windows or doors that open. C 12” (30.5cm)* 12” (30.5cm)* Clearance to permanently closed windows. D 18” (45.7cm)** 18” (45.7cm)** Vertical clearance to ventilated soffi ts located above the terminal within a horizontal distance of 2’ (0.6m) from the center line of the terminal. E 12” (30.5cm)** 12” (30.5cm)** Clearance to unventilated soffi t. F 0” (0mm) 0” (0mm) Clearance to an outside corner wall. G 0” (0mm)*** 0” (0mm)***Clearance to an inside non-combustible corner wall or protruding non-combustible obstructions (chimney, etc.). 2” (51mm)*** 2” (51mm)***Clearance to an inside combustible corner wall or protruding combustible obstructions (vent chase, etc.). H 3’(0.9m) 3’(0.9m)**** Clearance to each side of the center line extended above the meter / regulator assembly to a maximum vertical distance of 15’ (4.6m). I 3’ (0.9m) 3’ (0.9m)**** Clearance to a service regulator vent outlet. J 12” (30.5cm) 9” (229mm)Clearance to a non-mechanical air supply inlet to the building or a combustion air inlet to any other appliance. K 6’ (1.8m) 3’ (0.9m) † Clearance to a mechanical air supply inlet. L 7’ (2.1m) ‡ 7’ (2.1m) **** Clearance above a paved sidewalk or paved driveway located on public property. M 12” (30.5cm)†† 12” (30.5cm)**** Clearance under a veranda, porch, deck or overhang. N 16” (40.6cm) 16” (40.6cm) Clearance above the roof. O 2’ (0.6m)†* 2’ (0.6m) †* Clearance from an adjacent wall including neighbouring buildings. P 8’ (2.4m) 8’ (2.4m)Roof must be non-combustible without openings. Q 3’ (0.9m) 3’ (0.9m) See chart for wider wall dimensions. R 6’ (1.8m) 6’ (1.8m) See chart for deeper wall dimensions. The terminal shall not be installed on any wall that has an opening between the terminal and the open side of the structure. S 12” (30.5cm) 12” (30.5cm) Clearance under a covered balcony Δ The terminal shall not be located less than 6 feet under a window that opens on a horizontal plane in a structure with three walls and a roof. * Recommended to prevent condensation on windows and thermal breakage ** It is recommended to use a heat shield and to maximize the distance to vinyl clad soffi ts. *** The periscope requires a minimum 18 inches clearance from an inside corner. **** This is a recommended distance. For additional requirements, check local codes. † 3 feet above if within 10 feet horizontally. ‡ A vent shall not terminate where it may cause hazardous frost or ice accumulations on adjacent property surfaces. †† Permitted only if the veranda, porch, or deck is fully open on a minimum of two sides beneath the fl oor. †* Recommended to prevent recirculation of exhaust products. For additional requirements, check local codes. ††* Permitted only if the balcony is fully open on a minimum of one side. Wall terminals are for illustration purposes only. Size and shapes may vary. Wall terminal measurements taken from the exhaust outlet, not the mounting plate. Covered balcony applications ††* R Q S G P Clearances are to be in accordance with local installation codes and the requirements of the gas supplier. In their absence, clearances are to be as listed above and are based on national codes. note: note: EN W415-2034 / C / 04.21.21 19 minimum venting requirements - natural gas 3.3 horizontal termination (natural gas) 0’ 0’ Base of air collar 10’ 10’ 15’ 15’ 20’25’ 20’ 30’ 40’ 5’ 3 7/8’ (46 1/2”) max. (LV50-2 see-thru) 1 1/2’ (18”) max.* 2 1/2’ (30”) min.* 38 1/2’ (462”) 5’ 1 elbow zone 1-2 elbow zone 1-3 elbow zone 1-4 elbow zone 1-5 elbow zone 1-6 elbow zone H V V+H ≤ 40 ft. (For longer vent runs, a power vent is required). H ≤ 20 ft. V + H are measured from the centre of vent elbows. Elbows are considered as 90º. Two 45º elbows = One 90º elbow. 3 3/8’ (40”) max. (LV38-1 see-thru) LV38-1 / LV50-2 / LV62 / LV74 SINGLE-SIDED & LV38-1 / LV50-2 SEE-THRU (NATURAL GAS ONLY) *single-sided models Refer to appliance specific GPV/ PVA instructions for other venting configurations. W415-2034 / C / 04.21.21 EN 20 minimum venting requirements - natural gas 0’ 0’ Base of air collar 10’ 10’ 15’ 15’ 20’25’ 20’ 30’ 40’ 5’ 4 7/8’ (58 1/2”) max. (LV74 see-thru) 1 1/2’ (18”) 4’ (48”) min. 5’ 1 elbow zone 1-2 elbow zone 1-3 elbow zone 1-4 elbow zone 1-5 elbow zone 1-6 elbow zone H V V+H ≤ 40 ft. (For longer vent runs, a power vent is required). H ≤ 20 ft. V + H are measured from the centre of vent elbows. Elbows are considered as 90º. Two 45º elbows = One 90º elbow. 38 1/2’ (462”) 4 3/8’ (52 1/2”) max. (LV62 see-thru) LV62 / LV74 SEE-THRU (NATURAL GAS ONLY) Refer to appliance specific GPV/ PVA instructions for other venting configurations. EN W415-2034 / C / 04.21.21 21 minimum venting requirements example - natural gas 10’ 10’ 15’ 15’ 20’ 20’ 30’ 40’ 5’ 5’ 1-3 elbow zone H V V1 V2 H2H1 V=V1 +V2 = 8 ft H =H1 +H2 = 10 ft 90° 90° V1 V2 H1 H2 V and H are measured from the center of the vent elbows This example represents a vent that has a maximum of three 90º elbows, a combined horizontal vent length (H ) of 10 feet and a combined vertical vent length (V) of 8 feet. 0’ 0’ Base of air collar Base of air collar Since the vent is located in the dark shaded area, it is within the acceptable vent configuration 1-3 elbbobw zwzoznen VVV222 HHH2HHH1 4 3/4” (57”) (NATURAL GAS ONLY) W415-2034 / C / 04.21.21 EN 22 minimum venting requirements - natural gas 3.4 vertical termination (natural gas) 10’ 10’ 15’ 15’ 20’ 20’ 30’ 40’ 5’ 5’ 6’ 0 elbow zone 2 elbow zone 2-3 elbow zone 2-4 elbow zone 2-5 elbow zone 2-6 elbow zone 2-7 elbow zone 0’ 0’ Base of air collar V+H ≤ 40 ft. (For longer vent runs, a power vent is required). H ≤ 20 ft. V + H are measured from the centre of vent elbows. Elbows are considered as 90º. Two 45º elbows = One 90º elbow. ALL APPLIANCES (NATURAL GAS ONLY) A 6’ (1.83m) minimum vertical rise is considered the minimum practical dimension for the specifi c appliance enclosure and a minimal building structure. However, a greater minimum vertical rise may be needed to suit the specifi c application constraints or local codes and / or regulatory requirements. note: Refer to appliance specific GPV/ PVA instructions for other venting configurations. EN W415-2034 / C / 04.21.21 23 minimum venting requirements - propane 0’ 0’ Base of air collar 10’ 10’ 15’ 15’ 20’25’ 20’ 30’ 40’ 5’ 3 1/4’ (40”) 1 1/2’ (18”) 2 1/2’ (30”) 38 1/2’ (462”) 5’ 1 elbow zone 1-2 elbow zone 1-3 elbow zone 1-4 elbow zone H V V+H ≤ 40 ft. H ≤ 10 ft. (For longer vent runs, a power vent is required). V + H are measured from the centre of vent elbows. Elbows are considered as 90º. Two 45º elbows = One 90º elbow. For 0 elbow configurations, V is a minimum of 6’ to a maximum of 40’. 6’ (72”) 4 3/4’ (57”) Vertical termination only. No horizontal termination allowed. Refer to appliance specific GPV/PVA instructions for other venting configurations. 3.5 all terminations (propane) LV38-1 (PROPANE ONLY) W415-2034 / C / 04.21.21 EN 24 minimum venting requirements - propane 0’ 0’ Base of air collar 10’ 10’ 15’ 15’ 20’25’ 20’ 30’ 40’ 5’ 3 ⅞’ (46 ½”) 4’ (48”) 5’ 1 elbow zone H V 38 ½’ (462”) 4 ⅜’ (52 ½”) 1-2 elbow zone V+H ≤ 40 ft. H ≤ 4⅜ ft. (For longer vent runs, a power vent is required). V + H are measured from the centre of vent elbows. Elbows are considered as 90º. Two 45º elbows = One 90º elbow. For 0 elbow configurations, V is a minimum of 6’ to a maximum of 40’. Vertical termination only. No horizontal termination allowed. Refer to appliance specific GPV/PVA instructions for other venting configurations. 35’ 8 ½’ (102”) 6’ (72”) 1 ½’ (18”) 2 ½’ (30”) 3.6 all terminations (propane ) LV50-2 / 62 (PROPANE ONLY) EN W415-2034 / C / 04.21.21 25 minimum venting requirements - propane 3.7 all terminations (propane) LV74 0’ 0’ Base of air collar 10’ 10’ 15’ 15’ 20’25’ 20’ 30’ 40’ 5’ 3 ⅞’ (46 ½”) 4 7/8’ (58”) 1 elbow zone H V 38 ½’ (462”) 4 ⅜’ (52 ½”) 1-2 elbow zone V+H ≤ 40 ft. H ≤ 4⅜ ft. (For longer vent runs, a power vent is required). V + H are measured from the centre of vent elbows. Elbows are considered as 90º. Two 45º elbows = One 90º elbow. For 0 elbow configurations, V is a minimum of 6’ to a maximum of 40’. Vertical termination only. No horizontal termination allowed. Refer to appliance specific GPV/PVA instructions for other venting configurations. 35’ 8 ½’ (102”) 6’ (72”) 1 ½’ (18”) 2 ½’ (30”) (PROPANE ONLY) W415-2034 / C / 04.21.21 EN 26 rough framing - before appliance installation4.0 rough framing - before appliance installation !WARNING • Risk of fi re! • In order to avoid the possibility of exposed insulation or vapour barrier coming in contact with the appliance body, it is recommended that the walls of the appliance enclosure be “fi nished” (i.e. drywall / sheetrock), as you would fi nish any other outside wall of a home. This will ensure that clearance to combustibles is maintained within the cavity. • Do not notch the framing around the appliance stand offs. Failure to maintain air space clearance may cause over heating and fi re. Prevent contact with sagging or loose insulation or framing and other combustible materials. Block opening into the chase to prevent entry of blown-in insulation. Make sure insulation and other materials are secured. • When constructing the enclosure, allow for fi nishing material thickness to maintain clearances. Framing or fi nishing material closer than the minimums listed must be constructed entirely of non-combustible materials. Materials consisting entirely of steel, iron, brick, tile, concrete, slate, glass or plasters, or any combination thereof are suitable. Materials that are reported as passing ASTM E136, standard test method for behaviour of materials in a vertical tube furnace at 1382ºF (750ºC) and UL763 shall be considered non-combustible materials. • Minimum clearance to combusibles must be maintained or a serious fi re hazard could result. • The appliance requires a minimum enclosure height. Measure from the appliance base. • If steel stud framing kits with cement board are provided, or specifi ed in the installation instructions, they must be installed. • If specifi ed in the installation instruction, fi nishing must be done using a non-combustible board, ceramic tile, marble, etc. Do NOT use wood or drywall. Any fi re rated drywall is not acceptable. When using optional fi nishing accessories, the framing dimensions and fi nishing materials may differ from what is outlined in the section below; refer to the leafl et instructions supplied in the accessory kit for specifi c framing and fi nishing specifi cations. note: For heavier fi nishing materials such as marble, we recommend adding extra support to the frame. Ensure there is adequate fl oor support for the appliance and fi nishing material. note: EN W415-2034 / C / 04.21.21 27 rough framing - before appliance installation Do not put objects in front of the appliance (minimum distance of 4 feet) LV38-1 LV50-2 LV62 LV74 *E 20 1/8” (51.1cm) F 53 13/16” (136.7cm) 65 13/16” (167.2cm) 77 13/16” (197.6cm) 89 13/16” (228.1cm) G 63 3/4” (162cm) 72 1/4” (183.5cm) 80 11/16” (205cm) 89 1/4” (226.6cm ) H 18 3/16” (46.2cm) I 90 3/16” (229cm) 102 3/16” (259.5cm) 114 1/8” (289.9cm) 126 1/8” (320.4cm) 4.1 minimum framing dimensions F G F H I *E 1” (2.54cm) min. 6” (15.2cm) min. minimum framing Horizontal vent sections: A minimum clearance of 3” (76mm) on the top outside of the enclosure and 2” (51mm) on the sides and bottom outside of the enclosure all around the vent pipe on all horizontal runs to com- bustibles is required. Horizontal vent sections within enclosures require a minimum clearance of 6”(152mm) at the top of the vent pipe. Vertical vent sections: A minimum of 1” (25mm) all around the vent pipe on all vertical runs to combustibles is required except for clearances in appliances enclosures. Vertical vent sections within enclosures require a mini- mum clearance of 1” (25mm) around the vent pipe. *Single-sided model illustrated. W415-2034 / C / 04.21.21 EN 28 rough framing - before appliance installation 4.1.1 minimum clearance to combustible enclosures single-sided Shaded components (fi nish framing) must be non-combustible materials. note: L 3” [76mm] top (outside of enclosure) 2” [51mm] sides / bottom (outside of en- closure) 0” to non-combustible fi nishing such as brick and stone 6” [152mm] minimum (inside enclosure) 0” to bottom of the appliance 0” to side standoffs 1/2” fi nishing fl ange When passing through a ceiling, use fi restop spacer W500-0028 (not supplied) When passing through a wall, use fi restop spacer W615-0162 (supplied with W010- 4178 fi restop spacer assembly) 0” to back standoffs 1” [25mm] minimum all sides for sections of vertical venting. Ref LV38-1 LV50-2 LV62 LV74 L 73” (185.4cm) 91” (231.1cm) minimum clearance The LV series requires a minimum enclosure/ceiling height, as illustrated (dimension L), measured from the bot- tom of the appliance. For temperature requirements, this area must be left unobstructed. Some venting con- fi gurations that require more vertical rise will require a larger enclosure to provide minimum vertical clearance between vent pipes and combustibles. note: Horizontal vent sections: A minimum clearance of 3” (76mm) on the top outside of the enclosure and 2” (51mm) on the sides and bottom outside of the enclosure all around the vent pipe on all horizontal runs to com- bustibles is required. Horizontal vent sections within enclosures require a minimum clearance of 6” (152mm) at the top of the vent pipe. Vertical vent sections: The fi rst 30” (76.2cm) of vertical vent pipe is shielded. A 1” (25mm) clearance to the shield is required. 3” [76mm] (minimum all sides for sections of horizontal vent- ing) outside of enclosure. EN W415-2034 / C / 04.21.21 29 rough framing - before appliance installation see-thru Shaded components (fi nish framing) must be non-combustible materials. note: SAFETY BARRIER 1/2” fi nishing fl ange (4 sides) 3” [76mm] top (out- side of enclosure) 2” [51mm] sides / bottom (outside of enclosure) 0” to non- combustible fi nishing such as brick and stone 6” [152mm] minimum (inside enclosure) 0” to side standoffs 0” to base of the appliance When passing through a ceiling, use fi restop spacer W500-0028 (not supplied) When passing through a wall, use fi restop spacer W615-0162 (sup- plied with W010- 4178 fi restop spacer assembly) L Ref LV38-1 LV50-2 LV62 LV74 L 73” (185.4cm) 91” (231.1cm) minimum clearance The LV series requires a minimum enclosure/ceiling height, as illustrated (dimension L), measured from the bottom of the appliance. For temperature requirements, this area must be left unobstructed. Some venting confi gurations that require more vertical rise will require a larger enclosure to provide minimum vertical clearance between vent pipes and combustibles. note: 1” [25mm] minimum all sides for sections of vertical venting. 3” [76mm] (minimum all sides for sections of horizontal vent- ing) outside of enclosure. Horizontal vent sections: A minimum clearance of 3” (76mm) on the top outside of the enclosure and 2” (51mm) on the sides and bottom outside of the enclosure all around the vent pipe on all horizontal runs to combustibles is required. Horizontal vent sections within enclosures require a minimum clearance of 6” (152mm) at the top of the vent pipe. Vertical vent sections: A minimum of 1” (25mm) all around the vent pipe on all vertical runs to combustibles is re- quired except for clearances in appliances enclosures. Vertical vent sections within enclosures require a minimum clear- ance of 1” (25mm) around the vent pipe. 14” (35.6cm) min. W415-2034 / C / 04.21.21 EN 30 rough framing - before appliance installation single-sided see-thru Before framing your appliance, determine vent requirements before deciding the fi nal location of the appliance. After rough framing, place the appliance in its fi nal position. Ref LV38-1 LV50-2 LV62 LV74 E 16 3/16” (41.1cm) F 53 13/16” (136.7cm) 65 13/16” (167.2cm) 77 13/16” (197.6cm) 89 13/16” (228.1cm) J Optional - Appliance does not need to be elevated above fl oor *L 73” (185.4cm) 91” (231.1cm) Ref LV38-1 LV50-2 LV62 LV74 E 20 1/8” (51.1cm) F 53 13/16” (136.7cm) 65 13/16” (167.2cm) 77 13/16” (197.6cm) 89 13/16” (228.1cm) J Optional - Appliance does not need to be elevated above fl oor *L 73” (185.4cm) 91” (231.1cm) E J F E F J Before framing a see-thru appliance, ensure to install the fi restop fi rst as it will not fi t between the studs if installed after framing. Before framing a single-sided appli- ance, ensure to install the fi restop fi rst. L L minimum framing minimum framing *Minimum enclosure/ceil- ing height may be higher depending on venting confi guration (See minimum clearance to combustibles). note: The LV series requires a minimum enclosure/ceiling height, as illustrated (dimension L), measured from the bottom of the appliance. For temperature requirements, this area must be left unobstructed. Some venting confi gurations that require more vertical rise will require a larger enclosure to provide minimum verti- cal clearance between vent pipes and combustibles. note: The LV series requires a minimum enclosure/ceiling height, as illustrated (dimension L), measured from the bottom of the appliance. For tempera- ture requirements, this area must be left unobstructed. Some venting confi gura- tions that require more vertical rise will require a larger enclosure to provide minimum vertical clearance between vent pipes and combustibles. EN W415-2034 / C / 04.21.21 31 venting installation For optimum performance, it is recommended that all horizontal runs have a minimum of 1/4" (6mm) rise per foot using fl exible venting. !WARNING • Ensure to unpack all loose materials from inside the fi rebox prior to connecting the gas and electrical supply • If your appliance is supplied with a remote, ensure the remote receiver is in the “OFF” position prior to connecting the gas and electrical supply to the appliance. • For safe and proper operation of the appliance, follow the venting instructions exactly. • The appliance exhaust fl ue collar must be sealed using Mill Pac. All exhaust and intake vent pipe joints must be sealed using red RTV high temp silicone sealant (W573-0002) (not supplied) or black high temp Mill Pac (W573-0007) (not supplied). • If using pipe clamps to connect rigid vent components, a minimum of 3 screws must also be used to ensure the connection cannot slip off. • Do not clamp the fl exible vent pipe. • Risk of fi re, explosion, or asphyxiation. Improper support of the entire venting system may allow vent to sag and separate. Use vent run supports and connect vent sections per installation instructions. • Risk of fi re, do not allow loose materials or insulation to touch the vent pipe. Remove insulation to allow for the installation of the attic shield and to maintain clearances to combustibles. • Do not fi ll the space between the vent pipe and enclosure with any type of material. Do not pack insulation or combustibles between ceiling fi restops. Always maintain specifi ed clearances around venting and fi restop systems. Install wall shields and fi restops as specifi ed. Failure to keep insulation or other materials away from vent pipe may cause fi re. • For gas stoves only: If the appliance is installed directly on carpeting, vinyl tile, or other combustible material other than wood fl ooring, the appliance shall be installed on a metal or wood panel extending the full width and depth, unless otherwise tested. The vent shield is telescopic and must be adjusted to shield the fi rst 30” (76.2cm) of vertical vent when applicable. note: 5.0 venting installation For vent shield installation, see “vent shield installation” section. Power vent system are available with reduced vent pipe diameter and longer vent runs. 5.1 fi restop spacer assembly 1. Install standoffs onto the fi restop spacer (Figure 1). 2. Install one vent shield onto the standoff on one side of the fi restop spacer (Figure 2). 3. Install the other vent shield on the opposite side of the fi restop spacer (Figure 3). Fig. 1 Fig. 2 Fig. 3 Type 1 (x18) Side view Dimples / Fossettes Standoff / Espaceur Firestop spacer / Espaceur coupe-feu Standoff / Espaceur W415-2034 / C / 04.21.21 EN 32 venting installation 4. Roll the vent sleeve as shown and ensure to clip the ends together (Figure 4). 5. Ensure both ends line up and secure ends with clip and fasteners (Figure 5). Fig. 4 Fig. 5 Fig. 6 6. Insert the vent sleeve tabs into the fi restop spacer slots then bend the tabs over to secure to the fi restop spacer along with 4 supplied fasteners (Figure 6). Note orientation of dimples and standoffs. note: EN W415-2034 / C / 04.21.21 33 venting installation This application occurs when venting through a roof. Installation kits for various roof pitches are available from your authorized dealer / distributor. See the “accessories” section to order specifi c kits required. A. Determine the air terminal location, cut and frame a square opening, as illustrated, in the ceiling and the roof to provide the minimum 1" (25mm) clearance between the vent pipe and any combustible material. Try to center the vent pipe location midway between two joists to prevent having to cut them. Use a plumb bob to line up the center of the openings. A vent pipe shield will prevent any materials such as insulation, from fi lling up the 1" (25mm) air space around the pipe. Nail headers between the joist for extra support. B. Apply a bead of caulking (not supplied) to the framework or to the Wolf Steel vent pipe shield plate or equivalent (in the case of a fi nished ceiling), and secure over the opening in the ceiling. A fi restop must be placed on the bottom of each framed opening in a roof or ceiling that the venting system passes through. Apply a bead of caulking all around and place a fi restop spacer over the vent shield to restrict cold air from being drawn into the room or around the fi replace. Ensure that both spacer and shield maintain the required clearance to combustibles. Once the vent pipe is installed in its fi nal position, apply red RTV silicone (W573-0002) (not supplied) between the pipe and the fi restop assembly. C. In the attic, slide the vent pipe collar down to cover up the open end of the shield and tighten. This will prevent any materials, such as insulation, from fi lling up the 1" (25mm) air space around the pipe. CaulkingVent Pipe Shield Vent Pipe Shield Vent Pipe Collar Firestop underside of joist 10 3/4" (273mm) 10 3/4" (273mm) This application occurs when venting through an exterior wall. Having determined the correct height for the air terminal location, cut and frame a hole in the exterior wall, as illustrated, to accommodate the fi restop assembly. Dry fi t the fi restop assembly before proceeding to ensure the brackets on the rear surface fi t to the inside surface of the horizontal framing. The length of the vent shield may be cut shorter for combustible walls that are less than 8 1/2” (215.9mm) thick but the vent shield must extend the full depth of the combustible wall. A. Apply a bead of caulking (not supplied) around the outer edge of the hole of the fi restop assembly, fi t the fi restop assembly to the hole and secure using 4 screws. B. Once the vent pipe is installed in its fi nal position, apply red RTV silicone (W573-0002) (not supplied) between the pipe and the fi restop. • The fi restop assembly must be installed with the vent shield to the top. • Terminals must not be recessed into a wall or siding more than the depth of the return fl ange of the mounting plate. !WARNING Do not fi ll the air space between the fi restop spacer and the exterior wall with any type of insulating material (i.e. spray foam). note: DETERMINE THE CORRECT HEIGHT CAULKING FIRESTOP SPACER VENT SHIELD FINISHING MATERIAL CAULKING note: The above is for illustration purposes only. Vents do not always pass through center of frame. ADD WIDTH ADD HEIGHT 5.2 horizontal installation 5.3 vertical installation 14 1/2” (36.8cm) 13 1/8” (33.3cm) W415-2034 / C / 04.21.21 EN 34 venting installation For safe and proper operation of the appliance, follow the venting instructions exactly. The vent system must be supported approximately every 3 feet (0.9m) for both vertical and horizontal runs. Use Wolf Steel Ltd. support ring assembly or equivalent noncombustible strapping to maintain the minimum clearance to combustibles for both vertical and horizontal runs. All inner fl ex pipe and outer fl ex pipe joints may be sealed using high temperature red RTV silicone W573-0002 (not supplied) or the high temperature sealant W573- 0007 Mill Pac (not supplied). However, the high temperature sealant W573-0007 Mill Pac (not supplied) must be used on the joint connecting the inner fl ex pipe and the exhaust fl ue collar. Use only approved fl exible vent pipe kits marked: “Wolf Steel Approved Venting” or “E2” as identifi ed by the stamp only on the fl ex pipes. Elbow Spacers • Do not allow the inner fl ex pipe to bunch up on horizontal or vertical runs and elbows. Keep it pulled tight. • Spacers are attached to the inner fl ex pipe at predetermined intervals to maintain an even air gap to the outer fl ex pipe. This gap is required for safe operation. A spacer is required at the start, middle, and end of each elbow to ensure this gap is maintained. These spacers must not be removed. !WARNING 5.4 using fl exible vent components A. Stretch the inner fl ex pipe to the required length taking into account the additional length needed for the fi nished wall surface. Apply a heavy bead of the red RTV silicone (W573-0002) (not supplied) to the inner sleeve of the air terminal. Slip the vent pipe a minimum of 2” (50.8mm) over the inner sleeve of the air terminal and secure with a minimum of 3 screws. B. Using the outer fl ex pipe, slide over the outer combustion air sleeve of the air terminal and secure with a minimum of 3 screws. Seal using red RTV silicone (W573-0002) (not supplied). C. Insert the vent pipes through the fi restop maintaining the required clearance to combustibles. Holding the air terminal (lettering in an upright, readable position), secure to the exterior wall and make weather tight by sealing with caulking (not supplied). D. If more vent pipe needs to be used to reach the fi replace, couple them together, as illustrated. The vent system must be supported approximately every 3 feet (0.9m) for both vertical and horizontal runs. Use non-combustible strapping to maintain the minimum clearance to combustibles. E. Stove Appliances Only: From inside the house, using Red RTV Silicone (W573-0002) (not supplied), seal between the vent pipe and the fi restop. Then slide the black trim collar over the vent pipe up to the fi restop. The air terminal mounting plate may be recessed into the exterior wall or siding no greater than the depth of its return fl ange. ADD FASTENER TYPE ADD GRAPHIC Screws (Supplied) 2" (50.8mm) Overlap Outer Flex Pipe Inner Fle x Pipe Caulking Red RTV Silicone Red RTV Silicone Screws Inner Coupler Outer Coupler Outer Flex Pipe Inner Flex Pipe Outer Flex Pipe Type 2 (x4) Type 1 (x6)5.4.1 horizontal air terminal installation EN W415-2034 / C / 04.21.21 35 venting installation A. Fasten the roof support to the roof using 6 screws. The roof support is optional. In this case, the venting is to be adequately supported using either an alternate method suitable to the authority having jurisdiction or the optional roof support. B. Stretch the inner fl ex pipe to the required length. Slip the inner fl ex pipe a minimum of 2” (51mm) over the inner pipe of the air terminal connector and secure with a minimum of three screws, when 4/7, 5/8 and 3/5 venting is used and a minimum of six screws when using 8/10 or 8/11 venting. Seal using a heavy bead of red RTV silicone sealant (W573-0002) (not supplied). C. Repeat using the outer fl ex pipe, using a heavy bead of red RTV silicone sealant (W573-0002) (not supplied) and a minimum of three screws, when 4/7, 5/8 and 3/5 venting is used and a minimum of six screws when using 8/10 or 8/11 venting. D. Thread the air terminal connector / vent pipe assembly down through the roof. The air terminal must be positioned vertically and plumb. Attach the air terminal connector to the roof support, ensuring that the top of the air terminal is 16” (40.6cm) above the highest point that it penetrates the roof. E. Remove nails from the shingles, above and to the sides of the air terminal connector. Place the fl ashing over the air terminal connector leaving a min. 3/4” (19mm) of the air terminal connector showing above the top of the fl ashing. Slide the fl ashing underneath the sides and upper edge of the shingles. Ensure that the air terminal connector is properly centered within the fl ashing, giving a 3/4” (19mm) margin all around. Fasten to the roof. Do not nail through the lower portion of the fl ashing. Make weather-tight by sealing with caulking. Where possible, cover the sides and top edges of the fl ashing with roofi ng material. F. Aligning the seams of the terminal and air terminal connector, place the terminal over the air terminal connector making sure the vent pipe goes into the hole in the terminal. Secure with a minimum of three screws, when 4/7, 5/8 and 3/5 venting is used and a minimum of six screws when using 8/10 or 8/11 venting. G. Apply a heavy bead of weatherproof caulking 2” (51mm) above the fl ashing. Install the storm collar around the air terminal and slide down to the caulking. Tighten to ensure that a weather-tight seal between the air terminal and the collar is achieved. H. If more vent pipe needs to be used to reach the appliance, see “horizontal air terminal installation” section. Roof Support Inner Flex Pipe Inner Pipe Red RTV Silicone (W572-0002) Air Terminal Connector Outer Flex Pipe Storm Collar Flashing Caulking Weather Sealant 2” (51mm) Air Inlet Base !WARNING • Maintain a minimum 2” (51mm) space between the air inlet base and the storm collar. Fastening hardware provided with appropriate roof terminal and liner kits. note: A. Install the inner fl ex pipe to the appliance. Secure with a minimum of three screws when installing 3”/5”, 4”/7” or 5”/8” venting, or six screws when installing 8”/10” or 8”/11” venting. Seal the joint and screw holes using Mill Pac sealant (W573-0007) (not supplied). B. Install the outer fl ex pipe to the appliance. Secure with a minimum of three screws when installing 3”/5”, 4”/7” or 5”/”8 venting, or six screws when installing 8”/10” or 8”/11” venting. Seal the joints using high temperature red RTV silicone (W573-0002) (not supplied). INSERT IMAGE HERE pp pp installation” section.ADD FASTENER TYPEnstallationsaa o section. section. 1 1/4” (31.8mm) Overlap #8 X 1/2” Self Drilling Screws Mill-Pac Sealant Red RTV Silicone 5.4.2 vertical air terminal installation 5.4.3 appliance vent connection 2” (50.8mm) W415-2034 / C / 04.21.21 EN 36 venting installation A. Secure 5” restrictor to mounting plate using 2 screws (supplied). B. Remove baffl e by removing 1 screw from fi rebox. Set screw and baffl e aside. C. Align mounting plate clearance holes (4) over existing screws protruding into fi rebox. For ease of access, ensure restrictor and mounting plate are installed with screws installed in Step A facing upwards (into exhaust collar). D. Install 4 self-drilling screws (supplied) (2 per side). E. Reinstall baffl e using screw removed in step B. note: For ease of installation, the mounting plate was designed with 2 fi xed holes and 2 slotted holes. MOUNTING SCREWS FIREBOX TOP MOUNTING PLATE BAFFLE 5” RESTRICTOR TOP VIEW 1. MOST RESTRICTION 2. MODERATE RESTRICTION 3. LEAST RESTRICTION EXHAUST COLLAR FIREBOX TOP #8 x ½ HEX HEAD SHEET METAL SCREWS Vertical installations may display a very active fl ame. If this appearance is not desirable, the exhaust outlet may be restricted with a Wolf Steel approved restrictor kit. This kit is not recommended for short vertical vent runs. Depending on the model and/or year of your appliance, mounting holes may not exist. 5.5 restricting vertical vents 5.5.1 LV38-1 / LV50-2 5.5.2 LV62 / LV74 A. If mounting holes exist, remove the screws from the fi rebox top, align the restrictor plate as illustrated and secure. B. If mounting holes do not exist, align the restrictor plate as illustrated and secure using the two screws (supplied). C. Ensure the plate will pivot at the slot up into the exhaust outlet. D. Depending on the amount of restriction desired, the restrictor plate can be left fl at for most restriction or bent up for varying degrees of restriction.    1. Most restriction 2. Moderate restriction 3. Least restriction Exhaust collar Restrictor Mounting screws Firebox top Firebox top Restrictor Top view #8x½ hex head sheet metal screw EN W415-2034 / C / 04.21.21 37 venting installation 5.6 vent shield installation The vent shield is telescopic and must be adjusted to shield the fi rst 30” of vertical vent always used. FOR SEE-THRU APPLIANCES, REPEAT STEPS WITH THE OPPOSITE SIDE (2 vent shields required). Fig. 1 Fig. 2 1. Unscrew the fasteners on the vent shield assembly. DO NOT DISCARD FASTENERS (Figure 1). 2. Adjust the vent shield to its maximum vertical (Figure 2). 3. Use the fasteners in step 1 to hold the new vent shield height (Figure 3). 4. Unscrew the fasteners as shown (Figure 4). DO NOT DISCARD FASTENERS 5. Use the fasteners in step 4 to secure the vent shield to the appliance (Figure 5). 6. Secure the vent shield with two fasteners (supplied) to the front upper frame (Figure 6). note: Fig. 4 Fig. 5 SEE-THRU EXAMPLE Type 1 (x2) For ease of installation, the front frame can be removed. The front frame must be reinstalled prior to installing the nailing tabs. important: Front of appliance Fig. 3 W415-2034 / C / 04.21.21 EN 38 venting installation L1 L2 Cable Connector To optional LHAD kit Power Supply Route power supply and optional LHAD kit through the outer fi rebox to the receptacle mounted on the bottom of the appliance. For optional LHAD kit installation, please refer to the leafl et provided in the kit. It is necessary to hard wire this appliance. Permanently framing the appliance with an enclosure, requires the appliance junction box to be hard wired. This appliance must be electrically connected and grounded in accordance with local codes. In the absence of local codes, use the current CSA C22.1 Canadian Electrical Code in Canada or the ANSI/NFPA 70-1996 National Electrical Code in the United States. If the battery holder/switch is equipped with batteries, the appliance will still have ON/OFF functions during a power failure. Refer to “operation” section in the Owner’s manual when communications between battery holder/ switch and remote have been lost. The battery holder/switch will emit a “beep” sound to confi rm programming has been successful once power is restored. During a power failure, if the fi replace was on, the fl ame height will stay at the setting prior to the failure. If off when the failure occurs and then turned on, the fl ame height will come on at “HI”. The fl ame height can then be controlled by the remote. In most cases, your appliance will operate with simple functions available until power is restored. All other electri- cal features / accessories will not work during a power failure. 6.0 electrical information 6.1 hard wiring connection 6.2 receptacle wiring diagram 6.3 in the event of a power failure EN W415-2034 / C / 04.21.21 39 electrical information Install the battery holder/switch into a standard electrical switch box. Determine an appropriate location and install the electrical box.(4) AA Batteries ON REMOTE OFFAF E T Y B A R R I E R 8 f e e t m a x i m u m to t h e s i d e o f the a p p l i a n c e (m u s t b e a c c e s s i b l e f o r pro g r a m m i n g t h e r e m o t e )(4) AA Batteries ON REMOTE OFF6.4 battery holder/switch installation Ensure the 3 position slider switch is in the “REMOTE” position (middle). note: 6.5 initializing the battery holder/switch for the fi rst time (4) AA BatteriesA. Install the 4 AA batteries into the battery holder, note the polarity of the batteries and insert as indicated on the cover (+/-). B. Ensure the 3 position slider switch is switched to the “REMOTE” position (middle position). C. Press the reset/programming button, use a small object such as a paper clip in order to reach the button marked PRG, as shown in the illustration below. D. The battery holder will beep 3 times to indicate that it’s ready to synchronize with the remote. E. Install the 3 AAA batteries into the remote, as shown in the photograph below, then press the ON button, The battery holder will beep 4 times to indicate that the remote’s command is accepted. Remote Reset / Program Button (PRG) Battery Holder Slider Switch The initializing process must be completed within 10 seconds of pressing the reset / program (PRG). note: W415-2034 / C / 04.21.21 EN 40 electrical information 6.6 access panel Before fi nishing in the appliance, test the operation using the remote control, cycling it through all of its different modes, see owner’s manual. Once fi nished in, access to the control components can only be done through the inside of the appliance. Pre-finishing a c c e s s p a n e l !WARNING • Do not use this appliance if any part has been under water. Call a qualifi ed service technician immediately to have the appliance inspected for damage to the electrical circuit. • Risk of electrical shock or explosion. Do not wire 110V to the valve or to the appliance wall switch. Incorrect wiring will damage controls. • All wiring should be done by a qualifi ed electrician and shall be in compliance with local codes. In the absence of local codes, use the current CSA22.1 Canadian Electric Code in Canada or the current National Electric Code ANSI/NFPA NO. 70 in the United States. • Always light the pilot whether for the fi rst time or if the gas supply has run out, with the glass door opened or removed. LV38-1 Illustrated EN W415-2034 / C / 04.21.21 41 electrical information • Do not wire 110 volts to the valve or wall switch. !WARNING This appliance is equipped with a three-prong (grounding) plug for protection against shock hazard and should be connected into a properly grounded circuit. Do not cut or remove the grounding prong from the plug. note: 6.7 wiring diagram 6.8 eFIRE application controller When fully equipped, the eFIRE application allows you to create every imaginable color, selecting the one that fi ts your current mood, or your décor with ease, the simple colour wheel tool swiftly scrolls through the full color spectrum. Napoleon’s eFIRE app controls every function of your fi replace including; on/off, fl ame height and a timer to create a schedule for your fi replace that works for you. Using the instructions on the eFIRE controller application website http://napoleon.com/efi re, install the app and enjoy the features the eFIRE Controller app offers. The remote control is considered the master control for the appliance and can always be used to turn the appliance off (for example, in the event the user who’s eFIRE controller app was controlling the appliance leaves the home). note: W415-2034 / C / 04.21.21 EN 42 electrical information 6.8.1 LV38-1 / LV50-2 wiring diagram PILOTRESET BUTTONBATTERY HOLDER COMPLETE LAMPCOMFORT FANWITH PROGRAM BUTTON W190-0177 (RECEIVER)W660-0204HIGH LIMIT SWITCHW750-0294BLUETOOTH(W190-0090)W190-0125LED CONTROLLERCOMMANDSENSELED WIRE8LED WIREMVTRANSFORMER (W707-0019)LED LIGHTSW750-0358(LIGHT/BLOWER/PIGTAIL)W707-0019W750-0429W750-0423ACCENT LIGHTSW750-0424WIRE HARNESSW750-0276WIRE HARNESSW750-0317(EXTENSION)W350-0655W405-0096W750-0435BT, WIRE HARNESSW750-0433W750-0401GROUND EN W415-2034 / C / 04.21.21 43 electrical information 6.8.2 LV62 / LV74 wiring diagram PILOTRESET BUTTONBATTERY HOLDER COMPLETE LAMP COMFORT FAN WITH PROGRAM BUTTON W190-0177 (RECEIVER)W750-0294BLUETOOTH(W190-0090)W190-0125LED CONTROLLERCOMMANDSENSELED WIRERLED WIRELTRANSFORMER (W707-0019)LED LIGHTSW750-0358(LIGHT/BLOWER/PIGTAIL)W707-0027ACCENT LIGHTSW750-0317(EXTENSION)W750-0435BT, WIRE HARNESSW750-0433W750-0401W405-0096W750-0422LIGHT WIRE HARNESSBLUE CONNECTORSRED CONNECTORSTERMINAL BUSW060-0008W350-0655GROUNDW660-0204HIGH LIMIT SWITCHW750-0424WIRE HARNESSW750-0276WIRE HARNESS W415-2034 / C / 04.21.21 EN 44 electrical information After installing the electrical wiring and gas lines, ensure to test the appliance before fi nishing the framing and fi nishing the appliance. 7.0 gas installation !WARNING • Risk of fi re, explosion, or asphyxiation. Ensure there are no ignition sources such as sparks or open fl ames. • Support gas control when attaching gas supply pipe to prevent damaging gas line. • Always light the pilot whether for the fi rst time or if the gas supply has run out with the glass door opened or removed. Purging of the gas supply line should be performed by a qualifi ed service technician. Ensure that a continuous gas fl ow is at the burner before closing the door. Ensure adequate ventilation. For gas and electrical locations, see “dimensions” section. • All gas connections must be contained within the appliance when complete (gas fi replaces only). • High pressure will damage valve. Disconnect gas supply piping before testing gas line at test pressures above 1/2 PSIG. • Valve settings have been factory set, do not change. Installation and servicing to be done by a qualifi ed installer. • Move the appliance into position and secure. • If equipped with a fl ex connector, the appliance is designed to accept a 1/2” (13mm) gas supply. Without the connector, it is designed to accept a 3/8” (9.5mm) gas supply. The appliance is equipped with a manual shut off valve to turn off the gas supply to the appliance. • Connect the gas supply in accordance to local codes. In the absence of local codes, install to the current CAN/CSA-B149.1 Installation Code in Canada or to the current National Fuel Gas Code, ANSI Z223.1 / NFPA 54 in the United States. • When fl exing any gas line, support the gas valve so that the lines are not bent or kinked. • The gas line fl ex-connector should be installed to provide suffi cient movement for shifting the burner assembly on its side to aid with servicing components. •Check for gas leaks by brushing on a soap and water solution.Do not use open flame. Connect the gas supply to the 1/2” (13mm) shut off and fl ex connector (supplied). Ensure gas supply is secured. note: Before fi nishing in the appliance test the operation using the remote control, cycling it through all of its different modes, see “operation” section in the Owner’s manual. Should troubleshooting be required, access to the controls can be made through the pre-fi nishing access panel. EN W415-2034 / C / 04.21.21 45 electrical information8.0 operation !WARNING • Do not turn on if children or other at risk individuals are near the appliance. • This appliance is equipped with an ignition device which automatically lights the pilot. Do not try to light the pilot by hand. • Before operating, smell all around the appliance area for gas and next to the fl oor because some gas is heavier than air and will settle on the fl oor. • Do not use this appliance if any part has been under water. Immediately call a qualifi ed service technician to inspect the appliance and replace any part of the control system and any gas control which has been underwater. FOR YOUR SAFETY READ BEFORE LIGHTING WHAT TO DO IF YOU SMELL GAS LIGHTING INSTRUCTIONS TO TURN OFF GAS A. Stop! Read the above safety information on this label. B. Remove batteries from the transmitter and set thermostat to lowest setting, if equipped. C. Turn off all electrical power to the appliance. D. Open the glass door, if equipped. E. Turn the manual shut-off valve clockwise to the “OFF” position. (Shut-off valve is located on the fl ex connector). F. Wait fi ve (5) minutes to clear out any gas. If you smell gas including near the fl oor, STOP! Follow the instructions above in the “WHAT TO DO IF YOU SMELL GAS” section. If you don’t smell gas; close the glass door and go to the next step. G. Turn the manual shut-off valve counter clockwise to the “ON” position. H. Turn on all electrical power to the appliance and re-install the batteries into the transmitter. Set thermostat to desired setting, if equipped. I. Turn on the remote wall switch to the appliance. J. If the appliance will not operate, follow instructions “TO TURN OFF GAS” and call your service technician or gas supplier. A. Set thermostat to lowest setting, if equipped. B. Turn off the remote wall switch to the appliance. C. Turn off all electric power to the appliance if service is to be performed. D. Turn manual shutoff valve clockwise to the “OFF” positon. Do not force. • Turn off all gas to the appliance. • Open windows. • Do not try to light any appliance. • Do not touch any electric switch; do not use any phone in your building • Immediately call your gas supplier from a neighbour’s phone. Follow the gas supplier’s instructions. • If you cannot reach your gas supplier, call the fi re department. • If you do not follow these instructions exactly, a fi re or explosion may result causing property damage, personal injury, or loss of life. • If applicable, always light the pilot whether for the fi rst time or if the gas supply has run out with the glass door opened or removed. add gas knob add gas valve Ensure that a continuous gas fl ow is at the burner before installing the door. When lit for the fi rst time, the appliance will emit an odor for a few hours. This is a normal temporary condition caused by the “burn-in” of paints and lubricants used in the manufacturing process and will not occur again. After extended periods of non-operation, such as, following a vacation or warm weather season, the appliance may emit a slight odor for a few hours. This is caused by dust particules in the heat exchanger burning off. In both cases, open a window to suffi ciently ventilate the room. This appliance is equipped with an ignition device which automatically lights the pilot. Do not try to light the pilot by hand. note: A B PILOT SCREW O S MANUAL SHUT-OFF (SHOWN IN OFF POSITION) W415-2034 / C / 04.21.21 EN 46 operation This appliance is equipped with an “On Demand” intermittent pilot ignition system (IPI) which also includes a continuous pilot ignition (CPI) mode with an integrated seven day timer. This system minimizes your appliance’s carbon footprint as well as reducing its annual fuel consumption and operating costs. In IPI mode, the pilot will ignite prior to the main burner, when the appliance is turned on using a switch, remote or from a call for heat with the thermostat (if equipped). Once the appliance is turned off (or the call for heat is satisfi ed), the main burner and pilot fl ame will shut down. The continuous (CPI) mode is intended to enhance the performance of the appliance during the startup phase in colder climates and extreme weather by keeping the system warm when the main burner is not in use. However, the timer feature provides the convenience that the appliance automatically switches off the pilot when the appliance has not been used for seven days to save unnecessary fuel consumption. When the CPI function is turned on, the pilot will remain on after the main burner is turned off. A timer will then begin the countdown for approximately seven days before shutting off the pilot if the appliance is not used. This countdown will reset anytime the appliance main burner is used. Therefore, if the appliance is regularly used day to day, the pilot will remain on. However, this system does not require the user to remember to turn the pilot off as summer approaches and avoids unnecessary fuel consumption while still readily turned back on when the cold weather returns. Your appliance may be equipped with an ACS or remote control device which enables you to select IPI or CPI modes. If your appliance is equipped with an ACS switch, it has the option to change modes. If installed with the blue wire facing up, fl ipping the switch UP turns on the continuous pilot with timer and fl ipping the switch DOWN turns on the intermittent pilot ignition. If installed with the white wire facing up, the opposite is true. If your appliance is equipped with a remote control device capable of selecting IPI / CPI modes, refer to remote operating instructions. In order to start your pilot, turning the main burner on with the switch, remote or thermostat and then turning it off will reactivate the continuous pilot mode and reset the seven day timer. For further information, refer to www.napoleon.com/pilotondemand. 8.1 pilot-on-demand EN W415-2034 / C / 04.21.21 47 nailing tab installation See “venting”, “electrical information” and “gas installation” sections prior to fi nish framing. Do NOT remove the knockouts unless installing Dynamic Heat Control™. If damaged or removed without Dynamic Heat Control™, appliance will overheat and will cause a fi re hazard. note: IMPORTANT: 3 1 2 4 TOP VIEW Remove the screws from the appliance. DO NOT DISCARD. Align the nailing tab with the holes on the appliance, secure with the screws in step 1. Secure to the upper front frame using 2 screws (supplied). TO INSTALL NAILING TABS FOR SEE-THRU APPLIANCES, REPEAT STEPS WITH THE OPPOSITE SIDE. 9.0 nailing tab installation Type 1 (x2) XX XX XXXXIf the front frame was removed, it must be reinstalled prior to installing the nailing tabs. important: W415-2034 / C / 04.21.21 EN 48 fi nish framing - after appliance installation Ref LV38-1 LV50-2 LV62 LV74 K 39 15/16” (101.4cm) E 20 1/8” (51.1cm) F 53 13/16” (136.7cm) 65 13/16” (167.2cm) 77 13/16” (197.6cm) 89 13/16” (228.1cm) J Optional - Appliance does not need to be elevated above fl oor L 73” (185.4cm) 91” (231.1cm) 10.0 fi nish framing - after appliance installation 10.1 framing with non-combustibles single-sided fl ush Drywall Insulation Ceiling Shaded components (fi nish framing) must be non-combustible materials. Finish framing must be built after the appliance has been placed in its fi nal position and venting connected. note: K E F J L minimum framing note: The LV series requires a minimum enclosure/ceiling height, as illustrated (dimension L), measured from the bottom of the appliance. For temperature requirements, this area must be left unobstructed. Some venting confi gurations that require more vertical rise will require a larger enclosure to provide minimum vertical clearance between vent pipes and combustibles. EN W415-2034 / C / 04.21.21 49 fi nish framing - after appliance installation Ceiling single-sided recessed Shaded components (fi nish framing) must be non-combustible materials. Finish framing must be built after the appliance has been placed in its fi nal position and venting connected. note: Ref LV38-1 LV50-2 LV62 LV74 K 39 15/16” (101.4cm) E 20 1/8” (51.1cm) F 53 13/16” (136.7cm) 65 13/16” (167.2cm) 77 13/16” (197.6cm) 89 13/16” (228.1cm) J Optional - Appliance does not need to be elevated above fl oor L 73” (185.4cm) 91” (231.1cm) M*3” (76mm) Insulation Drywall *Can only be increased to 4” max by building a protrusion. K E F J L M* minimum framing This confi guration also requires recess area to use non-combustible facing due to close proximity to vent. note: The LV series requires a minimum enclosure/ceiling height, as illustrated (dimension L), measured from the bottom of the appliance. For temperature requirements, this area must be left unobstructed. Some venting confi gurations that require more vertical rise will require a larger enclosure to provide minimum vertical clearance between vent pipes and combustibles. W415-2034 / C / 04.21.21 EN 50 fi nish framing - after appliance installation see-thru fl ush Drywall Insulation Ceiling Shaded components (fi nish framing) must be non-combustible materials. Finish framing must be built after the appliance has been placed in its fi nal position and venting connected. note: Ref LV38-1 LV50-2 LV62 LV74 K 39 15/16” (101.4cm) E 16 3/16” (41.1cm) F 53 13/16” (136.7cm) 65 13/16” (167.2cm) 77 13/16” (197.6cm) 89 13/16” (228.1cm) J Optional - Appliance does not need to be elevated above fl oor L 73” (185.4cm) 91” (231.1cm) K E F J L minimum framing note: The LV series requires a minimum enclosure/ceiling height, as illustrated (dimension L), measured from the bottom of the appliance. For temperature requirements, this area must be left unobstructed. Some venting confi gurations that require more vertical rise will require a larger enclosure to provide minimum vertical clearance between vent pipes and combustibles. EN W415-2034 / C / 04.21.21 51 fi nish framing - after appliance installation Drywall CeilingShaded components (fi nish framing) must be non-combustible materials. Finish framing must be built after the appliance has been placed in its fi nal position and venting connected. note: see-thru built out Insulation Ref LV38-1 LV50-2 LV62 LV74 E 16 3/16” (41.1cm) N* / **14 1/4” (36.2cm) O*25 11/16 (65.2cm) P*4” (10.1cm) Max * Finishing material must be considered with the protrusion (i.e. P includes framing and fi nish material). If desired, side and bottom protrusions can be done with 4” (10.1cm) Max. ** This is a recommended minimum dimension when mounting heat-sensitive objects above the appliance, see “fi nishing” and “minimum combustible mantel clearances” sections particularly when mounting electronic objects. Otherwise, the built out section can be as minimal as desired. N E O P* minimum framing note: The LV series requires a minimum enclosure/ceo;omg height, as illustrated (dimension L), measured from the bottom of the appliance. For temperature requirements, this area must be left unobstructed. Some venting confi gurations that require more vertical rise will require a larger enclosure to provide minimum vertical clearance between vent pipes and combustibles. W415-2034 / C / 04.21.21 EN 52 fi nishing 1 1/2” 8” 2”Gas Valve11.0 fi nishing 11.1 fastener placement restriction No fasteners permitted with greater than 3/4” penetration into appliance. No fasteners permitted. When securing non-combustibles, we suggest using high temperature construction adhesive within 2” (5.08cm) above and to the sides from the appliance opening and 8” (20.3cm) below the appliance opening. DO NOT SCREW IN THE RESTRICTED AREA AS THIS COULD DAMAGE THE INTERNAL COMPONENTS OF THE APPLIANCE THAT CAN CAUSE INJURY OR DEATH. This applies to both single-sided and see-thru appliances. Maximum screw length to be used outside the restricted screw area is 3/4” greater than fi nishing material thickness.(i.e. no fastener permitted that penetrates the appliance more than 3/4” 6” !WARNING • Risk of fi re! • Never obstruct the front opening of the appliance. • The front of the appliance must be fi nished with any non-combustible materials such as brick, marble, granite, etc., provided that these materials do not go below the specifi ed dimension, as illustrated. • Do not strike, slam, or scratch. Do not operate appliance with glass removed, cracked, or scratched. • Facing and/or fi nishing material must never overhang into the appliance opening. • The glass door assembly is a safety device designed to pivot forward when relieving excess pressure that might occur. Finishing or other materials must not be located in the opening surrounding the door as this will interfere with the doors ability to relieve pressure. • If applicable, drywall dust will penetrate into the blower bearings, causing irreparable damage. Care must be taken to prevent drywall dust from coming into contact with the blower or its compartment. Any damage resulting from this condition is not covered by the warranty policy. EN W415-2034 / C / 04.21.21 53 fi nishing 11.2 fi nishing with non-combustibles LV38-1 LV50-2 LV62 LV74 Q 54 3/4” (139.1cm) 66 3/4” (169.5cm) 78 3/4” (200cm) 90 3/4” (230.5cm) Non-combustible fi nishing is required. 7” (17.9cm) 15 5/8” (39.7cm) 18 1/2” (47.1cm) Q minimum non-combustible SHADED AREA MUST BE NON-COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS. Recessed installation requires recess material to use non-combustible facing due to close proximity to vent. W415-2034 / C / 04.21.21 EN 54 fi nishing • Non-combustible fi nishing material tight to the frame around the safety barrier (PSB) frame must not project more than 4” (10cm) from the face of the safety barrier (above the door and sides only). If greater projections are needed, increase the clearance to the sides and top by 2” (51mm) for every 1” (25mm) projection. !WARNING 4" (10cm) Maximum protrusion (must not encroach on finishing flange) SAFETY B A R R I E R SAFETY BARRIER finishing flange all around SIDE VIEW 4" 10cm Max1" 25mm2" 51mm No n - c o m b u s t i b l e p r o t r u s i o n EN W415-2034 / C / 04.21.21 55 fi nishing 11.3 installing non-combustible board 1 1/2” 2” Joint Compound where required Joint compounds such as Durabond 90 and tapes that are resilient to heat and cracking should be used when taping and mudding seams. Setting tiles and grouting We recommend you use tiles with a dry butt joint to be installed using a two-part mortar with an acrylic latex additive, such as Mapei Kerabond/Kerlastic, to allow for slight movement in the normal operation of the appliance. If grout is used between the tiles, a polymer-based grout, such as Mapei Ultracolour plus, is recommended. Primer/Paint For a painted surface, use a 100% acrylic latex primer and fi nish coat. Light coloured paints may discolour. The 15 5/8” (39.7cm) above and the 7” (178mm) on either side of the appliance opening must not be fi nished with any combustible materials. note: No fasteners permitted with greater than 3/4” penetration into appliance. We recommend using high temperature adhesive and clamping to adhere drywall to lower access panel. Secure with fasteners no longer than 3/4”, see “fastener placement restriction” section. Once adhesive has cured, remove sharp edge of fastener to allow access. note: • The surface above the appliance gets very hot. If proper fi nishing materials are not used, cracking can occur. • See fastener placement restrictions. Longer screws may damage gas line and/or internal components. 1. Align the top non-combustible panel against the appliance and secure in place with the drywall screws. 2. Align the side non-combustible panels against the appliance and secure in place with the drywall screws. !WARNING No fasteners permitted W415-2034 / C / 04.21.21 EN 56 fi nishing 11.4 minimum combustible mantel clearances 0 . + / - . : 3 ' 4 : + 2 MANTEL DEPTH 1234 567891011 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 A Top of finishing flange Bottom of the appliance 25 11/16" (65.2cm)Bottom of fi nishing fl ange Optional hearth extension MANTEL HEIGHT MANTEL DEPTH Installing a mantel between this appliance and electronics or other materials that may be sensitive to heat, will reduce the effect of direct heat on them. Ensure mantel is properly sized (width & depth) to suit the object being mounted above. Follow mantel height restrictions for proper clearance according to the depth of the mantel. A non-combustible mantel is considered a non-combustible protrusion, see “fi nishing” for protrusion restrictions. Combustible mantel clearance can vary according to the mantel depth. Use the graph to determine the clearance needed. • Risk of fi re. Maintain all specifi ed air space clearances to combustibles. Failure to comply with these instructions may cause a fi re or cause the appliance to overheat. Ensure all clearances (i.e. back, side, top, vent, mantel, front, etc.) are clearly maintained. • When using paint or lacquer to fi nish the mantel, the paint or lacquer must be heat resistant to prevent discolouration. • Installing a television or other electronics above the appliance may cause discolouration, melting, or damage to the electronics. Use clearances as guidelines and refer to your TV manufacturer’s instructions for further information. !WARNING 2" (51mm) EN W415-2034 / C / 04.21.21 57 fi nishing 6” min. A Top of finishing flange (fireplace opening) 2.5” min. 2” min. (3” max. recommended) 6” min. A 2.5” min. 6” min. 2.5” min. A See “minimum clearance to mantle” section (installation manual). Enclosure Enclosure Enclosure TV bracket TV bracket TV bracket Flush installation with mantel Partially recessed installation with mantel Recessed installation with protrusion Top of finishing flange (fireplace opening) Top of finishing flange (fireplace opening) 2” min. (3” max. recommended) 2” min. (3” max. recommended) Top of finishing flange (fireplace opening) Enclosure TV bracket Flush installation without mantel Appliance Appliance Appliance Appliance The volume of air must be added to the enclosure to accomodate the recessed area. • These are recommended minimum clearances only and are in supplied in good faith and not a guarantee of compliance with TV manufacturers’ maximum allowable operating temperatures. Always comply to TV manufacturers’ requirements. • TV temperatures must be validated at the time of installation as air fl ow characteristics within the room can vary and maximum acceptable operating temperatures can vary from appliance to appliance. TVs cannot be used where the TV temperature exceeds the manufacturer’s maximum allowable operating temperatures (see TV manufacturer’s specifi cations). • Mantel height and depth must conform to mantel clearance requirements specifi ed in this manual, see “minimum clearance to combustible mantel” section in installation manual. • Dimension “A” the gap between the top of the fi nishing fl ange and the bottom of the TV are taken from the top of the fi replace opening. • TV temperatures may be further reduced by increasing the horizontal distance between the front of the TV and the front edge of the mantel or by increasing dimension “A”. However, increasing the gap between the top of the mantel and the bottom of the TV beyond the maximum recommended fi gure, typically results in higher temperatures. Minimum clearance between the mantel and bottom of the TV should be maintained to allow air circulation below and behind the TV. note: 11.5 TV mounting restrictions (without DHC™) W415-2034 / C / 04.21.21 EN 58 fi nishing SAFETY BARRI E R SAFETY BA R R I E R A. To remove the safety barrier from the appliance carefully lift it up and off the shoulder screws. B.Place the safety barrier onto the appliance by lifting it up and hooking onto the side shoulder screws. Adjust to fi t snug against the fi nish material. Ensure safety barrier is installed correctly. 11.6 safety barrier installation / removal • Do not insert fi ngers in the gap between the door and the door frame, or between the spring latches & door. there is a risk of injury due to the spring mechanism. Do not insert fi ngers in the spring door latch mechanism. !WARNING Do o r t r i m Side view Door trim Door frame LV38-1 Illustrated A. Remove the safety screen assembly, refer to the “safety screen installation / removal” section for details B. Remove the door trim by carefully lifting it up and off from behind the bottom frame of the glass door. C. For door removal, locate the top and bottom door latches. Pull latches forwards and away to disengage door latches. FRONT - ACCESS SIDE 11.7 fi rebox glass door installation / removal Ensure to leave one hand on the glass door during entire door removal. note: D.Tilt the top of the door forwards 90 degrees, then lift it up and out of the door latches. E.Reverse these steps to re-install the door, ensure the top and bottom door latches are properly engaged prior to releasing the door. EN W415-2034 / C / 04.21.21 59 fi nishing Ensure the door opens freely and closes sealed. note: IMPORTANT: Once latches are engaged, test to make sure that the door is sealed FIXED SIDE - SEE-THRU ONLY G. Remove the screws securing the door to the appliance. H. Tilt the top of the door forward, then lift it up and out of the bottom door retainer. I. When re-installing the door, life onto the bottom door retainer, tilt the top towards the appliance and secure with the previously removed screws. Under normal conditions, there is no reason to remove the fi xed side of the fi rebox glass door. Servicing can be completed from the access side. note: LV38-1 Illustrated W415-2034 / C / 04.21.21 EN 60 fi nishing Cleaning Glass Media Glass media may have a fi ne oil residue that needs to be cleaned prior to installation. Clean the glass with mild dish soap, drain, rinse thoroughly and dry before placing over the burner. 11.8 media installation / removal !WARNING • Clean the glass media prior to installation. Before applying the cleaned glass, ensure that it is dry. • If replacing, use only the replacement glass media available from your local authorized dealer / distributor. • Glass media over the burner ports may cause fl ame lifting and sooting problems. Adjust as necessary. • Do not place any media (glass or vermiculite) in or around the pilot opening and/or on the burner ports. This will interfere with the pilot operation. Do not use more media than what was supplied with the appliance. Do not place media directly onto the burner (NG models only). note: Pilot Area If media trays are not required, remove and install glass media for best fl ame and LED appearance, see “media tray removal” section. note: Natural gas illustrated. Do not place media directly over peaks, see “fl ame characteristics” section for more information. note: Unless using sand as media, it is recommended NOT to use the media trays. Not only will this provide a clean look to the appliance, but it also results in a most pleasing and clean-burning fl ame. Media trays should be stored in the event it is planned to install alternate media at some point in the future. Media should be installed across the burner tray and a small to moderate amount of media placed on the burner itself and, if necessary, adjusted to achieve a pleasing fl ame appearance. Never place excessive media on the burner as this can result in carboning or an unappealing fl ame characteristic. For smaller units, it is recommended not to put media on the burner ports themselves as the difference in fl ame pattern can be particularly noticeable. Never place media in the pilot housing or over the pilot. Ensure no glass or media falls into the pilot opening. If this happens, insert a clean bag into your vacuum cleaner and vacuum out the media. Replacement media can be purchased from your local dealer / distributor. Always check that the appliance ignites smoothly across the entire burner to ensure media placement does not compromise performance. Pay particular attention when using power vents to ensure media placement does not affect ignition or fl ame characteristics. Adjust the air shutter according to the table under “venturi adjustment”. Undesirable differences in the fl ame pattern result from excessive or inconsistent / incorrect placement of media on the burner. EN W415-2034 / C / 04.21.21 61 fi nishing It is recommended to only install media trays when using sand as media. Media trays, where supplied, should be stored in the event it is planned to install alternate media at some point in the future. 11.9 media tray removal W415-2034 / C / 04.21.21 EN 62 adjustments This appliance is equipped with an externally adjustable air shutter that is not preset from factory. Any adjustments made to the shutter must be done with the burner and all media installed into the appliance. It is important to operate the appliance and verify that the air shutter is opened to the correct amount to prevent either fl ame lifting or carbonizing. To open or close the shutter, pull the rod away from the appliance or push the rod towards the appliance respectively. Small adjustments on the shutter can have a drastic effect on the fl ame appearance; it is recommended to adjust the shutter in 1/8” increments. Regardless of air shutter location, closing the air shutter will cause a more yellow fl ame, but can lead to carbonization. Opening the air shutter will cause a more blue fl ame, but can cause fl ame lifting from the burner ports. The fl ame may not appear yellow immediately, allow 15 to 30 minutes for the fl ame colour to be established. • Air shutter adjustment must be done by a qualifi ed installer. !WARNING 12.0 adjustments 12.1 restricting vertical vents 12.2 venturi adjustment Air Shutter Adjustment OPEN CLOSE Vertical installations may display a very active fl ame. If this appearance is not desirable, the vent exit in the appliance must be restricted using a restrictor vent kit. Refer to the “replacements” section of the owner’s manual for the appropriate kit. This will reduce the velocity of the exhaust gases, slowing down the fl ame pattern and creating a more traditional gentle fl ame appearance. Specifi c instructions are included with the kit. EN W415-2034 / C / 04.21.21 63 adjustments 12.3 pilot burner adjustment 12.4 fl ame characteristics Flame must envelop upper 3/8" to 1/2" (12.7mm - 9.5mm) of Flame sensor 3/8” - 1/2” (9.5mm - 12.7mm)It’s important to periodically perform a visual check of the pilot and burner flames. Compare them to the illustration provided. If any flames appear abnormal, call a service person. Adjust the pilot screw to provide properly sized fl ame. Turn in a clockwise direction to reduce the gas fl ow. Check Pressure Readings: Inlet pressure can be checked by turning screw (A) counter- clockwise 2 or 3 turns and then placing pressure gauge tubing over the test point. Gauge should read as described on the chart below. Check pressure with main burner operating on “HI”. Outlet pressure can be checked the same as above using screw (B). Gauge should read as described on the chart below. Check pressure with main burner operating on “HI”. After taking pressure readings, be sure to turn screws clockwise fi rmly to reseal. Do not overtorque. Leak test with a soap and water solution. Prior to pilot adjustment, ensure that the pilot assembly has not been painted. If overspray or painting of the pilot assembly has occurred remove the paint from the pilot assembly, or replace. Fine emery cloth or a synthetic scrub pad (such as Scotch-Brite™) can be used to remove the paint from the pilot hood, electrode and fl ame sensor. INSERT PILOT ASSEMBLY A B PILOT SCREW Natural Gas Propane Min. Inlet Gas Supply Pressure 4.5" w.c. (11mb) 11" w.c. (27mb) Max. Inlet Gas Supply Pressure *7" w.c. (17mb) 13” w.c. (32mb) Manifold Pressure (Under Flow Conditions) 3.5” w.c. (9mb) 10” w.c. (25mb) *Maximum inlet pressure not to exceed 13” Peak Valley LV50-2 (NG) Illustrated If media trays are not required, remove and install glass media for best fl ame and LED appearance. W415-2034 / C / 04.21.21 EN 64 maintenance13.0 maintenance !WARNING • Turn off the gas and electrical power before servicing the appliance. • Appliance may be hot. Do not service until appliance has cooled. • Do not use abrasive cleaners on glass. • Do not paint the pilot assembly. This appliance and its venting system should be inspected before use and at least annually by a qualifi ed service person. The following suggested checks should be performed by a qualifi ed technician. The appliance area must be kept clear and free of combustible materials, gasoline, or other fl ammable vapors and liquids. The fl ow of combustion and ventilation air must not be obstructed. 1. In order to properly clean the burner and pilot assembly, remove the logs, rocks and/or glass to ex- pose both assemblies. 2. Keep the control compartment, media, burner, air shutter opening and the area surrounding the appli- ance clean by vacuuming or brushing, at least once a year. 3. Check to see that all burner ports are burning. Clean out any of the ports which may not be burning or are not burning properly. 4. Check to see that the pilot fl ame is large enough to engulf the fl ame sensor and/or thermocouple / thermopile as well as it reaches the burner. 5. If your appliance is equipped with a safety barrier, cleaning may be necessary due to excessive lint / dust from carpeting, pets, etc. simply vacuum using the brush attachment. 6. If your appliance is equipped with relief doors, ensure the system performs effectively. Check that the gasket is not worn or damaged. Replace if necessary. 7. Replace the cleaned logs, rocks or glass. Failure to properly position the media may cause carboning which can be distributed in the surrounding living area, inside the fi rebox and on exterior surfaces sur- rounding vent termination. 8. Check to see that the main burner ignites completely on all ports when turned on. A 5 to 10 second total light-up period is satisfactory. If ignition takes longer, consult your local authorized dealer / dis- tributor. 9. Visually inspect the appliance for carbon build up. Using a small whisk or brush, brush off the carbon and vacuum up or sweep into garbage. 10. This step is not applicable for Vent Free appliances: Check to see that the appliance is vent- ing correctly. Ensure chimney system is safe and unobstructed. (If for any reason the vent air intake system is disassembled, re-install and re-seal per the instructions provided for the initial installation). Caution: Label all wires prior to disconnection when servicing controls. Wiring errors can cause improper and dangerous operation. Verify proper operation after servicing. note: EN W415-2034 / C / 04.21.21 65 maintenance Access to the control can be done through the fi rebox by removing the safety screen, glass door and front trim. ELECTRICAL BOX CONTROL MODULE VALVE PR E - F I N I S H I N G AC C E S S P A N E L !WARNING • This appliance will require maintenance which should be planned on an annual basis. • Service should include cleaning, battery replacement, venting inspection and inspection of the burner, media, and fi rebox. Refer to the door removal section and remove the door as instructed. • Carefully remove media if necessary (logs, glass, brick panels, etc.). • Using a vacuum with soft brush attachment, gently remove any dirt, debris, or carbon build up from the logs, fi rebox, and burner. For glass media, follow the installation instructions for pre-cleaning. • Gently remove any build-up on the pilot assembly including thermopile, thermocouple, fl ame sensor, and igniter (if equipped). • Inspect all accessible gaskets and replace as required. • If equipped with a blower, access the blower and clean using a soft brush and vacuum. • Re-assemble the various components in reverse order. • Inspect the relief system. The appliance relieves through the main glass door or through the fl aps on the fi rebox top. Ensure they open freely, and close sealed. • Check the gas control valve pilot and Hi / Lo knobs move freely, if equipped. Replace if any stiffness in movement is experienced. • Check for gas leaks on all gas connections up and downstream from the gas valve including pilot tube connections. Clean fl ame sensor using a fi ne emery cloth or a synthetic scrub pad (such as Scotch-Brite™) to remove any oxides. Clean the pilot assembly using a vacuum with a soft brush attachment. It is important that the pilot assembly is not painted. note: • Annual maintenance should be performed by a qualifi ed service technician • The fi rebox becomes very hot during operation. Let the appliance cool completely or wear heat resistant gloves before conducting service. • Never vacuum hot embers. • Do not paint the pilot assembly 13.1 annual maintenance 13.2 control access W415-2034 / C / 04.21.21 EN 66 maintenance A. Remove the safety screen and glass door, refer to the “safety barrier installation / removal” and “door instalaltion / removal” sections for details. B. Remove the control cover from the appliance by sliding it up and out of the clips of the front cover. C. Remove the media tray and burner assembly, refer to the “burner removal” section for details. 13.3 burner removal A. Remove the safety screen and glass door, refer to the “safety barrier installation / removal” and “door instalaltion / removal” sections for details. B. Remove the media from the appliance. C. Remove the pilot housing by removing the screws. D. Remove the screws that secure the media tray in place. Lift the burner assembly up and out of the appliance. LV38-1 Illustrated Control Cover 13.4 valve removal EN W415-2034 / C / 04.21.21 67 maintenance A.Remove the safety barrier and glass door, refer to the “safety barrier installation / removal” and “door installation / removal” sections for details. B.Remove the two screws holding the control module in place, unplug and remove. C. Ensure to identify the wires plugged into the control module. It is critical that wire are reconnected to the appropriate connectors. D.Replace and reinstall components. 13.5 control module removal CONTROL MODULE D.Disconnect the fl ex connector from the valve. Remove the valve wire connections, labeling each one to aid with re-connection. E. Remove the screws from the valve bracket and remove the valve. F. Replace all components before returning the appliance to service. G. Check for gas leaks by brushing on a soap and water solution. W415-2034 / C / 04.21.21 EN 68 maintenance 13.6 LED replacement This appliance comes equipped with an LED strip. If in the event the LED strip needs to be replaced, follow these instructions. A. Turn off all electrical supply. B.Remove the safety screen and glass door, refer to the “safety barrier installation / removal” and “door installation / removal” sections for details. C.Remove the media tray and burner assembly, refer to the “burner removal” section for details. D. Unplug the LED strip from the control module. E. Remove the LED glass by removing the screws securing the LED frame in place, then lift it up and out of the appliance. F. Remove the LED strip by removing the four securing screws, replace and reinstall components. LED GLASS LED FRAME LED GASKET LED STRIP LV38-1 Illustrated EN W415-2034 / C / 04.21.21 69 maintenance 13.7 glass / door replacement 13.8 care of glass This appliance is factory equipped with 5mm ceramic glass. Use only replacement parts as supplied by the appliance manufacturer. DO NOT SUBSTITUTE MATERIALS 13.9 care of plated parts !WARNING • Do not use substitute materials. • Glass may be hot. Do not touch glass until cooled. • Care must be taken when removing and disposing of any broken door glass or damaged components. Be sure to vacuum up any broken glass from inside appliance before operation. • Do not strike, slam, or scratch. Do not operate appliance with glass removed, cracked, broken, or scratched. !WARNING Buff lightly with a clean dry soft cloth to remove accumulated dust or fi ngerprints. Clean both sides of the glass after the fi rst 10 hours of operation with an ammonia-free glass cleaner. Thereafter, clean as required. If the glass is not kept clean permanent discoloration and / or blemishes may result. Contact you local authorized dealer / distributor for complete cleaning instructions. Razor blades, steel wool, or other metallic objects must not be used on both surfaces of the glass. Doing so can remove a thin layer of metal from the razor blades, steel wool, or other metallic objects that may then be deposited onto the coating. This can result in a discoloured stain or scratch-like mark. More importantly, this can scratch the glass surface, thereby reducing its strength. Do not operate the appliance with broken glass, as leakage of fl ue gases may result. Contact your local authorized dealer / distributor for complete cleaning instructions. If the glass should ever crack or break while the fi re is burning, do not open the door until the fi re is out. Do not operate the appliance until the glass has been replaced. Contact you local authorized dealer / distributor for replacement parts. DO NOT SUBSTITUTE MATERIALS. Vinegar-based glass cleaners have demonstrated an ability to provide a clean, streak free glass surface. note: • Do not clean glass when hot! Do not use abrasive cleaners to clean glass. If the appliance is equipped with plated parts, you must clean fi ngerprints or other marks from the plated surfaces before operating the appliance for the fi rst time. Use an ammonia-free or vinegar-based cleaner and a towel to clean. If not cleaned properly before operating for the fi rst time, the marks can cause permanent blemishes on the plating. After the plating is cured, the fi ngerprints and oils will not affect the fi nish and little maintenance is required, just wipe clean as needed. Prolonged high temperature burning with the door ajar may cause discolouration on plated parts. The protective wrap on plated parts is best removed when the assembly is at room temperature but this can be improved if the assembly is warmed (i.e. using a hair dryer or similar heat source). note: 4 Replacement glass/frame assembly shall be replaced as a complete unit as supplied by the appliance manufacturer. W415-2034 / C / 04.21.21 EN 70 replacements14.0 replacement parts !WARNING • Failure to position the parts in accordance with this manual or failure to use only parts specifi cally approved with this appliance may result in property damage or personal injury. Contact your dealer for questions concerning prices and policies on replacement parts. Normally, all parts can be ordered through your Authorized dealer / distributor. For warranty replacement parts, a photocopy of the original invoice will be required to honour the claim. When ordering replacement parts always give the following information: • Model & Serial Number of appliance • Installation date of appliance • Part number • Description of part • Finish Parts, part numbers, and availability are subject to change without notice. Parts identifi ed as stocked will be delivered within 2 to 5 business days for most delivery destinations. Parts not identifi ed as stocked will be delivered within a 2 to 4 week period, for most cases. Parts identifi ed as ‘SO’ are special order and can take up to 90 days for delivery. EN W415-2034 / C / 04.21.21 71 replacement parts 14.1 overview 54 SA F E T Y S C R E E N 1 2 3 9 10 11678 Items may not appear exactly as illustrated REF. # Description Part Number Stocked LV38-1 LV50-2 LV62 LV74 1 Safety Screen (Premium)W565-0279-SER W565-0278-SER W565-0277-SER W565-0276-SER 2 Safety Barrier W010-4147-SER W010-4146-SER W010-4145-SER W010-4144-SER Yes 3 Fixed Door Assembly W010-4198-SER W010-4162-SER W010-4202-SER W010-4090-SER Yes Access Door Assembly (See-thru)W010-4198-SER W010-4162-SER W010-4202-SER W010-4090-SER Yes 4 Door Trim W715-1149-SER W715-1144-SER W715-1124-SER W715-1123-SER 5 Relief Door Assembly N/A W010-1426 6 Door Latch Assembly W010-3554 7 High Limit Switch*W660-0204 8 Napoleon Logo W385-2010 Yes 9 Media Tray W710-0104-SER W710-0107-SER W710-0099-SER W710-0098-SER 10 Porcelain End Panel W475-1031-BK2GL W475-1031-BK2GL W475-1031-BK2GL W475-1031-BK2GL 11 Porcelain Panel (Rear)W475-1409-BK2GL W475-1419-BK2GL W475-1422-BK2GL W475-1414-BK2GL *When your appliance is equipped with the optional Dynamic Heat Control System™. W415-2034 / C / 04.21.21 EN 72 replacement parts 14.2 burner components Items may not appear exactly as illustrated 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 16 19 20 21 22 23 25 26 27 28 29 18 1715 24 EN W415-2034 / C / 04.21.21 73 replacement parts Ref. # Description Part Number Stocked LV38-1 LV50-2 LV62 LV74 1 Flex Connector (c/w Shut-Off)W175-0217 Yes 2 Valve (NG)W725-0056 Yes Valve (P)W725-0057 Yes 3 Control Board W190-0177 Yes 4 Control Board Wiring Harness W750-0276 Yes 5 Battery Holder (w/ switch)W350-0655 Yes 6 3 Prong Light Pigtail W750-0358 Yes 7 LED Light Assembly W010-3661-SER W010-3652-SER W010-4079-SER W010-4078-SER 8 LED Glass Assembly W010-3752-SER W010-3714-SER W010-4071-SER W010-4070-SER 9 LED Cover W200-0543-SER W200-0499-SER W200-0653-SER W200-0652-SER 10 Burner Assembly (NG)W100-0225-SER W100-0224-SER W100-0221-SER W100-0226-SER Burner Assembly (P)W100-0232-SER W100-0234-SER W100-0233-SER W100-0269-SER 11 Burner Orifi ce (NG)W456-0038 W456-0034 W456-0031 W456-0030 Burner Orifi ce (P)W456-0053 W456-0052 W456-0051 W456-0049 Yes 12 Media Tray Assembly W010-4140-SER W010-4139-SER W010-4136-SER W010-4138-SER 13 Manifold (Flex)W432-0533 14 Pilot Assembly (NG)W010-2763 Yes Pilot Assembly (P)W010-2808 Yes 15 Pilot Housing W350-0800-SER 16 PF2 Wire Harness W750-0276 Yes 17 Media Cover Assembly W010-4211-SER 18 Connector W445-0038 Yes 19 Transformer W707-0019 Yes 20 LED Wire (Black)W750-0432 W750-0433 21 LED Wire (White)W750-0430 W750-0401 W750-0430 W750-0401 22 LED Aux Wire W750-0434 23 LED Controller W190-0125 24 Bluetooth Wire Harness W750-0435 25 Light, Accent (c/w gasket)W405-0096-SER Yes 26 Terminal N/A W060-0008 Yes 27 Transformer (Night Light)W707-0019 W707-0027 28 Bluetooth Module W190-0090 Yes 29 Power Cord W750-0294 W415-2034 / C / 04.21.21 EN 74 troubleshooting !WARNING • Always light the pilot whether for the fi rst time or if the gas supply has run out, with the glass door open or removed. • Turn off gas and electrical power before servicing the appliance. • Appliance may be hot. Do not service until appliance has cooled. • Do not use abrasive cleaners symptom problem test solution Main burner fl ame is a blue, lazy, transparent fl ame. (This is not applicable in outdoor appliances) Blockage in vent. - Remove blockage. In really cold conditions, ice buildup may occur on the terminal and should be removed as required. (To minimize this from reoccuring, the vent lengths that pass through unheated spaces (attics, garages, crawl spaces) should be wrapped with an insulated mylar sleeve). Incorrect installation. - Refer to “venting” section to ensure correct installation. Flames are consistently too large or too small. Carboning occurs. Appliance is over-fi red or under- fi red. -Check pressure readings: Inlet pressure can be checked by turning screw (A) counter-clock- wise 2 or 3 turns and then placing pressure gauge tubing over the test point. Gauge should read as described on the chart below. Check that main burner is operating on ‘HI’. Outlet pressure can be checked the same as above using screw (B). Gauge should read as described on the chart below. Check that main burner is operating on ‘HI’. After taking pressure readings, be sure to turn screws clockwise fi rmly to reseal. DO NOT OVER TORQUE. Leak test with a soap and water solution. Air shutter improperly adjusted. - Return air shutter to specifi ed opening, see “venturi adjustments” section in the installation manual. Carbon is being deposited on glass, logs, rocks, media, or combustion chamber surfaces. Air shutter is blocked. - Ensure air shutter opening is free of lint or other obstructions. Flame is impinging on the glass, logs, rocks, media or combus- tion chamber. - Ensure the media is positioned correctly in the appliance. - Open air shutter to increase the primary air. - Check the input rate: check the manifold pressure and orifi ce size as specifi ed by the rating plate. - Ensure door gaskets are not broken or missing and the seal is tight. - Ensure vent liners are free of holes and well sealed at all joints. - Check that minimum rise per foot (meters) has been adhered to for any horizontal venting. White / grey fi lm forms. Sulphur from fuel is being depos- ited on glass, logs, or combus- tion chamber surfaces. - Clean the glass with a recommended gas fi replace glass cleaner. DO NOT CLEAN GLASS WHEN HOT. - If deposits are not cleaned off regularly, the glass may become permanently marked. Exhaust fumes smelled in room, headaches. Appliance is spilling. (This is not applicable in outdoor appliances). - Check door seal. - Check for exhaust damage. - Check that venting is installed correctly. - Room is in negative pressure; increase fresh air supply. INSERT PHOTO OF VALVE HERE *Maximum inlet pressure not to exceed 13” w.c. Pressure Natural Gas (inches) Natural Gas (millibars) Propane (inches) Propane (millibars) Inlet *7” (minimum 4.5”) 17.4mb (minimum 11.2mb) 13” (minimum 11”) 32.4mb (minimum 27.4mb) Outlet 3.5” 8.7mb 10” 24.9mb 15.0 troubleshooting A B PILOT SCREW EN W415-2034 / C / 04.21.21 75 troubleshooting symptom problem test solution Pilot will not light. Makes noise with no spark at pilot burner. Wiring: short, loose, or damaged connections (poor fl ame rectifi cation). - Verify the thermocouple/sensor is clean and the wiring is undamaged. - Verify the interrupter block is not damaged or too tight. Verify connections from pilot assembly are tight; also verify the connections are not grounding out to any metal. (Remember, the fl ame carries the rectifi cation current, not the gas. If fl ame lifts from pilot hood, the circuit is broken. A wrong orifi ce or too high of an inlet pressure can cause the pilot fl ame to lift)*. The sensor rod may need cleaning. No signal from remote with no pilot ignition. - Reprogram receiver code. - Replace receiver. Poor grounding. - Verify the valve / pilot assembly are properly grounded Improper switch wiring. - Troubleshoot the system with the simplest on/off switch. Dirty, painted, or damaged pilot and/or dirty sensor rod. - Clean sensor rod with a green Scotch-Brite™ pad to remove any contamination that may have accumulated. Verify continuity with multimeter with ohms set at the lowest range. Pilot sparks but will not light. Gas supply. - Verify that the incoming gas line ball valve is “open”. - Verify that the inlet pressure reading is within acceptable limits, inlet pressures must not exceed 13” W.C. (32.4mb). Out of propane gas. - Fill the tank. Pilot supply line may contain air. - Repeat ignition process several times or purge the pilot supply line. Incorrect wiring / grounding. - Ensure correct polarity of wiring of thermocouple (if equipped). - Verify pilot assembly / valve are properly grounded. Receiver (if equipped). - Reset program: hold reset button on receiver and wait for 2 beeps. Release after second beep. Press small fl ame button on remote within 20 seconds, you will hear an additional beep (this signals a successful reset). - Replace receiver. Valve. - Check valve and replace if necessary (Do not to overtighten thermocouple). Burner continues to spark and pilot lights but main burner does not light. Short or loose connection in sensor rod. - Verify all connections. Verify the connections from the pilot assembly are tight. Also, verify these connections are not grounding out to any metal. Dirty, painted, or damaged pilot assembly components. - Clean using a green Scotch-Brite™ pad to remove any contamination that may have accumulated on the sensor rod, pilot hood, ignitor, or fl ame sensor. Verify continuity with multimeter with ohms set at the lowest range. Remote wall switch is in “off” position; burner comes on. Wall switch mounted upside down. - Reverse. Remote wall switch and/or wire is grounding. - Replace. - Check for ground (short); repair ground or replace wire. Faulty wire - Replace. Remote and / or receiver is not functioning properly. Remote controls lights but no spark or fl ame. (Remote is locked out). - Reset by turning power source off then on. Receiver or remote has low battery. - Replace batteries. Appliance functions but does not respond to receiver / remote - Ensure appliance is being operated by the same device that turned it on. Remote controls function if appliance was turned on by remote. Receiver controls function if appliance was turned on by receiver. Error with synchronizing. - Reset receiver and remote. Remote too far away from receiver. - Refer to “wiring diagram” section. Wire connector pins are bent. - Straighten pins. Valve wiring is damaged. - Replace valve. If back up batteries are installed, they must also be removed to re-program note: W415-2034 / C / 04.21.21 EN 76 troubleshooting symptom problem test solution The following applies specifi cally to the SIT system only: Pilot will not light. Makes no noise with no spark at pilot burner. (Lights and blower operate, if equipped). Ignition box has been locked out. Choose one of the 3 methods below to reset the system. 1. To reset ignition box when locked out. Turn off power supply and remove batteries (if used) from the back up battery pack. 2. To reset the DFC Board when the board goes into a lock out condition and the LED is blinking 3 times using the transmitter on/off button: Step 1: Turn the system off by pressing the on/off button to turn the system off. Step 2: After approximately 2 seconds press the on/ off button on the transmitter again. The DFC Board will reset and the ignition sequence will start again. 3. To reset the DFC Board when the board goes into a lock out condition and the LED is blinking 3 times by cycling fl ame: Step 1: In the manual fl ame control mode, use the down arrow button to reduce the fl ame to off, indicated by the word OFF displayed on the transmitter LCD screen. Step 2: Wait approximately 2 seconds and press the up arrow button, the ignition sequence will start. Starting from off, press the on button on the transmitter. After approximately 4 seconds on/off button is pressed, the ignition board will start the spark. The atempt for ignition will last approximately 60 seconds. If there is no fl ame ignition (rectifi cation), the board will stop sparking and the board will go into lock out. note: symptom problem test solution Lights or blower won’t function (if equipped). Control module switch in wrong position. - Verify ON/OFF switch is in the “I” position which denotes on. COM switch is unplugged. - Verify “COM” switch is plugged into the front of the control module. Flames are very aggressive. Door is ajar. - Ensure door is secured properly. Venting action is too great. - Check to ensure venting is properly sealed or restrict vent exit with restrictor plate. (Not available in all appliances). Appliance won’t per- form any functions. No power to the system. - Check breaker to verify it’s in the “on” position. Receiver switch in wrong position (if equipped). - Verify that the 3 position switch on the receiver is in the remote position (middle). Transmitter isn’t operational. - Check battery power and battery orientation. EN W415-2034 / C / 04.21.21 77 16.0 warranty Napoleon warrants its products against manufacturing defects to the original purchaser only. Registering your warranty is not necessary. Simply provide your proof of purchase along with the model and serial number to make a warranty claim. Napoleon reserves the right to have its representative inspect any product or part thereof prior to honouring any warranty claim. Provided that the purchase was made through an authorized Napoleon dealer your appliance is subject to the following conditions and limitations: Warranty coverage begins on the date of original installation. This factory warranty is non-transferable and may not be extended whatsoever by any of our representatives. The gas appliance must be installed by a licensed, authorized service technician or contractor qualifi ed and authorized installer, service agency or supplier. Installation must be done in accordance with the installation instructions included with the product and all local and national building and fi re codes. This limited warranty does not cover damages caused by misuse, lack of maintenance, accident, alterations, abuse or neglect, and parts installed from other manufacturers will nullify this warranty. This limited warranty further does not cover any scratches, dents, corrosion or discoloring caused by excessive heat, abrasive and chemical cleaners nor chipping on porcelain enamel parts, mechanical breakage of Phazer™ logs and embers. This warranty extends to the repair or replacement of warranted parts which are defective in material or workmanship provided that the product has been operated in accordance with the operation instructions and under normal conditions. After the fi rst year, with respect to this President’s Lifetime Limited Warranty, Napoleon may, at its discretion, fully discharge all obligations with respect to this warranty by refunding to the original warranted purchaser the wholesale price of any warranted but defective part(s). After the fi rst year, Napoleon will not be responsible for installation, labour, or any other expenses related to the reinstallation of a warranted part and such expenses are not covered by this warranty. Notwithstanding any provisions contained in the President’s Lifetime Limited Warranty, Napoleon’s responsibility under this warranty is defi ned as above and it shall not in any event extend to any incidental, consequential or indirect damages. This warranty defi nes the obligations and liability of Napoleon with respect to the Napoleon gas appliance and any other warranties expressed or implied with respect to this product, its components or accessories are excluded. Napoleon neither assumes, nor authorizes any third party to assume, on its behalf, any other liabilities with respect to the sale of this product. Napoleon will not be responsible for: over- fi ring, downdrafts, spillage caused by environmental conditions such as rooftops, buildings, nearby trees, hills, mountains, inadequate vents or ventilation, excessive venting confi gurations, insuffi cient makeup air, or negative air pressures which may or may not be caused by mechanical systems such as exhaust fans, furnaces, clothes dryers, etc. Any damages to the appliance, combustion chamber, heat exchanger, plated trim or other components due to water, weather damage, long periods of dampness, condensation, damaging chemicals or cleaners will not be the responsibility of Napoleon. During the fi rst 10 years Napoleon will replace or repair the defective parts covered by the lifetime warranty at our discretion free of charge. From 10 years to life, Napoleon will provide replacement parts at 50% of the current retail price. The manufacturer may require that defective parts or products be returned or that digital pictures be provided to support the claim. Returned products are to be shipped prepaid to the manufacturer for investigation. If a product is found to be defective, the manufacturer will repair or replace such defect. Before shipping your appliance or defective components, your dealer must obtain an authorization number. Any merchandise shipped without authorization will be refused and returned to sender. Shipping costs are not covered under this warranty. Additional service fees may apply if you are seeking warranty service from a dealer. Warranty labour allowance is only for the replacement of the warranted part. Travel, diagnostic tests, shipping and other related charges are not covered by this warranty. Napoleon products are manufactured under the strict Standard of the world recognized ISO 9001 : 2015 Quality Management System. Napoleon products are designed with superior components and materials assembled by trained craftsmen who take great pride in their work. The burner and valve assembly are leak and test-fi red at a quality test station. The complete appliance is again thoroughly inspected by a qualifi ed technician before packaging to ensure that you, the customer, receive the quality product that you expect from Napoleon. The following materials and workmanship in your new Napoleon gas appliance are warranted against defects for as long as you own the appliance. This covers: combustion chamber, heat exchanger, stainless / steel burner, Phazer™ logs and embers, rocks, ceramic glass (thermal breakage only), gold plated parts against tarnishing, porcelainized enameled components and aluminum extrusion trims.* Electrical (110V and millivolt) components and wearable parts are covered and Napoleon will provide replacement parts free of charge during the fi rst year of the limited warranty. This covers: blowers, gas valves, thermal switches, switches, wiring, remote controls, ignitors, gaskets and pilot assemblies.* Labour related to warranty repair is covered free of charge during the fi rst year (labour warranty is not applicable for the Gas Log Sets). Repair work, however, requires the prior approval of an authorized company offi cial. Labour costs to the account of Napoleon are based on a predetermined rate schedule and any repair work must be done through an authorized Napoleon dealer. * Construction of models vary. Warranty applies only to components included with your specifi c appliance. Napoleon Gas Appliance President’s Lifetime Limited Warranty Conditions and Limitations All specifi cations and designed are subject to change without prior notice due to on-going product improvements. Napoleon is a registered trademark of Wolf Steel Ltd. NAPOLEON CELEBRATING OVER 40 YEARS OF HOME COMFORT PRODUCTS NNNNNNNAAAAAAAAAPPPPPPPPOOOOOOOLLLLLLLLEEEEEEOOOOOONNNN CCCCCCEEELLLEEEBBRRAATTIINNGG OOVVEERR 4400 YYEEAARRSS AAA OOOOOOFFFFFF HHHHHHHHOOOOOOMMMMMEEEEE CCCOOMMMFFFOORRTT PPRROODDUUCCTTSS 7200, RouteTranscanadienne, Montréal, Québec H4T 1A3 24 Napoleon Road, Barrie, Ontario, Canada L4M 0G8 214 Bayview Drive, Barrie, Ontario, Canada L4N 4Y8 103 Miller Drive, Crittenden, Kentucky, USA 41030 Phone: 1-866-820-8686 napoleon.com De Riemsdijk 22, 4004 LC Tiel, The Netherlands Planning Guide MACHINE ROOMLESS (MRL) OVERHEAD CABLE DRUM 1000 lb. (453 Kg) AMERICA’S MOST CUSTOMIZABLE ELEVATOR INCLINATOR ELEVETTE® MACHINE ROOMLESS (MRL) OVERHEAD CABLE DRUM PN 80211247 Rev - K (FUTURE PROVISION) ENCLAVE LOT 24 1424 HANSEN LANE SAN LUIS OBISPO, CA 93401 Feb. 07, 2025 2 MRL OVERHEAD CABLE DRUM - 1000 PLANNING GUIDE PN 80211247 Rev - K This page intentionally left blank. MRL OVERHEAD CABLE DRUM - 1000 PLANNING GUIDE 3 PN 80211247 Rev - K Table of Contents Introduction ................................................................................... 4 Planning Steps for an Inclinator Elevette ...................................... 5 Hoistway Layout – Accordion Gates ............................................. 6 Code-compliant Scissor Gates ................................................... 10 2-Speed and 3-Speed Automatic Doors and Gates ................... 11 Hoistway Construction ................................................................ 12 Flush Mount Door Frame Kit ....................................................... 13 Alternate Hoistway Construction ................................................. 14 Rail Reactions ............................................................................. 14 Hoistway Specifications .............................................................. 15 Hoistway Elevation / Pit Specifications ....................................... 16 Access Panel Locations .............................................................. 18 Controller Space ......................................................................... 20 Hall Call Stations......................................................................... 21 UC601 Cable Lengths and Components .................................... 22 Warranty ..................................................................................... 23 4 MRL OVERHEAD CABLE DRUM - 1000 PLANNING GUIDE PN 80211247 Rev - K Introduction It started over 90 years ago with a passion to help an ailing friend access his multi-level home. Now, almost a century later, the Inclinator craftsmanship can be found in more North American homes today than any other brand. We want to use our heritage of service to enhance each stage of your building or remodeling experience and to help you create a uniquely personalized elevator for your home. Of all the stages, none is quite as exciting as the initial design phase. It’s where you begin to imagine the possibilities of something that’s uniquely yours. A home is personalized by the components you choose to fit your needs. Our Planning Guide is designed to simplify and assist architects, contractors, home owners and dealers in planning for a home elevator that meets or exceeds the requirements of ASME A17.1-2016 and CSA B44-13. We recommend you contact an authorized dealer in the area where the elevator will be installed. They will be knowledgeable about local codes and restrictions. Become familiar with all requirements governing the installation and use of elevators. It is extremely important for you to know and adhere to all regulations concerning installation. This Planning Guide provides nominal dimensions and specifications useful for the initial planning of an elevator project. Before beginning actual construction, be sure to contact a local authorized dealer and obtain approval drawings customized with specifications and dimensions for your specific project. Call 1-800-343-9007 to find a local dealer or visit our website, 30TUwww.inclinator.comU30T. Inclinator elevators manufactured and installed under the proper parameters are warranted for 2 years. We assume no liability for equipment not installed in compliance with national, state, and local codes. MRL OVERHEAD CABLE DRUM - 1000 PLANNING GUIDE 5 PN 80211247 Rev - K Planning Steps for an Inclinator Elevette 1. Locate local dealer and together determine the following: a. Select a drive system, cab type and design specifications b. Address national, state and local code requirements c. Determine installation parameters of site 2. Obtain job-specific approval drawings before building hoistway, doorways, pit and any other construction related to the elevator 3. Coordinate with dealer to order and install the elevator 6 MRL OVERHEAD CABLE DRUM - 1000 PLANNING GUIDE PN 80211247 Rev - K Hoistway Layout – Accordion Gates The following specs are to be provided by the General Contractor (GC), except as noted, prior to Elevator Contractor (EC) installing the elevator equipment. 1. Enclosed, plumb and square hoistway with smooth interior surfaces. Include for fascias or furring of hoistway interior. 2. Doors, frames and door hardware. 3. Finish openings as per elevator contractor’s shop drawings. 4. Hoistway door security: All hoistway doors require door locking devices (provided by Inclinator) as well as a door handle and a latch set. All doors must be swing type (single hinge). Solid core doors are recommended. 5. Unfinished/Un-installed door: EC may prefer a minimum of one hoistway door and associated framing be left unfinished to accommodate elevator installation and prevent possible damage to door/framing. Preferably at the lowest floor. 6. For pass-through cabs (codes 3,6 & 4,5) less than 54” wide (dimension B) with auto gate operators, please consult Inclinator. MRL OVERHEAD CABLE DRUM - 1000 PLANNING GUIDE 7 PN 80211247 Rev - K Hoistway Layout – Accordion Gates The following data is for typical industry size elevators. For additional sizing information, see Inclinator drawing 25211792. Any size cab is available in ¼” increments to dimensions A and C or B and D within the maximum and minimum dimensions indicated in the information on page 6 not to exceed 15 SQ. FT. The accessibility symbol ( ) represents elevator designs that provide a clear platform area of 36”x48” through the door. CODE 1 CODE 2 CODE 3 A B C D E F G H CAB DEPTH (I.D.)CAR WIDTH (I.D.)SHAFT DEPTH SHAFT WIDTH CENTER OF RAIL CENTER OF DOOR DOOR SIZE CLEAR OPENING 38" x 50" 34.25" 48.50" 46.75" 55.00" 28.00" 21.25"36"UP TO 40" 38" x 60" 34.25" 58.50" 46.75" 65.00" 33.00" 21.25"36"UP TO 44" 42" x 48" 38.25" 46.50" 50.75" 53.00" 29.00" 21.25"36"UP TO 38" 42" x 54" 38.25" 52.50" 50.75" 59.00" 30.00" 21.25"36"UP TO 44" CODE 2 CAR SIZE (O.D.) A B C D E F G H CAB DEPTH (I.D.)CAR WIDTH (I.D.)SHAFT DEPTH SHAFT WIDTH CENTER OF RAIL CENTER OF DOOR DOOR SIZE CLEAR OPENING 38" x 50" 36.50" 46.25" 49.00" 52.75" 25.75" 25.25"32"UP TO 30" 38" x 60" 36.50" 56.25" 49.00" 62.75" 30.75" 25.25"32"UP TO 30" 42" x 48" 40.50" 44.25" 53.00" 50.75" 24.75" 27.25"36"UP TO 34" 42" x 54" 40.50" 50.25" 53.00" 56.75" 27.75" 27.25"36"UP TO 34" CODE 3 CAR SIZE (O.D.) E C D B F H A G E C D B F H A G F C D HB A E G A B C D E F G H CAB DEPTH (I.D.)CAR WIDTH (I.D.)SHAFT DEPTH SHAFT WIDTH CENTER OF RAIL CENTER OF DOOR DOOR SIZE CLEAR OPENING 38" x 50" 34.25" 48.50" 46.75" 55.00" 27.00" 21.25"36"UP TO 40" 38" x 60" 34.25" 58.50" 46.75" 65.00" 32.00" 21.25"36"UP TO 44" 42" x 48" 38.25" 46.50" 50.75" 53.00" 26.00" 21.25"36"UP TO 38" 42" x 54" 38.25" 52.50" 50.75" 59.00" 29.00" 21.25"36"UP TO 44" CODE 1 CAR SIZE (O.D.) 8 MRL OVERHEAD CABLE DRUM - 1000 PLANNING GUIDE PN 80211247 Rev - K Hoistway Layout – Accordion Gates CODE 4 CODE 5 CODE 6 A B C D E F G H CAB DEPTH (I.D.)CAR WIDTH (I.D.)SHAFT DEPTH SHAFT WIDTH CENTER OF RAIL CENTER OF DOOR DOOR SIZE CLEAR OPENING 38" x 50"36.50"46.25"49.00"52.75"25.75"26.75"36"UP TO 32" 38" x 60"36.50"56.25"49.00"62.75"30.75"26.75"36"UP TO 32" 42" x 48"40.50"44.25"53.00"50.75"24.75"30.75"36"UP TO 38" 42" x 54"40.50"50.25"53.00"56.75"27.75"30.75"36"UP TO 38" CAR SIZE (O.D.) CODE 4 A B C D E F G H CAB DEPTH (I.D.)CAR WIDTH (I.D.)SHAFT DEPTH SHAFT WIDTH CENTER OF RAIL CENTER OF DOOR DOOR SIZE CLEAR OPENING 38" x 50"36.50"46.25"49.00"52.75"25.75"26.75"36"UP TO 32" 38" x 60"36.50"56.25"49.00"62.75"30.75"26.75"36"UP TO 32" 42" x 48"40.50"44.25"53.00"50.75"24.75"30.75"36"UP TO 38" 42" x 54"40.50"50.25"53.00"56.75"27.75"30.75"36"UP TO 38" CODE 5 CAR SIZE (O.D.) A B C D E F G H CAB DEPTH (I.D.)CAR WIDTH (I.D.)SHAFT DEPTH SHAFT WIDTH CENTER OF RAIL CENTER OF DOOR DOOR SIZE CLEAR OPENING 38" x 50"36.50"46.25"49.00"52.75"25.75"25.25"32"UP TO 30" 38" x 60"36.50"56.25"49.00"62.75"30.75"25.25"32"UP TO 30" 42" x 48"40.50"44.25"53.00"50.75"24.75"27.25"36"UP TO 34" 42" x 54"40.50"50.25"53.00"56.75"27.75"27.25"36"UP TO 34" CODE 6 CAR SIZE (O.D.) F E C D HB A G F C D H B A E G F C D H B A E G MRL OVERHEAD CABLE DRUM - 1000 PLANNING GUIDE 9 PN 80211247 Rev - K Hoistway Layout – Accordion Gates CODE 4,5 CODE 3,6 CODE 5,1 CODE 5,2 A B C D E F G H CAB DEPTH (I.D.)CAR WIDTH (I.D.)SHAFT DEPTH SHAFT WIDTH CENTER OF RAIL CENTER OF DOOR DOOR SIZE CLEAR OPENING 38" x 50"36.50"44.00"49.00"51.50"25.75"26.75"36"UP TO 32" 38" x 60"36.50"54.00"49.00"61.50"30.75"26.75"36"UP TO 32" 42" x 48"40.50"42.00"53.00"49.50"24.75"30.75"36"UP TO 38" 42" x 54"40.50"48.00"53.00"55.50"27.75"30.75"36"UP TO 38" CODE 4,5 CAR SIZE (O.D.) A B C D E F G H CAB DEPTH (I.D.)CAR WIDTH (I.D.)SHAFT DEPTH SHAFT WIDTH CENTER OF RAIL CENTER OF DOOR DOOR SIZE CLEAR OPENING 38" x 50"36.50"44.00"49.00"51.50"25.75"25.25"32"UP TO 30" 38" x 60"36.50"54.00"49.00"61.50"30.75"25.25"32"UP TO 30" 42" x 48"40.50"42.00"53.00"49.50"24.75"27.25"36"UP TO 34" 42" x 54"40.50"48.00"53.00"55.50"27.75"27.25"36"UP TO 34" CODE 3,6 CAR SIZE (O.D.) A B C D E F G H J K L CAB DEPTH (I.D.)CAR WIDTH (I.D.)SHAFT DEPTH SHAFT WIDTH CENTER OF RAIL CENTER OF DOOR ADJ. DOOR CLEAR OPENING CENTER OF DOOR OPP. DOOR CLEAR OPENING 38" x 50"34.25"46.25"46.75"53.75"25.75"26.75"32"UP TO 30"24.00"36"UP TO 38" 38" x 60"34.25"56.25"46.75"63.75"30.75"26.75"32"UP TO 30"24.00"36"UP TO 44" 42" x 48"38.25"44.25"50.75"51.75"24.75"29.00"36"UP TO 34"24.00"36"UP TO 36" 42" x 54"38.25"50.25"50.75"57.75"27.75"29.00"36"UP TO 34"24".00 36"UP TO 42" CODE 5,1 CAR SIZE (O.D.) A B C D E F G H J K L CAB DEPTH (I.D.)CAR WIDTH (I.D.)SHAFT DEPTH SHAFT WIDTH CENTER OF RAIL CENTER OF DOOR ADJ. DOOR CLEAR OPENING CENTER OF DOOR OPP. DOOR CLEAR OPENING 38" x 50"34.25"46.25"46.75"53.75"25.75"26.75"32"UP TO 29"22.25"36"UP TO 36" 38" x 60"34.25"56.25"46.75"63.75"30.75"26.75"32"UP TO 29"22.25"36"UP TO 44" 42" x 48"38.25"44.25"50.75"51.75"24.75"30.75"36"UP TO 34"22.25"36"UP TO 34" 42" x 54"38.25"50.25"50.75"57.75"27.75"30.75"36"UP TO 34"22.25"36"UP TO 40" CODE 5,2 CAR SIZE (O.D.) D E F H B A C G D E H A F B CG * Please refer to Note 6 on Page 6. * * * * * Please refer to Note 6 on Page 6. 10 MRL OVERHEAD CABLE DRUM - 1000 PLANNING GUIDE PN 80211247 Rev - K Code-compliant Scissor Gates Inclinator Elevette systems can be equipped with optional code-compliant scissor gates instead of accordion gates. Equipping an elevator with scissor gates can affect the clear opening (dimension H). Please contact your Inclinator Sales representative for more information. MRL OVERHEAD CABLE DRUM - 1000 PLANNING GUIDE 11 PN 80211247 Rev - K 2-Speed and 3-Speed Automatic Doors and Gates Inclinator Elevette systems can be equipped with option al 2-speed or 3-speed automatic gates and 2-speed or 3-speed automatic hoistway doors or optional 2-speed or 3-speed gates and swing-type hoistway doors. Equipping an elevator with 2-speed or 3-speed automatic equipment will increase the required hoistway size. Please contact your Inclinator Sales representative for more information. Reference: Inclinator drawing 25211791 – 2-speed or 3-speed automatic gates and doors Inclinator drawing 25211801 – 2-speed automatic gates and swing doors 12 MRL OVERHEAD CABLE DRUM - 1000 PLANNING GUIDE PN 80211247 Rev - K Hoistway Construction (See page 12 for alternate hoistway construction) PIT DEPTH OVERHEAD HEIGHT DOOR OPENING DOOR OPENING TOTAL TRAVEL FLOOR JOIST DOUBLE 2X10 PLANKS PIT FLOOR CENTER OF RAIL CENTER OF DOOR ¾” X 4” RULE / DOOR FRAME DETAILS Reference ASME 17.1-2016 5.3.1.4.2, 5.3.1.7.2, & 5.3.1.8.3 MRL OVERHEAD CABLE DRUM - 1000 PLANNING GUIDE 13 PN 80211247 Rev - K Flush Mount Door Frame Kit 14 MRL OVERHEAD CABLE DRUM - 1000 PLANNING GUIDE PN 80211247 Rev - K Alternate Hoistway Construction The following recommendations are for hoistways constructed of concrete or hollow concrete block. When mounting to a solid concrete wall or solid filled concrete block use (2) concrete screw anchors with a minimum ultimate strength in tension of 3000 lbs (i.e. Redhead LDT – Large Diameter Tapcon) per a mounting bracket. When mounting to hollow concrete block it is best to use ½” threaded rod and thru-bolt the brackets to the wall. ¼” Steel plate should be used on the back side of the wall for additional strength. NOTE: All mounting points should meet or exceed the minimum pull out force for all rail reactions. NOTE: Follow the anchor manufacturer’s recommendations for type and size of drill bit to be used. Rail Reactions MRL OVERHEAD CABLE DRUM - 1000 PLANNING GUIDE 15 PN 80211247 Rev - K Hoistway Specifications The following specs are to be provided by the General Contractor (GC), except as noted, prior to Elevator Contractor (EC) installing the elevator equipment. 1. Environmental requirements for hoistway: a. Temperature should be maintained between 40P 0 PF to 120P 0 PF. (4P 0 PC to 49P 0 PC) b. Should not be exposed to the elements. 2. Pit Requirements: a. Substantial level pit floor slab to support 4,000 lbs. impact load. b. Waterproof pit minimum 8” below lowest floor level, unless buffer springs are required then minimum 14” pit required. 3. Overhead Requirements: ELEVATOR SPEED = 30 ft/min DOOR HEIGHT INSIDE CAB HEIGHT OVERALL CAB HEIGHT MINIMUM OVERHEAD REQUIREMENT 6' - 8" 80" 7' - 0" 8' - 6" 7' - 0" 84" 7' - 4" 8' -10" 8' - 0" 92" 8' - 0" 9' - 6" 8' - 0" 96" 8' - 4" 9' -10" a. If minimum Overhead is not possible, consult Inclinator, or EC, about possible solutions. 4. Rail Support Wall Requirements: a. The support wall consists of a double 2 x 10 bonded & nailed planking that is then constructed within a typical wood 2 x 4 studded wall. These double 2 x 10 planks are oriented and mounted perpendicular to the standard wall construction, all of these must be installed plumb and straight. b. The custom formed dual rail system assembly provided by Inclinator is to be mounted to the double stud planking plumb and straight along the vertical plane. c. The rail brackets are secured to the double 2 x 10 planking with ½” x 4” lag bolts, see drawing details. d. All studs in the rail support wall must be of wood, typical steel studs are prohibited and cannot be used in the rail support wall. e. See page 14 for alternate mounting / construction options. 5. ASME 17.1 Part 5.3: Hoistway to be constructed in accordance with this code and all local codes. It is the responsibility of the GC and the EC to comply with all appropriate codes. ELEVATOR SPEED = 40 ft/min DOOR HEIGHT INSIDE CAB HEIGHT OVERALL CAB HEIGHT MINIMUM OVERHEAD REQUIREMENT 6' - 8" 80" 7' - 0" 8' - 9" 7' - 0" 84" 7' - 4" 9' - 1" 8' - 0" 92" 8' - 0" 9' - 9" 8' - 0" 96" 8' - 4" 10' - 1" 16 MRL OVERHEAD CABLE DRUM - 1000 PLANNING GUIDE PN 80211247 Rev - K Hoistway Elevation / Pit Specifications Hoistway Elevation shown is for STD elevator speed of 40 ft/min. Overhead must be at least 22” more than cab inside height for elevator speed of 30 ft/min. MRL OVERHEAD CABLE DRUM - 1000 PLANNING GUIDE 17 PN 80211247 Rev - K Hoistway Elevation / Pit Specifications Hoistway Elevation shown is for STD elevator speed of 40 ft/min. Overhead must be at least 22” more than cab inside height for elevator speed of 30 ft/min. 18 MRL OVERHEAD CABLE DRUM - 1000 PLANNING GUIDE PN 80211247 Rev - K Access Panel Locations MRL OVERHEAD CABLE DRUM - 1000 PLANNING GUIDE 19 PN 80211247 Rev - K Access Panel Locations 20 MRL OVERHEAD CABLE DRUM - 1000 PLANNING GUIDE PN 80211247 Rev - K Controller Space NOTE: The CPU/Controller and Motor Control are recommended to be mounted in the same location. However, up to 40’ controller cables are available if needed. 1. Permanent 230 volt, single phase, 30 amp dedicated supply and disconnect by others to operate the elevator. 2. 120 volt lighting supply and disconnect by others. 3. Telephone connection: Code requires a telephone connection. An analog phone land line terminated to RJ11 phone jack is required for connection to the controller. Dealer to supply standard RJ11 modular cable to connect from phone jack to controller. Inclinator does not recommend VOIP (Voice over IP) phone line due to possible inaccessibility of phone service during utility power failure. 4. CPU/Controller and Motor Control should be mounted in a temperature controlled environment between 40°F to 120°F (4°C to 49°C). 5. CPU/Controller and Motor Control should not be exposed to outdoor elements. 6. Typical wiring distance from the Motor Control to the gearbox is 10’. Longer motor cables up to 50’ are available. See wiring diagram on page 21 for more information. 7. N.E.C. regulations require a minimum of 30”x36” clear unobstructed floor space in front of the controller. N.E.C regulations also state the floor to ceiling height of the control space should be 6’-6” high. 8. If mounting the CPU/Controller or Motor Control inside the hoistway they should be located in such a way that they can be inspected and maintained without full body entry into the hoistway. MRL OVERHEAD CABLE DRUM - 1000 PLANNING GUIDE 21 PN 80211247 Rev - K Hall Call Stations 22 MRL OVERHEAD CABLE DRUM - 1000 PLANNING GUIDE PN 80211247 Rev - K UC601 Cable Lengths and Components CALL CALL RMT FLR 1 - DR 1 Door Lock CALL RMT FLR 1 - DR 2 CALL CALL CALL Door Lock Door Lock Door Lock Door Lock Door Lock TOC ENCLOSURERUNSTOPRMT FLR 2 - DR 1 RMT FLR 2 - DR 2 RMT FLR X - DR 1 RMT FLR X - DR 2 TO MOTOR CALL CALL RMT FLR 1 - DR 1 Door Lock CALL RMT FLR 1 - DR 2 CALL CALL CALL Door Lock Door Lock Door Lock Door Lock Door Lock CPU/CONTROLLER ENCLOSURE Temperature Range: 40°F to 120°F (4°C to 49°C) MOTOR CONTROL ENCLOSURE Temperature Range: 40°F to 120°F (4°C to 49°C) TOC ENCLOSURERUNSTOP RMT FLR 2 - DR 1 RMT FLR 2 - DR 2 RMT FLR X - DR 1 RMT FLR X - DR 2 TO MOTOR STANDARD MOUNT 6 FLOORS MAX ATTIC MOUNT 6 FLOORS MAX Hall Stations Hall Stations Additional Landings Additional Landings 3 - Hall Station Cable Standard Length = 16ft Available up to 30' 4 - Lock Cable Standard = 60" 2 - Motor Cable Standard Length = 10ft Available up to 50ft 1 - Controller Cable & Power Cable Standard Length = 5ft Also Available @ 10, 20, 30,& 40ft. 5 - TRAVELING CABLE Standard Lengths 2L - 44' 3L - 56' 4L - 68' 5L - 80' 6L - 92' 2 - Motor Cable Standard Length = 10ft Available up to 50ft 4 - Lock Cable Standard = 60" 5 - TRAVELING CABLE Standard Lengths 2L - 44' 3L - 56' 4L - 68' 5L - 80' 6L - 92' 3 - Hall Station Cable Standard Length = 16ft Available up to 30' PIT SWITCH SLACK CABLE SWITCH 6 - Pit Switch Cable Standard Length = 20ft Available up to 60ft 7- Slack Cable Switch Cable Standard Length = 6ft 10ft length also Available PIT SWITCH SLACK CABLE SWITCH 6 - Pit Switch Cable Standard Length = 20ft Available up to 60ft 7- Slack Cable Switch Cable Standard Length = 6ft 10ft length also Available CPU/CONTROLLER ENCLOSURE Temperature Range: 40°F to 120°F (4°C to 49°C) MOTOR CONTROL ENCLOSURE Temperature Range: 40°F to 120°F (4°C to 49°C) 1 - Controller Cable & Power Cable Standard Length = 5ft Also Available @ 10, 20, 30,& 40ft. Cable lengths shown are standard based on number of landings ordered. Inclinator offers additional cable length options to meet non -standard installations. Please see order form for additional information on longer cable lengths MRL OVERHEAD CABLE DRUM - 1000 PLANNING GUIDE 23 PN 80211247 Rev - K Warranty INCLINATOR COMPANY OF AMERICA – LIMITED PRODUCT WARRANTY LIMITED PRODUCT WARRANTY OF SELLER; SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY Coverage and length of warranty: This warranty applies to the repair or replacement, at Seller’s option, of parts of the Product that fail due to defective workmanship or material. Seller may, at its option, provide factory reconditioned parts. The basic coverage period for complete units is twenty-four (24) months from the date that the equipment is shipped from Seller’s factory, unless an additional multi-year extended warranty is purchased from Seller in accordance with the extended warranty terms below. The basic coverage period for Buyer purchased parts, representing less than a complete unit, is twelve (12) months from the date the part(s) are shipped from Seller’s factory (collectively, the Warranty Period). What is not covered. • All labor costs that are incurred for removal, repair or replacment of warranty parts, including related travel time. • Consumable items / parts such as light bulbs, lamps, batteries, UPS (Uninterruptible Power Supplies), oil seals, mechanical switches, guide shoe inserts, drive belts, hydraulic fluid, lubricants, etc. • Structural or cosmetic components that are subject to normal wear and tear, external forces and/or misuse. This includes paint, stain, caulking, weather barriers, slide blocks, fluid seals, switches, metal panels, glass, Plexiglas, gates, travelling cable, doors, buttons, trim, upholstery, etc. • Damage or malfunction caused by improper installation and/or repair, lack of maintenance in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations, improper or abnormal use, misuse, neglect, abuse or accident, improper adjustment, structural integrity of building and/or hoistway, exceeding weight limit, failure to follow operating instructions or acts of God. • Damage or malfunction caused by the integration of any additional parts or items, the customization of any product or parts, and/or the use of non -Inclinator parts, if such integration, customization or use was performed without approval from Seller. • Damage sustained in shipping. Buyer must file claim with shipping / freight company. While necessary maintenance or repairs on Seller Product may be performed by any qualified elevator contractor with any appropriate parts, SELLER RECOMMENDS THAT ONLY AUTHORIZED INCLINATOR DEALERS PROVIDE SUCH SERVICES WITH PARTS SUPPLIED BY SELLER. IMPROPER OR INCORRECTLY PERFORMED MAINTENANCE OR REPAIR VOIDS THIS WARRANTY. 24 MRL OVERHEAD CABLE DRUM - 1000 PLANNING GUIDE PN 80211247 Rev - K THIS WARRANTY IS EXCLUSIVE AND IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER EXPRESS AND IMPLIED WARRANTIES WHATSOEVER, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND IS LIMITED TO A PERIOD OF TWO YEARS (UNLESS EXTENDED) FROM THE TIME THE PRODUCT IS SHIPPED FROM INCLINATOR'S FACTORY. Buyer shall notify Seller of any warranty claim. Seller will provide a Return Material Authorization (RMA) number, ship replacement part(s) and issue an invoice for part(s) covered under warranty. Replacement part(s) will be shipped to the Buyer using standard shipping practices. Overnight and 2nd day shipment will be billed as an additional charge. Seller may, at its option, provide factory reconditioned parts for replacement. The warranted part(s) shall be returned from the Buyer to the Seller within 60 days from issuance of the RMA. Seller shall confirm that the parts are defective in materials or workmanship within two weeks of receipt from the Buyer and will issue credit for such parts confirmed to be defective. Should such defective parts not be promptly replaced, BUYER'S SOLE AN D EXCLUSIVE REMEDY SHALL BE RECOVERY OF THE FULL PURCHASE PRICE OF THAT DEFECTIVE PART. BUYER EXPRESSLY AGREES THAT THIS REMEDY IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY OF BUYER AGAINST SELLER, AND THAT UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL SELLER BE LIABLE TO BUYER FOR ANY OTHER LOSSES OR EXPENSES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT, CONTINGENT OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER SUCH LIABILITY IS BASED ON BREACH OF CONTRACT, TORT, STRICT LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTIES, FAILURE OF ESSENTIAL PURPOSE, INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY INFRINGEMENT OR OTHERWISE. FURTHER, SELLER DISCLAIMS LIABILITY FOR ANY PERSONAL INJURY OR PROPERTY DAMAGE RESULTING FROM THE OPERATION OF A PRODUCT THAT HAS NOT BEEN FOUND TO BE DEFECTIVE. IN ADDITION, SELLER DIS CLAIMS LIABILITY FOR ANY PERSONAL INJURY OR PROPERTY DAMAGE RESULTING FROM THE OPERATION OF A PRODUCT THAT HAS BEEN MODIFIED FROM THE ORIGINAL SELLER DESIGN OR TO WHICH ANY PARTS OR ITEMS HAVE BEEN ADDED WHETHER SUCH MODIFICATIONS OR ADDITIONS WERE MADE WITH OR WITHOUT THE WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF SELLER. NO PERSON OR COMPANY IS AUTHORIZED TO CHANGE THE DESIGN OR MAKE-UP OF THIS PRODUCT WITHOUT WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION BY SELLER. THIS WARRANTY SUPERCEDES ALL OTHER PUBLISHED, PRINTED OR ORAL WARRANTIES WITH RESPECT TO THE PRODUCT. EXTENDED WARRANTY Within 120 days from the date of shipment to Dealer, Dealer may purchase an additional multi-year warranty from Seller by signing and fulfilling the terms of the Dealer Extended Product Limited Warranty Purchase Form . Rev. 2-20-2017 MRL OVERHEAD CABLE DRUM - 1000 PLANNING GUIDE 25 PN 80211247 Rev - K LOWER FLOOR PLAN UPPER FLOOR PLAN 26 MRL OVERHEAD CABLE DRUM - 1000 PLANNING GUIDE PN 80211247 Rev - K 601 Gibson Blvd, Harrisburg, PA 17104 | 800-343-9007 | www.INCLINATOR.com